Home

ATLAS 800 Series User Manual

Contents

1. lt gt Energized Major 4 ALRM 5 ALRM 6 ALRM 7 ALRM 8 ALRM Z help 9 11 Connected 0 01 00 ivT100 8600 8 N 1 SCROLL CAPS NUM Capture Print echo 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 358 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Event Log Setting the Event Log Category 2 Select the EVENT LOGGING field and press lt Enter gt Once in the EVENT LOGGING menus press the right arrow key to access the right pane menus C1 HyperTerminal File Edit View Call Transfer Help 15 x Ethernet Port Admin Port Craft Port SNMP Event Logging Syslog Setup Real Time Clock Access Passwords Licenses BONDING Config SYS OK CSU ONLN Setup thresholds f System Controller Switchboard Nx 56 64 Module Async 232 Module T1 Module DS3 Module Ethernet Events Frame Relay PPP ISDN Events ISDN L2 Messages ISDN L2 Formatted Call Control Messages Call Control IEs DP Outgoing Signalling Dprintf Firmware Update AIS Stack Modem 56K 16 Resource Usage 1 ALRM 2 ALRM 3 or system event logging Minor Minor Minor Minor Minor Minor Minor Minor Minor Minor Minor Info Minor Minor Minor Minor Minor Minor Minor Minor ATLAS 830 Sustem Config Event Logging System Controller __4 ALRM 3 ALRM 6 ALRM ALRM 8 ALRM A more Z help 9 14_ Connected 0 03 24 ivr100 8600 amp N 1
2. Table 8 DP Outgoing Signaling Events Console Log String Category Event TX Set Rx ABCD lt gt Tx ABCD lt gt INFO ATLAS changed signal bits on port Equipment connected to port changed RX Change Rx ABCD lt gt Tx ABCD lt gt INFO signal bits 1 The ATLAS 800 Series uses only AB signaling bits The CD signaling bits are a copy of the AB values These values are shown in hexadecimal notation For example if AB signal bits are 01 then the total signal bits would be 01 01 Putting that in hexadecimal notation results in an event of Tx set Rx ABCD Ox 05 4 ISDN CAUSE CODES In addition to the above events certain recognized ISDN cause codes are sent to the Event Log from the ISDN message facility during ISDN EVENTS L2 MESSAGES and L2 FORMATTED event categories Table 9 lists the codes applicable to the ATLAS 800 Series and the minimum category required for logging the cause code event Table 9 ISDN Cause Code Events Cause Code Event Category Code ACCESS_INFO_DISCARDED WARNING 43 BAD_INFO_ELEM MAJOR 99 BEAR_CAP_NOT_AVAIL MINOR 58 CALL_REJECTED INFO 21 CAP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED MINOR 65 CHAN_NOT_IMPLEMENTED MINOR 66 CHANNEL_UNACCEPTABLE INFO 6 DEST OUT OF ORDER INFO 27 FACILITY NOT IMPLEMENTED MAJOR 69 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 368 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Event Log ISDN Cause Codes Table 9 ISDN Cause Co
3. auauna cece eee eee 37 Table 5 ATLAS 890 LED Description 00 00 eect tees 38 Table 6 ATLAS 890 Specifications lille rs 43 24 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D 1 ATLAS 830 DESCRIPTION Equipment Dimensions The ATLAS 830 is 17 5 W 12 5 D and 5 5 H and is equipped for table top use or for mounting in a 19 inch rack mounting brackets are included in the shipment All option modules fit inside the unit Power Requirements AC System Regardless of the option modules configuration installed in the unit the ATLAS 830 AC system has a maximum power consumption of 200 W and a maximum current draw of 3 5 A With no option modules installed the AC powered ATLAS 830 has a power consumption of 50 W and a current draw of 0 64 A maximum at 115 Vrms Power Requirements DC System Regardless of the option modules configuration installed in the unit the ATLAS 830 DC system has a maximum power consumption of 200 W and a maximum current draw of 4 2 A at 48 VDC With no option modules installed the DC powered ATLAS 830 has a power consumption of 45 W at 48 VDC 2 ATLAS 830 FRONT PANEL The ATLAS 830 front panel contains the Alarm Cut off ACO switch the CRAFT port and status LEDs for the system POWER SYSTEM ETHERNET and REMOTE network NETWORK and option mod ule MODULE Figure 1 locates these features and Table 1 on page 26 further describes their functions CRAFT port Network LEDs Slot 0
4. 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 271 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Network Term Submenus Accept Number Search Data 64K Data 56K Audio Speech Treat Call As Description Continued Designates which numbers this endpoint passes on toward the network The accept list may consist of multiple entries The numbers are defined using the following wild cards X Any single digit N Any single digit 2 through 9 Any number of digits of any value 9 This specific number 1 2 3 A single digit in this group For example 1 800 only permits toll free long distance calls to 1 800 If this were used then a second accept number permitting local numbers to be dialed would need to be specified NXX XXXX Any specific entry takes precedence over a wild card For example if endpoint A is designated as while endpoint B accepts 963 800X then an incoming call to 963 800X will only be accepted by endpoint B Instructs ATLAS 800 Series in which order to search for an accept number match Normally all searches are set to primary The secondary search selection forces ATLAS 800 Series to only accept a call at this endpoint if all primary endpoints are unavailable Primary Search All long distance calls should go out a PRI directly to an IXC MCI ATT etc Local calls should go out a T1 to the LEC It may be desirable to place long distance calls on the local exchange if all of the IXC t
5. 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 334 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Follow up Procedures Once this procedure is complete return to the procedure which referred you to this DLP and continue with the tasks indicated there 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 335 DLP 7 Updating ATLAS Firmware using XMODEM Introduction The ATLAS supports firmware updates via the ETHERNET port using either TFTP from a network server or the ADMIN or CRAFT interfaces using XMODEM This procedure outlines the steps for a successful firmware upgrade using the ADMIN or CRAFT interfaces and XMODEM software Tools and Materials Required e WVT100 terminal or PC with VT100 terminal emulation software e XMODEM software To prevent electrical shock do not install equipment in a wet location or during a W ARNING lightning storm Electronic modules can be damaged by static electrical discharge Before handling modules wear an antistatic discharge wrist strap to prevent damage to electronic components Place CAUT modules in antistatic packing material when transporting or storing When working on modules always place them on an approved antistatic mat that is electrically grounded XMODEM Instructions for Updating Firmware 1 Connect to the ATLAS using the DB 9 ADMIN or CRAFT interface or the RJ 45 ADMIN port If you are not already connected to the unit s ADMIN or CRAFT interface either with a VT100 compatible terminal or with a P
6. This port is the wrong kind of port for this endpoint Specifies the number of ports ATLAS 800 Series uses for this endpoint Defines to the ATLAS 800 Series the type of signaling to be used across this trunk The signaling selected needs to match the signaling being provided by the network PSTN The choices include LooP START or GROUND START The ATLAS 800 Series converts signaling types between two endpoints network or user terms In Loop Start applications FORWARD DISCONNECT configures the length of time loop current will stop flowing once the far end has terminated the call Applications requiring Forward Disconnect are Fax Servers and ACDs Defines to the ATLAS 800 Series whether Direct Inward Dialing DID is being used by the network If DID is ENABLED then the following information must be defined Defines the number of digits sent to ATLAS 800 Series from the network if DID is used This option only displays if DID is set to ENABLED 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 308 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan FXS 8 User Term Ifce Config Caller ID Number Strip MSD Source ID Dial on OffHook ANI to Caller ID Defines the number the ATLAS 800 Series uses to provide caller ID to the network for outgoing calls sent through this endpoint This item is optional The Caller ID number must be specific i e no wild cards Strips a selected quantity choose from NONE 1 2 and 3 of the
7. 2 TOOLS REQUIRED The tools required for installation of the ATLAS include the following e 2 Phillips head screwdriver e Flat head screwdriver for installing modules To prevent electrical shock do not install equipment in a wet location or during a lightning W ARNING storm Electronic modules can be damaged by static electrical discharge Before handling modules wear an antistatic discharge wrist strap to prevent damage to electronic components Place modules in CAUT antistatic packing material when transporting or storing When working on modules always place them on an approved antistatic mat that is electrically grounded 3 UNPACKING AND INSPECTING THE SYSTEM Each ATLAS is shipped in its own cardboard shipping carton Open the carton carefully and avoid deep penetration into the carton with sharp objects After unpacking the unit inspect it for possible shipping damage If the equipment has been damaged in transit immediately file a claim with the carrier then contact ADTRAN Customer Service see the contact information in the front of this manual Contents of ADTRAN Shipment Table 1 lists the items included in your ADTRAN shipment Customers must supply a DB 9 male console cable for VT100 terminal terminal emulation connection and an Ethernet cable Table 1 Items Included in ATLAS Shipment Item Description ATLAS 830 ATLAS 890 Either the ATLAS 830 or the ATLAS 890 base unit One Base
8. 2004 ADTRAN Inc 217 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Async 232 Option Module Configuration Submenus Description Continued DTR Dial Number This field is only active when outgoing calls are enabled and DIALOUT METHOD is set to DTR DIAL If a phone number is entered here it will be dialed when DTR goes active Callout Protocol Write security 3 Read security 5 This field determines what type or resource will be allocated and the data protocol that will be used for an outgoing call attempt for the port The following selections are available Analog ModemAn outgoing call attempts to allocate a modem resource and make an analog call Asynchronous data is passed unmodified between the Async 232 Module port and the allocated modem The analog modem resource is freed when the call is hung up ISDNPPP An outgoing call attempts to allocate an ISDN resource and make a digital call Both ends of the call must be using PPP as the protocol to communicate across the link The Async 232 Module port performs PPP Async to Sync conversion between the asynchronous DCE port and the synchronous ISDN link ADTRAN and other manufacturers use this conversion as the standard method of transporting PPP frames available in ISDN Terminal Adapters The PPP Async to Sync protocol complies with the Internet Engineering Task Force IETF RFC 1662 For the ISDN call to be routed outside ATLAS 800 Series a PRI or BRI interface must be connected to the system a
9. 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 23 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines List of Pinouts Pinout 1 Pinout 2 Pinout 3 Pinout 4 Pinout 5 Pinout 6 Pinout 7 Pinout 8 Pinout 9 Pinout 10 Pinout 11 Pinout 12 Pinout 13 Pinout 14 Pinout 15 Pinout 16 Pinout 17 Pinout 18 Pinout 19 Pinout 20 Pinout 21 Pinout 22 Pinout 23 Pinout 24 Pinout 25 Pinout 26 Pinout 27 Pinout 28 Pinout 29 Pinout 30 Pinout 31 Pinout 32 ATLAS 830 CRAFT Port DB 9 female 0 0000 cet 26 ATLAS 830 Admin Port DB 9 female 0 000 tees 30 ATLAS 830 Ethernet RU 45 0 6 teens 31 ATLAS 830 Alarm Relay Connector 0 2 0 0 00 ete 31 ATLAS 830 T TPRI uu tree eee drei de eei ebrio 32 ATLAS 890 CRAFT Port RJ 48C ssssssssseseeee teens 37 ATLAS 890 Admin In RJ 48C ssssssssssssseeee rn 41 ATLAS 890 Ethernet RJ 48C llis hr 41 ATLAS 890 Alarm Relay Connector 0 2 0 000 cette eee 42 ATLAS 890 External Relay Monitor Connector lille 42 Quad T1 PRI Module USOC RJ 48C ssslseseee eel 45 Quad E1 PRA Module DB 15 lllsissieeelsee er 46 Quad E1 PRA Module DB 62 20 0 ccc ee 46 Quad Nx 56 64 Module V 35 Winchester 0000 c cette ee 47 Quad Nx 56 64 Module DB 78 0 ene eens 47 Quad USSI Module DB 78 0 0 0 eee 49 Quad USSI Module EIA 530 20 00 cen eee eas 50 Quad
10. Application Feature Specification Switching Applications ISDN signaling types National ISDN Lucent 5E AT amp T 4ESS PRI Only Northern DMS 100 Nortel Custom Euro ISDN T1 signaling types Loop Start Ground Start E amp M Wink E amp M Immediate Feature Group D DSP Features DTMF MF tones support Progress tone generation 32 available DSP channels 27 simultaneous dial tones BRI Connections 64 connections recommended PRI Connections 345 B channels and 15 D channels recommended RBS T1 Connections 120 DSO connections recommended 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 33 ATLAS 830 At A Glance Specifications ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines Table 3 ATLAS 830 Specifications Continued Application Feature Specification Frame Relay Packet throughput 7900 pkts sec based on 64 byte size packets Management signaling interfaces UNI user and network NNI Management signaling types Encapsulation ANSI T1 617 D Annex D ITU T Q 933 A Annex A LMI Group of four Auto RFC 1490 PVC support 24 PVCs per packet endpoint DSO limited 24 PVCs for T1 992 is the limit of PVCs allowed in the unit Congestion control FECN BECN Discard eligible DE Quality of service QOS Prioritization on a per PVC basis Testing ADTRAN PVC loopback proprietary Round trip delay meas
11. Loss of Framing The receiver is unable to synchronize to the Frame Alignment Signal FAS framing pattern of the received signal Loss of Multi frame The receiver is unable to synchronize to the TS15 multi frame pattern of the received signal Loss of CRC 4 Framing The receiver is unable to synchronize to the CRC 4 frame pattern of the received signal Alarm Indication Signal An upstream failure has been detected and all ones are being received Remote Frame Alarm Loss of frame alarm being received from far end Remote Multi Frame Alarm Loss of multi frame alarm being received from far end 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 116 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad E1 PRA Option Module TSO Alarms TSO Alarms Read security 5 Displays per TSO alarm status These alarms usually indicate the failure to receive the protocol that has been configured for the TSO Character Description No Alarm TSO D D Channel Alarm ISDN F Frame Alarm packet T TBOP Alarm packet P PPP Alarm packet TSO Status Read security 5 The TSO status indicates usage on a TSO basis for each port These options are read only Character Description Idle Inactive Active call on this TSO Active D Channel TSO Maintenance TSO Dedicated nailed TSO Off hook detected Ringing detected On DO Z Z U D gt Signaling Sig Status Port 1 4 Read security 5 Displays the state of the A B C D signaling bit
12. The number of frames the port transmitted for the interval or day The number of bytes the port transmitted for the interval or day The maximum throughput the port transmitted for the interval or day The average throughput the port transmitted for the interval or day The maximum utilization the port transmitted for the interval or day The average utilization the port transmitted for the interval or day 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 239 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Frame Relay IQ View IQ Statistics Submenus Description Continued Port UA Time Time in seconds the port is unavailable due to physical or Frame Relay outage Sig Down TimeTime in seconds the signaling state has been down Signal Error Signal T O Sig State Chg Rx Full Stat Tx Full Stat Rx LI only Tx LI only Async Status The number of PVC signaling frames received with protocol violations The number of PVC signal time outs Either T391 seconds elapsed without receiving a response to a poll or T392 seconds elapsed without receiving a poll The number of state changes for the PVC signaling protocol This number includes transitions from down state to up state and vice versa The number of PVC signaling full status frames received The number of PVC signaling full status frames transmitted The number of PVC signaling link integrity only frames received The number of PVC signaling
13. n a Card is not able to determine the status of the analog call resource Available Indicates this resource is available for use as an analog call In Use Indicates this resource is currently being used in an analog call Testing Indicates this resource is in a test mode and may be unavailable for use Disabled Indicates this resource has been disabled for use as an analog call resource This may be done automatically by the system if a given analog resource does not initialize properly 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 211 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modem 24 Resource Module Configuration Submenus Operation Hardware Reset Description Continued Write security 3 Read security 5 Selects the mode of operation for the particular analog call resource The following selections are permissible Enabled Indicates the selected analog resource is available for use as an analog call resource in the system Disabled Indicates this resource is not available for use as an analog call resource in the system If a call is active on this resource when changing the operation to DISABLED it will be immediately terminated Auto Disabled Indicates this resource will not be available for use as an analog call resource once the current call has been completed Write security 3 Read security 5 Reset a specific analog resource on the modem module Any calls currently active will be dropped 61200780L1 1D
14. OPTION MODULES pu E ae MODULES POWER ONLY OR POWER ONLY ALLEM Pry SLOTS MUST BE COVERED W ITH BLANK PANELS INSTALL POW ER INRGHTMOST SLOTS Figure 3 ATLAS 890 Slot Designations Rear Panel 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 64 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Installing Network and Option Modules Network Turnup Procedures W ARNING Option modules are intended to be serviced by qualified service personnel only Modules Installation Instructions 1 Remove the cover plate from the appropriate option slot of the ATLAS rear panel 2 Slide the option module into the option slot until the module is firmly seated against the front of the chassis 3 Secure the thumb screws at both edges of the module Tighten with a screwdriver 4 Connect the cables to the associated device s Modules Shipping Contents Quad T1 PRI Option Module P N 1200185L3 Quad TI PRI Option Module Quad TI PRI Option Module Quick Start Guide e Four cables RJ 48C to RJ 48C ADTRAN P N 3125M008 Two cross over cable RJ 48C to RJ 48C ADTRAN P N 3125M010 e Two DB 15 to RJ 48 Adapters ADTRAN P N 3196027 Quad E1 PRA Option Module P N 1200264L 1 Quad EI PRA Option Module e Quad EI PRA Option Module Quick Start Guide e One DB 62 to Quad DB 15 female cable ADTRAN P N 31251061 The Quad EI PRA Option Module may also be purchased with BNC Network Connection Interfaces P N 4200264LI Quad Nx 56 64 Option Module P N
15. Port PEP Selects the ATLAS 800 Series port or packet endpoint that terminates a network connection More than one endpoint can be associated with a particular port If a T1 is connected to the PSTN some DSOs may be used for long distance while others are mb3 used for local calls These would constitute two endpoints trunks over a single physical port Sig Defines the type of signaling being used for this connection endpoint Select RBS for a T1 using Robbed Bit Signaling or PRI for a Primary Rate ISDN interface Select NFAS for a non facility associated signaling interface or NONE for OSC when bonding DSOs This selection is only necessary if a T1 PRI is selected as the SLOT PORT type One HDLC resource is used by each PRI or each Packet Endpoint Out Accept The following OUT ACCEPT submenus define the parameters for the outgoing calls that the ATLAS 800 Series sends to the network Submenus Description Src ID Identifies the call source ID from which this endpoint accepts calls This field simplifies the creation of a dial plan in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call SRc ID may be entered with the usual wild card entries except X Any digit 0 through 9 1 3 5 Any of these digits 0 Default value The default ID for all source endpoints all accept numbers is 0 This results in all calls being routed based on the dialed number
16. Prt Read security 5 Displays the port number Port Name Accepts any alpha numeric name up to 15 characters long to uniquely identify each port on the Octal BRI Option Module 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 138 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Octal BRI U Option Module Test Test Write security 5 Read security 5 These options initiate different types of tests and display test results Prt Local Loopback Options None Loopback B1 Loopback B2 Loopback B1 B2 Loopback 2B D Remote Loopback Options None Loopback B1 Loopback B2 Loopback 2B D Displays the port number Write security 4 Read security 5 Activates a local loopback toward the U interface The following options are available Description No active loopback Loops the first B channel of the interface Loops the second B channel of the interface Loops both B channels of the interface Loops the entire physical interface Write security 4 Read security 5 Activates a loopback towards the controller The following options are available Description No active loopback Loops the first B channel of the interface Loops the second B channel of the interface Loops the entire physical interface 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 139 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Octal BRI S T Option Module Info OCTAL BRI S T OPTION MODULE The ATLAS 800 Series system controller automatically detects the presence of th
17. Tx Bytes Read security 5 Displays the number of data bytes transmitted by the analog resource to the remote client modem during the current call This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Rx Bytes Read security 5 Displays the number of data bytes received by the analog resource from the client modem during the current call This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Tx Frames Read security 5 Displays the number of data frames transmitted by the analog resource to the remote client modem during the current call This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 198 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modem 16 Resource Module Status Submenu Rx Frames Rx Ovrns Rx Prty Rx Frme Rx CRC Bad Reset Stats Description Continued Read security 5 Displays the number of data frames received by the analog resource from the remote client modem during the current call This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Read security 5 Displays the number of receiver overruns which occurred on the analog resource during the current call A receiver overrun occurs when the client modem transmits data too fast for the analog resource to keep up This causes data to be lost This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Read security 5 Displays the number of bytes received by the analog resource from the remote client modem during the curr
18. YELLOW BLUE DSO ALARM Rx Level DSO Status Read security 5 Indicates the port number Displays the following alarm conditions on the ATLAS 800 Series unit Press lt Enter gt to access this menu item Descriptions Indicates a loss of signal detected on port interface Indicates inability to frame data received on the port Alternately referred to as Out of Frame OOF Receiving remote alarm RAJ on port Receiving unframed all ones from the port Alarm Indicator Signal AIS Displays per DSO alarm status that is at least one DSO channel is in alarm if an asterisk appears These alarms usually indicate the failure to receive the protocol that has been configured for the DSO Receive level indicates the strength of the signal in dB received on the port The following characters indicates usage on a DSO basis Character Zz Z U Description Unallocated Signaling mismatch Active B Channel Active D Channel Maintenance Dedicated nailed 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 109 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad T1 PRI Option Module DSO Alarms Character Description O Off hook originate RBS R Ringing RBS Restart ISDN W Waiting dial tone DSO Alarms Read security 5 Displays per DSO alarm status These alarms usually indicate the failure to receive the protocol that has been configured for the DSO Character Description No Alarm DSO D D Channel Alarm IS
19. zero if you want to completely lock out Telnet access Ethernet Port Write security 2 Read security 5 Provides a way to configure various settings for the Ethernet port The following options are available for review and editing Port Name Defines the name of the Ethernet port You can leave this field blank IP Address Lists the address assigned to the base Ethernet port This address is in dotted decimal notation four decimal numbers each in the range of 0 to 255 separated by periods Default value is 10 0 0 1 The IP address is used for the 10 100BaseT Ethernet interface Obtain the correct IP address from your LAN administrator Default Gateway Defines or changes the default gateway Enter the default gateway address by entering a decimal number into the appropriate field and then pressing Enter to move to the next field You will need a default gateway if the LAN contains multiple segments This address is in dotted decimal notation four decimal numbers each in the range of 0 to 255 separated by periods This value is set to 0 0 0 0 by default Contact your LAN administrator for the appropriate address Subnet Mask Defines which part of a destination IP address contains the network number This address is in dotted decimal notation four decimal numbers each in the range of 0 to 255 separated by periods Default value is 255 255 255 0 by default This part of the destination IP address is used along with the ATLA
20. 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 11 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Training Training The Enterprise Network EN Technical Training Department offers training on our most popular products These courses include overviews on product features and functions while covering applications of ADTRAN s product lines ADTRAN provides a variety of training options including customized training and courses taught at our facilities or at your site For more information about training please contact your Territory Manager or the Enterprise Training Coordinator Training Phone 800 615 1176 ext 7500 Training Fax 256 963 6700 Training Email training Qadtran com 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 12 Table of Contents Section 1 System Description 00 20 cece eee 15 Provides managers with an overview of the ATLAS 800 Series System Section 2 Engineering GuidelineS 000 cece eee eee 23 Assists network designers in incorporating the ATLAS 800 Series System into existing networks Includes pinouts Section3 Network Turnup Procedures 000000eee eee e eee ees 59 Provides step by step instructions for installing and powering up the ATLAS 800 Series System Section 4 User Interface Guide 0 00 cece eee eee 69 Provides detailed descriptions of all menu options and configuration parameters for the ATLAS 800 Series System Section5 Detail Level Procedures DLP 22000c eee eens 319
21. PSTN The outgoing calls which are allowed or restricted over these DSOs are set by OUTZACCEPT see Out Accept on page 271 and OUTZREJECT see Submenus on page 277 Specifies the number of DSOs ATLAS 800 Series uses for this endpoint Strips a selected quantity choose from NONE 1 2 and 3 of the most significant digits MSD of a dialed number prior to being forwarded out of the port Example A network port could be set to accept all calls beginning with 9 9 and then with STRIP MSD set to 1 all digits would be sent toward the network except the leading 9 SrRIP MSD does not affect CALL ACCEPT criteria All of the digits including the MSDs that are subsequently stripped are used as accept criterion 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 297 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan E1 PRA Network Term Ifce Config PRA Network Specific Facility Voice and Data Called Digits Transferred Outgoing Caller ID Source ID Swap ANI DNIS Enables the sending of appropriate information to the PSTN Currently not supported for E1 PRA use Some PRI switches may be provisioned to send only a portion of the called number like DID This menu item allows the ATLAS 800 Series to know how many digits to expect choose from NONE THREE Four SEVEN and ALL The default is ALL and would almost always be correct If less than ALL digits are sent then the PREFIX is defined as follows PREFIX displays only if CAL
22. The Caller ID number must be specific i e no wildcards 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 288 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan T3 and T3 D amp l Network Term Ifce Config NFAS Source ID Swap ANI DNIS B Channel Selection Submenu Normal Circular Busy Option Submenu Normal Pass Thru Simplifies the creation of a dial plan in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call e DEFAULT VALUE 0 Zero is the default ID for all endpoints and all accept numbers With default values all calls are routed based only on the dialed number e Multiple endpoints can have the same SOURCE ID When creating the CALL ACCEPT list specify a SOURCE ID s as well as a dialed number or range of dialed numbers to accept For example an application requires that all calls that originate from Port 1 of the ATLAS 800 Series in Slot 1 be switched to Port 2 of that same module Assign a unique SOURCE ID e g 7 to Port 1 of the module and then configure Port 2 to only accept calls from that unique SOURCE ID 7 Swaps the ANI and DNIS numbers received from the network ANI Automatic Number Identification is the billing number of the calling party and DNIS Dialed Number Identification Service is the called party number With this swap the ATLAS 800 Series switchboard uses ANI to route the call The accept number in the dia
23. The left pane shows the list of available submenus while the right pane shows the contents of the currently selected submenu 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 71 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Navigating the Terminal Menus You can view the terminal windows in two ways with fields and submenus displaying horizontally across the right pane or with fields and submenus displaying vertically down the right pane Viewing submenus vertically rather than horizontally allows you to see information at a glance rather than scrolling horizontally across the window To change the view move your cursor to an index number and press lt Enter gt Figure 2 shows this alternate view Fields and submenu names may vary slightly in this view ipl x Session Edit Port Options Capture Help AS 830 Modulestt Module ype lodules Sus Ctrl Menus Modules 21 Module Alarms Modules 31 Test Activity Modules 51 Module Operation 0 Modules 51 Module Status 0 Modules 61 Module Assembly Rev A Modules 8 ae t jodule menus help Figure 2 Alternate Menu View Window Pane Navigation Use the following chart to assist you in moving between and within the two window panes To do this Press this key Move from left pane to right pane Tab Enter Enter Right Arrow Move from right pane to left pane rab Tab Escape Left Arrow Backspace Backspace Move within each pane Up Arrow Down Arrow Left Arrow
24. 0 3 and 6 softest When the digital signal is connected through the PSTN use a setting of 3 dB Read security 5 2 wire input impedance is set to 600 ohms 2 16 uF This is a read only field Read security 5 Displays the current PCM coding scheme Currently only u Law is supported 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 182 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual VCOM Option Module Info VCOM OPTION MODULE The ATLAS 800 Series system controller automatically detects the presence of the Voice Compression VCOM Resource Module when it is installed in the system listed as VCOM X where X is 8 for 1200221L1 16 for 1200221L2 24 for 1200221L3 and 32 for 1200221L4 To see the menus for the VCOM Resource Module via the terminal menu use the arrow keys to scroll to the MODULES menu and press lt Enter gt to access the module choices The following menu tree shows the hierarchy of the menus discussed in this section Info Status Config Statistics Part Number Device Configure VCOM Devices Device Serial Number Status Gain Settings Usage Time Board Revision Algorithm Current Fax Status ATLAS Frms Firmware Revision Silence Reset Module ATLAS Drop S Comection VCOMFrms Frame Type VCOM Drop Clear Reloads Info Read security 5 Provides information about the module part number serial number and assembly revision Part Number Displays the part number of the
25. 27 DTR A 2 4 73 TXD B 1 3 28 DTR B 2 4 74 TXD A 1 3 29 37 Not used 75 RXC B 1 3 38 RTS A 1 3 76 RXC A 1 3 39 RTS B 1 3 TI RXD B 1 3 40 RTS A 2 4 78 RXD A 1 3 41 RTS B 2 4 1 1 8 or 2 4 indicates the port on the Nx 56 64 Module 48 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Option Module Pinouts Engineering Guidelines Quad USSI Option Module Pinouts 16 through 20 on the following pages describe the available interfaces for the Quad USSI Option Module P N 4200261Lx Pinout 16 Quad USSI Module DB 78 Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description Pin DERE 1 RXD A 2 4 25 DCD A 2 4 57 DSR A 1 3 2 RXD B 2 4 26 DCD B 2 4 58 CTS B 1 3 3 RXC A 2 4 21 DTR A 2 4 59 CTS A 1 3 4 RXC B 2 4 28 DTR B 2 4 60 CHASIS GND 5 TXD A 2 4 29 37 Not used 61 GND 6 TXD B 2 4 38 RTS A 1 3 62 68 Not used 7 TXC A 2 4 39 RTS B 1 3 69 MODI 8 TXC B 2 4 40 RTS A 2 4 70 EXT TXC B 1 3 9 EXT TXC A 2 4 41 RTS B 2 4 71 TXC B 1 3 10 EXT TXC A 2 4 43 48 Not used 12 TXC A 1 3 11 17 Not used 49 MOD2 73 TXD B 1 3 18 GND 50 MODO 74 TXD A 1 3 19 GND 51 EXT TXC A 1 3 75 RXC B 1 3 20 CHASIS GND 52 DTR B 1 3 76 RXC A 1 3 21 CTS A 2 4 53 DTR A 1 3 77 RXD B 1 3 22 CST B 2 4 54 DCD B 1 3 78 RXD A 1 3 23 DSR A 2 4 55 DCD A 1 3 24 DSSR B RI 2 4 56 DSR B RI 1 3 1 1 3 or 2 4 indicates the port on the USSI Module 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 49 Option Module Pinouts ATLAS 800 Series System Manua
26. 377 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual TFTP Server ADTRAN Utilities Help Menu 3 TFTP SERVER The TFTP Server utility transfers ATLAS 800 Series configuration files to and from a TFTP server You can install this program on a PC running any version of Microsoft Windows The configuration of an ATLAS 800 Series can be saved offline as a backup file The saved file may also be used to send the same configuration to multiple ATLAS 800 Series units Transfer configuration files using the TFTP protocol a TCP IP user protocol via the 10 100BaseT Ethernet port The ATLAS 800 Series must have a valid IP address subnet mask and default gateway if required and be connected to an Ethernet network before proceeding Figure 4 shows the TFTP server interface For information on transferring and saving configurations using TFTP refer to the Detailed Level Procedures section of this manual Files must be placed in the Application directory where you installed the product Received files are also placed here Enable Server Disable Abort Exit TFTP Server to Clipboard Print Log to Printer Clear Log Help Contents About Figure 3 TFTP Server Interface Menu Tree Atlas TFTP Server x Server PrintLog Help Status OPEN Port 69 mholder adtran com 50 172 22 32 43 Max UDP Packet 65467 bytes XMIT Complete Server ready Figure 4 TFTP Server Interface 61200780L1 1D 2004
27. 385
28. 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 220 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Async 232 Option Module Test if the card is hot swapped or the ATLAS 800 Series system is restarted loopback is disabled on all ports It is not necessary to have a Dial Plan entry for a port to enable loopback 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 221 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Packet Endpnts 8 PACKET MANAGER The PACKET MANAGER submenus define and configure all Layer 2 connections including Frame Relay endpoints see Figure 14 These submenus include PACKET ENDPNTS PACKET CNCTS CNCTS SORT and FRAME RELAY IQ Session Edit Options Capture Help VIS ystem Info acket Endpnts U Endpts System Status Packet Cncts 0 connections System Config Cncts Sort From Pkt Endpt Sublink System Utility Frame Relay IQ Modules Packet Manager Router Dedicated Maps Circuit Status Dial Plan Figure 14 Packet Manager Menu Packet Endpnts Read security 5 Defines monitors and tests a packet endpoint Submenus include STATUS PERFORMANCE CONFIG TEST ENDPNT COUNT and ENDPNTS SORT Status Read security 5 Displays the status of each packet endpoint Status Submenus Description Endpnt Name Displays the packet endpoint name as defined in the menu Packet Endpnts Config Protocol Displays the Layer 2 protocol for this packet endpoint FR indicates this packet endpoint is configured for Frame Relay TBOP for Transpar
29. 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 276 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan User Term Out Rej Submenus Reject Number Data 64K Data 56K Audio Speech Ifce Config Subst Templ Submenu Original The following OUTZREJ submenus define the parameters for the outgoing calls that ATLAS 800 Series will not send to the network Description Identifies which numbers this endpoint will not pass on toward the network Use when the outgoing call filter is different for different users sharing this endpoint The wildcards are identical as in OUTHACCEPT see Out Accept on page 271 0 1 rejects all long distance calls but only for this USER termination If permitted in the NETWORK termination endpoint this user could not dial long distance numbers while other users could Rejects outgoing calls based on call type For example setting the reject number to Digital 56 64 to ENABLED and Audio and Speech to DISABLED rejects all digital calls while not rejecting analog calls This list may remain blank if the accept list meets desired filtering Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint The selections displayed in this field are based on the type of module selected in the SLoT Svc option For detailed information on submenus for a particular module type please refer to the dial plan interface configuration menu discussion for the appropriate network option or resource module Some of the options
30. 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Supplying Power to the Unit Network Turnup Procedures 5 SUPPLYING POWER TO THE UNIT AC Powered Systems The AC powered ATLAS 830 and ATLAS 890 come equipped with a detachable 6 foot power cord with a 3 prong plug for connecting to a grounded power receptacle As shipped the ATLAS is set to factory default conditions After installing the unit and any option modules the ATLAS is ready for power up To power up the unit ensure that the unit is properly connected to an appropriate power source and then turn on the unit using the on off switch on the rear panel The unit shall be installed in accordance with Article 400 and 364 8 of the NEC NFPA 70 when installed outside of a Restricted Access Location i e central office behind a locked door service personnel only area e Power to the ATLAS 830 AC system must be from a grounded 90 130 190 240 VAC 50 60 Hz source Power to the ATLAS 890 AC system must be from a grounded 90 130 VAC 50 60 Hz source The power receptacle uses double pole neutral fusing e Maximum recommended ambient operating temperature is 45 C DC Powered Systems The DC powered ATLAS comes equipped with a DC Power supply to furnish the voltages necessary for proper backplane operation As shipped the ATLAS is set to factory default conditions After installing the unit and any option modules the ATLAS is ready for pow
31. Alarms Read security 5 Displays the alarm status for the selected Octal BRI Option Module Prt Indicates the port number Alarms Displays the current alarm status of each BRI U interface Alarm Description L1 Down A layer one alarm is indicated by an asterisk when the BRI U physical layer is not active An L1 alarm is present when problems are detected with the endpoint or a cabling problem Channel Displays the alarm status of each 2B D channel A hyphen indicates no active channel alarm and D indicates an active D channel alarm 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 137 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Octal BRI U Option Module Channel Usage Channel Usage Read security 5 Displays the status of each of the BRI U interfaces Prt Indicates the port number Cha Channel Displays the status of individual channels The following symbols may display Character Description Unallocated channel Inactive channel A Active B channel Active D channel Performance Current Write security 3 Read security 5 The performance field provides status on key performance measures for each of the four Octal BRI U ports These fields are all read only Prt Displays the port number Reset Resets the NEBE and FEBE statistics NEBE Near end block errors FEBE Far end block errors Configuration Write security 3 Read security 5 All of the following configurable parameters apply to the individual BRI U interfaces
32. Built in T1 PRI ports located on the rear panel Clear Selftest Log Clears the self test log Ping Write security 5 Read security 5 Allows you to send pings ICMP echo requests to devices accessible via the Ethernet interface b Only one ping session can be active at a time IP Address Specifies the IP address to ping Count Specifies the number of pings to send The default value is 4 and the maximum value is 99 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 101 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Utility Menu Descriptions ATEL Client Size Bytes Timeout ms Round Trip Min Round Trip Avg Round Trip Max Tx Stats Reset Stats Start Stop ATEL Client Specifies the size in bytes of the data portion of the ping request The default value is 64 bytes and the maximum size is 1024 bytes Specifies the time in milliseconds to wait for the ping reply before timing out The default timeout is 3 seconds 3000 and the maximum timeout value is 10 seconds 10 000 Read security 5 Displays the minimum round trip time of the ping request reply of the current set of pings Read security 5 Displays the average round trip time of the ping request reply of the current set of pings Read security 5 Displays the maximum round trip time of the ping request reply of the current set of pings Read security 5 Displays the number of ping requests transmitted n TXED the number of ping replies received n RXED and t
33. Disabled This resource has been disable for use as an analog call resource Signal to Noise Ratio dB Signal to noise ratio in decibels on the modem s receive signal Rx Mean Square Error Round Trip Delay ms Rx Level dBm Tx Level dBm Near End Echo dBm Far End Echo dBm Mean square error of the received signal Delay between the near and far end modem devices Displays the level of the signal in dBm of the signal received by the resource Displays the level of the signal in dBm of the signal transmitted by the resource Displays the echo level of the signal in dBm of the signal received by the resource Displays the echo level of the signal in dBm of the signal transmitted by the resource 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 208 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modem 24 Resource Module Status Table 7 Analog Resource Session Status Line Parameters Continued Submenu Description Retrains Requested by Remote Number of Retrain Requests sent to the resource Retrains Granted to Remote Number of Retrain Requests granted by the resource Retrains Granted to Local Number of Retrains granted to the resource Renegotiations Requested by Number of Renegotiation Requests sent to the resource Remote Renegotiations Granted to Number of Renegotiation Requests granted by the modem card Remote Renegotiations Granted to Local Number of Renegotiation Requests granted to the modem
34. Examples are Analog analog modem resource SW Digital digital call resource and Pkt Voice packet voice compression resource Choices are ADPCM Voice ANALOG NL DIGITAL PKT VOICE and SW DIGITAL Shows the number of resources available not in use and the total number of resources If a resource is taken offline it is not included in the total Shows the average number of resources available since the statistics were last reset Shows the fewest number of resources available since the last reset Provides a count of the number of times the quantity of available resources reached 0 Displays the TIME OF DAY AVERAGE MINIMUM and O0 AVAILABLE data broken down in hour increments for a 24 hour period Write security 4 Read security 5 Activates the reset of all accumulated availability statistics for the selected resource Write security 3 Read security 5 Configures the statistics displayed under data tables Description Toggle this display format for all RESOURCE USAGE statistics to either RAW DATA or PERCENT Reset Mode Sets the reset mode for the RESOURCE USAGE statistics to one of the following Daily Performs reset daily at 12 00 AM Weekly Performs reset on Saturday night 12 00 AM Manual Disables automatic reset of the resource usage statistics 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 83 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Status Menu Descriptions Trunk Usage Trunk Usage Write security 5 Read securi
35. FGD Tx Sequence FGD Rx Sequence Wink after ANI DNIS Digit Suppression Direct Inward Dialing Indicates which DSOs of the T1 have been defined in this switched endpoint indicated by in another switched endpoint indicated by s or ina DEDICATED MAP indicated by n This field is read only The following characters may display in this field Characters Description 0 9 This DSO is available The digit that displays in this field represents the last digit of the DSO number This port is requesting this DSO for this connection but the DSO is not yet activated This DSO is used by this endpoint S This DSO is used elsewhere in the switched DIAL PLAN S This DSO is in the switched dial plan and conflicts with this endpoint n This DSO is used in one or more DEDICATED MAPS N This DSO is in one or more DEDICATED MAPS and conflicts with this endpoint Defines to the ATLAS 800 Series the type of signaling to be used across this trunk The signaling selected needs to match the signaling being provided by the network PSTN The following choices are available E amp M IMMEDIATE E amp M WINK LOOP START GROUND START and FEATURE GROUP D The ATLAS 800 Series converts signaling types between network and user terminations Displayed only if SIGNALING METHOD is configured for FEATURE GROUP D Defines to the ATLAS 800 Series the format in which to present the outgoing digits Choices NORMAL if no digits
36. Inband NIU Pattern Options None All ones All zeros QRSS Read security 5 Displays the T1 number Write security 4 Read security 5 Causes loopback on near end local port See Figure 3 on page 143 The following options are available Description No loopback is active Loopback without regenerating framing Payload loopback framing and clocking are regenerated Write security 4 Read security 5 Sends loopback code to remote CSU The following options are available Description Works in ESF and D4 mode Requires ESF mode Requires ESF mode Works in ESF and D4 mode Write security 4 Read security 5 Test pattern to be transmitted out the port The following options are available Description No test pattern transmitted Framed ones Framed zeros Pseudo random pattern with suppression of excess zeros 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 151 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 Option Module DS1 Test QRSS RLB Results Cir Inj Status None LOS Sync ES Write security 4 Read security 5 Displays current status of T1 tests including information regarding loopbacks and test patterns When displaying test pattern status the display string is composed of pattern sync status and errored seconds Description No sync Sync has been lost Pattern is synchronized Number of seconds with at least one bit error Write security 3 Read security 5 Clears error counters on test pat
37. Internal LBO Options Short Configures the framing format for the T3 circuit Selections are M13 or C BIT Selects the source of the T3 transmit clock The following options are available Description Unit derives transmit T3 timing from the receive T3 Unit derives transmit T3 timing from the internal 20 PPM crystal source Every T3 connection should have one RECOVERED and one INTERNAL transmit clock Failure to configure these clocks will result in T3 clock slips Selects the line build out for the T3 transmitter The following options are available Description 0 to 100 feet of cable Long DS3 Test 100 to 450 feet of cable Write security 3 Read security 5 Executes loops and indicates test status Prt Loopback Options None Line Read security 5 Indicates the T3 port under test Write security 3 Read security 5 This field indicates the present loopback selected The following options will display Description No loopback in effect T3 line loopback active 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 146 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 Option Module DS1 Alarm Status Remote LB Write security 3 Read security 5 This field indicates if loopbacks initiated from remote sources are in effect and may be used to execute remote loopbacks on the far end T3 equipment The following options are available Options Description None No remote loopbacks are activated DS3 Line T3 lin
38. Metallic loopback Test pattern to be transmitted out the port The following options are available Description Framed ones Framed zeros Pseudo random pattern with suppression of excess zeros Test pattern results that indicate sync and errors of received data pattern Clears test results on QRSS REsurrs field Injects errors into transmitted test pattern Return receipt of the errors is displayed in the QRSS RESUuLtTs field ia E1 PRA E AA Line Loopback Figure 10 E1 PRA Network Loopback Test Diagram 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 120 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad Nx56 64 Option Module Info QUAD NX56 64 OPTION MODULE The ATLAS 800 Series system controller automatically detects the presence of the Quad Nx 56 64 Option Module P N 1200184L1 when it is installed in the system listed as V35NX To see the menus for the Quad Nx 56 64 Option Module via the terminal menu use the arrow keys to scroll to the MODULES menu and press lt Enter gt to access the module choices The following menu tree shows the hierarchy of the menus discussed in this section Info Alarm Status DTE Status Data Rate Inband Stats Part Number Port Prt Port Port Serial Number Alarms Dte Status Rate Rx Frames Board Revision Tx Frames gt Rx Bytes Tx Bytes PLL FIFO Configuration Dial Test Tx Accept Port Port Prt Port Flow Bud
39. Prerequisite Procedures Before making alarm connections the unit should be mounted in its permanent location Tools and Materials Required e Wire strippers Small straight slot screwdriver 220r 24 AWG 2 conductor twisted pair cross connect wire To prevent electrical shock do not install equipment in a wet location or during a W ARNING lightning storm Electronic modules can be damaged by static electrical discharge Before handling modules wear an antistatic discharge wrist strap to prevent damage to electronic components Place dur modules in antistatic packing material when transporting or storing When working on modules always place them on an approved antistatic mat that is electrically grounded Instructions for Connecting Alarm Contacts 1 Determine whether the external alarm reporting device uses normally open NO or normally closed NC relay contacts to sense an alarm condition Table 1 on page 349 shows the ATLAS alarm relay pinout 2 Figure 1 on page 349 and Figure 2 on page 350 show enlarged drawings of the alarm relay connectors 3 Using standard Telco cross connect wire or equivalent determine and cut the length required to reach from the alarm header to the alarm reporting device s 4 Using wire strippers strip 4 inch from both ends of each wire 5 Remove the alarm relay 4 pin terminal block by gently prying it loose 6 Using the small straight slot screwdriver loosen the screws in the
40. Right Arrow 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 72 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Navigating the Terminal Menus Right Window Pane Notation The right window pane shows the contents of the currently selected menu These contents can include both submenu items and data fields Some submenus contain additional submenus and some data fields contain additional data fields The following chart explains the notation used to identify these additional items This notation Means that More items are available when selected DATA More items are available when selected lt gt An action is to be taken such as activating a test Highlighted menu item You can enter data in this field Underlined field The field contains read only information Additional Terminal Menu Window Features SYS displays status information about the system controller such as ONLIN online STBY standby and NRDY not ready Tool Tip provides a brief description of the currently selected highlighted command Slot Status displays status information such as OK WARN or ALRM about slots 1 8 Extended Help displays information about selected commands CTRL A Navigation Help lists characters used for navigating the terminal menu and session management CTRL Z System Time displays current time Navigating using the Keyboard Keys Use keyboard keys to move through the terminal menu manage
41. The result is a system that supports bandwidth requirements of up to 30 T1 or Primary Rate ISDN PRD circuits Designed for standalone or rackmount use the ATLAS 830 provides eight expansion slots that accommodate hot swappable option modules A redundant power supply may be installed in slots 7 and 8 if desired A 10 100BaseT Ethernet connection for IP routing and network management and two onboard T1 PRI interfaces are standard with the ATLAS 830 ATLAS 890 The ATLAS 890 architecture includes a packet switching and a circuit switching bussing scheme The result is a system that supports bandwidth requirements of up to 30 T1 or Primary Rate ISDN PRD circuits Designed for standalone or rackmount use the ATLAS 890 base unit provides two hot swappable redundant system controller slots and up to 16 expansion slots that accommodate hot swappable option modules and up to four hot swappable redundant power supplies for a variety of applications A 10 100BaseT Ethernet connection for IP routing and network management is standard with the ATLAS 890 System Controller Module 2 FEATURES AND BENEFITS The following sections briefly describe features and benefits of the ATLAS 800 Series systems Configuration and Management e VT100 Emulation SNMP per MIB II RFC1213 DS1 MIB RFC1406 and ADTRAN private MIBs e Telnet e Dial up remote management via external analog modem e Six levels of password protection and privileges Software Upgrad
42. These options reflect what the network has provisioned for this SPID If the BRI Speech was purchased with different services provisioned for the SPIDs then the call must match the services supported 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 307 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan FXS 8 User Term Ifce Config FXS 8 User Term Ifce Config Write security 3 Read security 5 This menu allows the user to define option parameters for ports which emulate an analog FXS connection from the Network PSTN Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint Ports Available Number of Ports Signaling Method Forward Disconnect Direct Inward Dialing DID Digits Transferred Indicates which ports of the Octal E amp M Option Module have been defined in this switched endpoint indicated by 5 in another switched endpoint indicated by s or in a DEDICATED MAP indicated by n This field is read only The following characters may display in this field Characters Description 0 9 This port is available This port is requesting this port for this connection but the port is not yet activated This port is used by this endpoint S This port is used elsewhere in the switched DIAL PLAN S This port is in the switched dial plan and conflicts with this endpoint n This port is used in one or more DEDICATED MAPS N This port is in one or more DEDICATED MAPS and conflicts with this endpoint
43. Total Errored Seconds ES parameter The default value is 648 for an approximate BER level of 10E 5 Total Severely Errored Seconds SES parameter The default value is 100 for an approximate BER level of 10E 5 Total Severely Errored Framing Seconds SEFS parameter The default value is 17 for an approximate BER level of 10E 5 Total Unavailable Seconds UAS parameter The default value is 10 for an approximate BER level of 10E 5 Total Controlled Slip Seconds CSS parameter The default value is 4 for an approximate BER level of 10E 5 Total Path Code Violations PCV parameter when the Line Type is Super Frame AT amp T D4 format DS1 The default value is 691 framing errors for an approximate BER level of 10E 5 Total Path Code Violations PCV parameter when the Line Type is Extended Super Frame DS1 The default value is 132 960 CRC errors for an approximate BER level of 10E 5 Total Line Errored Seconds LES parameter The default value is 648 for an approximate BER level of 10E 5 Total Line Code Violations LCV parameter The default value is 133 400 for an approximate BER level of 10E 5 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 91 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Config Menu Descriptions Event Logging ASP Endpoint Communities Write security 0 Read security 0 Configures the ADLP list used when accepting incoming traps from remote ADTRAN TSU 100 Series or ISU 512 units For a trap to be recognized
44. Write security 3 Read security 5 This menu allows the user to define option parameters for ports which terminate a PRI connection from the network Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint Secondary Interfaces submenu Slot Port Interface Number Backup D Channel Switch Type First DSO Number of DSOs The following SECONDARY INTERFACES submenus allow the user to define the slot and port locations of the secondary interfaces in the NFAS group Descriptions Displays the entry number Configures the slot that the interface is physically connected to Configures the port that the interface is physically connected to Configures the NFAS Interface ID associated with the interface The configure ID must match the ID configured by the provider Disables or enables backup D channel on the interface Only one backup D channel is supported in a single chassis Defines the type of PRI switch to which the port is connected If connected to another ATLAS 800 Series both need to be set to the same switch type The following options are available LUCENT 5E NORTHERN DMS 100 NATIONAL ISDN and AT amp T 4ESS Defines the first DSO for this endpoint The ATLAS 800 Series uses DSOs starting with this selection to send and receive calls to and from the network The outgoing calls which are allowed or restricted over these DSOs are set by OUT ACCEPT see Out Accept on page 271 and OUTHREJECT see Submenus
45. up the module to receive the TFTP Upload During the TFTP upload process various status messages display in CURRENT UPDATE STATUS to indicate progress Table 1 describes these messages Table 1 Status Messages for TFTP Upload Process Message Description Contacting Server established with the specified server address in the TFTP SERVER IP Indicates communication with the TFTP network server is trying to be ADDRESS field Beginning TFTP Transfer established and the update file is being transferred between the ATLAS 800 Indicates communication with the TFTP network server has been Series and the TFTP network server Completed Indicates the ATLAS 800 Series successfully received the update file Error File Not Found Indicates the TFTP network server was unable to locate the specified file name or path in the TFTP SERVER FILENAME field Error Access Violation the given update filename and path Please verify appropriate user rights are Indicates the TFTP network server denied the ATLAS 800 Series access to selected for the specified path 11 When the update process has successfully completed IDLE displays in the CURRENT UPDATE STATUS field and MODULE UPDATE COMPLETE displays in the PREVIOUS UPDATE STATUS field Depending on your selection in step 8 on page 334 the ATLAS will either restart immediately and resume operation or will restart at the specified time and day of the week
46. 2004 ADTRAN Inc 212 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Async 232 Option Module Info ASYNC 232 OPTION MODULE The ATLAS 800 Series system controller automatically detects the presence of the Async 232 Option Module P N 1200182L1 when it is installed in the system listed as ASYNC232 To see the menus for the Async 232 Option Module via the terminal menu use the arrow keys to scroll to the MODULES menu and press lt Enter gt to access the module choices The following menu tree shows the hierarchy of the menus discussed in this section Info Signal Status 0 Status Part Number Port Port Serial Number DTE Signals Tx Bytes Board Revision Rx Bytes Firmware Revision Overruns Firmware Revision PrtyErrs E a FrmErrs Rst Stats Session Status Configuration Test Prt Prt Port Mode Port Name DTE Local Loopback Call Dir Bit Rate Rsc Flow Ctr Last Disconnect Fmt Hangup Call Dir In Ctrl Dialout Modem Info Read security 5 Provides information about the module part number serial number and assembly revision Part Number Displays the part number of the module Serial Number Displays the serial number of the module Board Revision Displays the board revision of the installed module Firmware Revision Displays the revision of the coprocessor firmware on the installed module Processor ID Displays the identification of the processor for
47. ADTRAN Inc 378 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual TFTP Server ADTRAN Utilities Server Menu Only one configuration transfer session upload or download may be active at a time The TCP IP parameters are not saved or overwritten as part of an ATLAS 800 Series unit s transferred configuration to allow sending identical configurations to multiple units When you start this program a port is automatically opened Server Menu Provides enable disable abort and exit options Enable Enables the TFTP server The IP address displays in the Status field and Server Ready displays in the Log field Disable Disables the TFTP server When you select this option the message PORT CLOSED displays in the Status field and Port Closed displays in the Log field Abort Terminates a transfer that is in progress Exit Terminates active transfers and closes the TFTP window Print Log Provides print options to Clipboard Copies the information in the Log field to the clipboard You can then open any word processor and paste the information into the program for review to Printer Sends the information in the Log field to the default printer Clear Log Deletes the information stored in the Log field Help Provides on line help and version information Contents Opens on line help About Displays version and owner information TFTP Server GUI Status Field This field displays general information about port and transfer status This field is
48. Access on page 323 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 326 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual 3 From the SYSTEM CONFIG menu select the ETHERNET PORT option and press lt Enter gt Win The next three steps require confirmation after each change 4 From the SYSTEM CONFIG ETHERNET menu select the IP ADDRESS option and press Enter Enter the appropriate IP address 5 From the SYSTEM CONFIG ETHERNET menu select the SUBNET MASK option and press Enter Enter the appropriate Subnet Mask 6 From the SYSTEM CONFIG ETHERNET menu select the DEFAULT GATEWAY option and press Enter Enter the appropriate Default Gateway 7 Save the changes by pressing the left arrow key to highlight the ETHERNET submenu 8 Escape out to the SYSTEM CONFIG menu and logout by pressing Ctrl L gt Follow up Procedures Once this procedure is complete return to the procedure which referred you to this DLP and continue with the tasks indicated there 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 327 DLP 4 Verifying Communications Over an IP LAN Introduction This procedure outlines the steps for testing the ATLAS when its Ethernet port is connected to a local area network LAN Testing ensures that the unit is communicating properly over the network Prerequisite Procedures Before beginning this procedure the unit should be physically connected to the LAN and all provisioning tasks should be complete see DLP 3 Setting IP Pa
49. Alarms Displays an alarm condition on the ATLAS 800 Series unit Condition Description Slip A rate mismatch exists between the DTE clock and the network side clock as set by DSO assignment PII The USSI port is not able to lock onto the clock provided by the network interface Zero The DTE is sending an excessive number of consecutive zeroes to the network interface No Ext CIk The DTE is not providing an external transmit clock This alarm displays only if the USSI port is configured to get its transmit clock from the DTE Pkt Ep Alm A packet endpoint has detected missing or incorrect framing DTE Status Read security 5 Shows the status of key DTE interface signals An asterisk indicates the presence of a signal and a hyphen indicates no signal present Prt Operating port number DTE Status The following signals are monitored these options are read only Options Description RTS Request to send from DTE CTS Clear to send to DTE DTR Data terminal ready from DTE DSR Data set ready to DTE DCD Data carrier detect to DTE RI Ring indicate to DTE 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 129 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual USSI Option Module Data Rate Options Description TD Transmit data from the DTE RD Receive data toward the DTE EC External clock present Data Rate Read security 5 Displays the data rate at which each USSI port is currently operating A port s data rate is determined by the number of
50. Avg Rx Util The average utilization the PVC received for the interval or day Tx Frames Tx Bytes Max Tx Thru Avg Tx Thru Max Tx Util Avg Tx Util PVC IA Time Rx FECN Tx FECN Rx BECN Tx BECN Rx DE Tx DE The number of frames the PVC transmitted for the interval or day The number of bytes the PVC transmitted for the interval or day The maximum throughput the PVC transmitted for the interval or day The average throughput the PVC transmitted for the interval or day The maximum utilization the PVC transmitted for the interval or day The average utilization the PVC transmitted for the interval or day Time in seconds the PVC has been in the inactive state for the interval or day The number of FECNs the PVC has received for the interval or day The number of FECNs the PVC has transmitted for the interval or day The number of BECNs the PVC has received for the interval or day The number of BECNs the PVC has transmitted for the interval or day The number of DEs the PVC has received for the interval or day The number of DEs the PVC has transmitted for the interval or day 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 241 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Frame Relay IQ View IQ Statistics Submenus Description Continued Rx CR Number of CRs the PVC has received for the interval or day Tx CR Number of CRs the PVC has transmitted for the interval or day Lost F
51. BRI as NT NORMAL BRI NT configuration successful Rejected an incoming call for an unregistered SPID NORMAL Call Rejected D channel is UP NORMAL D Channel Up Released No longer an ISDN line NORMAL ISDN line released No outgoing B channel available for call to NORMAL No B ha nnala tor call number gt Configured PRI as central office emulator NORMAL PRI CO configuration successful 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 366 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Event Log System Events Table 6 ISDN Events Continued Console Log Siring Category Event Configured PRI as CPE NORMAL PRI CPE configuration successful BRI NT Spid lt spid gt registered NORMAL SPID registered BRI LT All SPIDs registered NORMAL SPID Registration complete BRI NT All SPIDs registered NORMAL SPID Registration complete BRI LT Registering SPID lt spid gt NORMAL SPID Registration in progress BRI NT Registering SPID lt spid gt NORMAL SPID Registration in progress Wo cp declared busy after INFO Call busy Call to called number refused Busy INFO Call busy a to lt called number gt cleared from ATLAS INFO Call cleared Call to lt called number gt connected INFO Call connected A to lt called number gt disconnected by far INFO Call disconnected a ENA to lt called number gt No INFO Call not accepted Call to ATLAS lt called number gt received INFO Call received Ca
52. Blue Alarm Indication Signal AIS or Blue Alarm Receiving AIS in the T3 payload from far end equipment indicating a problem upstream Yellow Remote Alarm Indication RAI or Yellow Alarm Receiving RAI signal from far end equipment indicating the far end equipment is in Red Alarm FE Alarms Displays received alarms from the far end equipment Rx Framing Indicates whether Rx framing is being used on the T3 circuit An asterisk indicates the presence of Rx framing and a dash indicates no Rx framing present DS3 Performance Current Write security 3 Read security 5 The performance fields either current 15 minute total or 24 hour total provide status on key performance measures as specified in ANSI T1 231 1993 for DS3 interfaces Prt Displays the port number Clr Clears performance information for the selected port ES L Errored Seconds Line Count of seconds containing excessive zeros LOS or BPVs not due to line code substitutions 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 144 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 Option Module DS3 Performance 15Min SES L Severely Errored Seconds Line Count of seconds containing excessive zeros LOS or BPVs not due to line code substitutions above a predetermined threshold LOSS L Loss of Signal Second Line Count of seconds of LOS condition CV P Code Violation Path For the M13 applications an accumulation of P bit parity errors For the C bit parity application an ac
53. CRAFT Port before logging in Tools and Materials Required e Data cable to connect to a VT100 terminal or a PC configured as a VT100 terminal e VT100 terminal or PC configured as a VT100 terminal To prevent electrical shock do not install equipment in a wet location or during a W ARNING lightning storm Electronic modules can be damaged by static electrical discharge Before handling modules wear an antistatic discharge wrist strap to prevent damage to electronic components Place CAUT modules in antistatic packing material when transporting or storing When working on modules always place them on an approved antistatic mat that is electrically grounded 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 323 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Login to the System 1 After connecting to the ATLAS a blank screen displays on the computer screen Press any keyboard key to display the login screen shown below Telnet Connection 10 200 2 29 Session Edit Options Capture Help 2 From your keyboard enter the appropriate password at the blinking cursor prompt in the LOGIN field and press ENTER The manufacturer s default password for the ATLAS system is password in lowercase letters After initial login the System Administrator is now able to define levels of access for various users See DLP 5 User Access and Password Security Levels on page 331 for more details The ATLAS has five levels of access granted
54. DB 9 end of the connector DB 9 to male DB 25 Then connect the DB 25 end of the connector to the modem configured as described above ATLAS 890 Connect the other end of the cable to the RJ 45 end of the connector RJ 45 to male DB 25 Then connect the DB 25 end of the connector to the modem configured as described above Connect the modem to the POTS line as required by the manufacturer Login to the ATLAS system Refer to DLP 2 System Login and Menu Access on page 323 for detailed instructions From the MAIN MENU select the SYSTEM CONFIG menu and press the right arrow key to enter the right pane menus From the SYSTEM CONFIG menu select the ADMIN PORT menu and press Enter Once in the ADMIN PORT menus press the right arrow key to enter the right pane menus Win The ADMIN port may be configured via Telnet or the CRAFT port 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 342 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual 11 From the CRAFT Chain PORT menus select the PORT TYPE menu and select DIAL If you are connected to the ATLAS using the ADMIN interface changing the PORT NG TYPE mode to DIAL will terminate your session You MUST have Ethernet access to W ARN the ATLAS to change the PORT TYPE back to DIRECT and restore your terminal session To complete the connection to the unit the ATLAS must now be called from a PC that is configured to emulate a VT100 terminal with communication software set as in step 3 and c
55. DSO for this endpoint The ATLAS 800 Series uses DSOs starting with this selection to send and receive calls to and from the network The outgoing calls which are allowed or restricted over these DSOs are set by OUTHACCEPT see Out Accept on page 271 and OUT REJECT see Submenus on page 277 Specifies the number of DSOs ATLAS 800 Series uses for this endpoint Strips a selected quantity choose from NONE 1 2 and 3 of the most significant digits MSD of a dialed number prior to being forwarded out of the port For example a network port could be set to accept all calls beginning with 9 9 and then with STRIP MSD set to 1 all digits would be sent toward the network except the leading 9 SrRIP MSD does not affect CALL ACCEPT criteria All of the digits including the MSDs that are subsequently stripped are used as accept criterion Network Specific Facility Voice and Data Enables the sending of appropriate information to the PSTN The default for this option is NORMAL and in this case no Network Specific Facility Information Element is sent Unless one of the services listed below is subscribed to the selection should remain set to NORMAL The list below indicates services that may be subscribed to from the PSTN These services require that specific information such as a Network Specific Facility Information Element be sent to the network during call setup e AT amp T Accunet e AT amp T Dial It 900 Multiquest e AT a
56. DSO is in the switched dial plan and conflicts with this endpoint n This DSO is used in one or more DEDICATED MAPS N This DSO is in one or more DEDICATED MAPS and conflicts with this endpoint Defines the type of signaling to be used across this trunk The signaling selected needs to match the signaling being provided by the network The following choices are available E amp M IMMEDIATE E amp M WINK LooP START GROUND START and FEATURE GROUP D 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 292 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan T3 and T3 D amp l User Term Ifce Config RBS FGD Tx Sequence FGD Rx Sequence Wink after ANI DNIS Direct Inward Dialing DID Digits Transferred DID Prefix Caller ID Number Strip MSD Source ID The ATLAS 800 Series converts signaling types between network and user terminations Displayed only if SIGNALING METHOD is configured for FEATURE GROUP D Defines the format in which to present the outgoing digits Choices NORMAL if no digits are to be sent ANI DNIS to send both ANI and DNIS DNIS to send DNIS only ANI to send ANI only Displayed only if SIGNALING METHOD is configured for FEATURE GROUP D Defines the format in which to receive the incoming digits Choices NORMAL if no digits are to be received ANI DNIS to receive both ANI and DNIS DNIS to receive DNIS only ANI to receive ANI only Displayed only if SIGNALING METHOD is configured for FEATURE GROUP D When enab
57. DSOs assigned to it and the rate per DSO associated with the active maps Port Displays operating port Rate Displays the data rate of the selected port 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 130 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual USSI Option Module Inband Stats Inband Stats Read security 5 Provides information on the inband channel statistics Port Rx Frames Tx Frames Rx Bytes Tx Bytes Tx Accept Flow Budget Poll Skips Rx Overflow Tx Reset Link Verify Remote Fail Link Verify Ack Reset Stats Operating port number The number of frames received on the operating port since system startup The number of frames transmitted from the operating port since system startup The number of bytes received from the operating port since system startup The number of bytes transmitted to the operating port since system startup The number of transmitted frames accepted by the far end The number of times the Inband Flow Budget buffer is exceeded The number of times the Inband Poll is skipped due to box congestion The number of times the Inband Rx buffer is overflowed The number of times the transmitter is reset The number of Link Verify frames received from the far end The number of communication failures with the far end The number of Link Verify Acknowledge frames received from the far end Clears inband statistic results 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 131 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual USSI Opti
58. DTE Clear to send to DTE Data terminal ready from DTE Data set ready to DTE Data carrier detect to DTE Ring indicate to DTE Transmit data from the DTE Receive data toward the DTE External clock present 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 165 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dual Video Option Module Data Rate Data Rate Write security 5 Read security 5 Displays data rate at which each port is currently operating Port Indicates port number Rate Displays the data rate at which each Video Module DTE port is currently operating A port s data rate is determined by the number of B channels assigned to it and the rate per channel associated with the active call PLL FIFO Write security 5 Read security 5 Displays the Phase Lock Loop PLL and FIFO status Port Indicates the operating port PLL FIFO Displays the PLL and FIFO status Options Description Lock PLL is locked This is required to transfer data RXE Receive data FIFO empty RXF Receive data FIFO full TXE Transmit data FIFO empty TXF Transmit data FIFO full Configuration Write security 5 Read security 5 Describes the configurable parameters which apply to the individual Video Module DTE ports Prt Displays the port number Name Write security 3 Read security 5 Accepts any alpha numeric name up to 15 characters long to uniquely identify each DTE port on the Video Module Clk Write security 3 Read security 5 Controls th
59. HSSI TT Terminal Timing 10 35 I HSSILA Loopback Circuit A 11 36 I HSSI SD Send Data 12 37 I HSSILB Loopback Circuit B 13 38 HSSI SG Signal Ground 39 Ancillary to DCE Reserved 14 I V 35 RTS Request to Send 15 40 I V 35 TT Terminal Timing 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 57 Option Module Pinouts ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines Pinout 31 NxT1 HSSI V 35 Module 50 pin SCSI II and V 35 Winchester Continued Pin Pin Direction Description Side Side 16 41 I V 35 SD Send Data 42 O V 35 DCD Data Carrier Detect 17 18 43 Ancillary to DCE Reserved 19 44 HSSI SG Signal Ground 20 45 O V 35 ST Send Timing 21 46 O V 35 RT Receive Timing 22 47 O V 35 RD Receive Data 23 O V 35 CTS Clear to Send 48 I V 35 Ground Present 24 49 O HSSI TM Test Mode 25 50 HSSI SG Signal Ground Octal FXS Option Module The Octal FXS Option Module provides eight analog voice grade interfaces Each interface can operate in loop start or ground start mode providing talk battery off hook supervision ringing and E amp M signaling conversion Call progress tones where necessary are provided to the modules by the ATLAS Pinout 32 Octal FXS Module 8 pin modular Pin Name Description 1 2 3 6 7 8 Unused 4 Ring Ring to and from the analog phone interface 5 Tip Tip to and from the analog phone interface 58 2004 ADTRAN
60. ID out the FXS user term port to the subscriber The ATLAS 800 Series generates Caller ID from the calling party number typically when the call is terminated from a PRI The calling party number may also come from a Trunk Number on a network term entry or from the Caller ID field on a user term entry if the call comes from one of these sources Additional CPE equipment is needed to receiver Caller ID such as a Caller ID box To receive Calling Name information this equipment must support Multiple Data Message Format MDMF CALLING NAME will only be delivered with the number if a call is received from a PRI that has been provisioned to provide CALLING NAME information Otherwise only the CALLING PARTY NUMBER will be generated 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 309 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Async232 User Term Ifce Config Async232 User Term If ce Config Write security 3 Read security 5 This menu allows the user to define option parameters for ports configured for Async 232 connections Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint Ports Available Number of Ports Source ID Busy Out Idle Time Indicates which ports of the selected Async 232 Option Module have been defined in this switched endpoint indicated by or in another switched endpoint indicated by s This field is read only The following characters may display in this field Character Descriptio
61. Inc 332 DLP 6 Updating ATLAS Firmware using TFTP Introduction The ATLAS 800 Series supports firmware updates via the 10 100 BASET Ethernet port using either TFTP from a network server or the ADMIN or CRAFT interfaces using XMODEM This DLP provides the steps to follow for a successful firmware upgrade using the 10 100 BASET Ethernet port and a TFTP Server Tools and Materials Required e A PC with a Telnet client software e A TFTP Server accessible on the local network A TFTP server is provided with the unit as part of the ADTRAN Utilities software To prevent electrical shock do not install equipment in a wet location or during a N ARNING lightning storm Electronic modules can be damaged by static electrical discharge Before handling modules wear an antistatic discharge wrist strap to prevent damage to electronic components Place CAUT modules in antistatic packing material when transporting or storing When working on modules always place them on an approved antistatic mat that is electrically grounded TFTP Instructions for Updating Firmware 1 Connect to the ATLAS using the 10 100 BASET interface If you are not already connected to the unit s ETHERNET port using Telnet client software use the procedure in DLP 4 Verifying Communications Over an IP LAN on page 328 to connect to the unit 2 Login to the unit using the read write password see DLP 5 User Access and Password Security Levels on page 331
62. LOG should also appear in the Syslog 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 345 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Review Additional Syslog Features 1 The MONITOR feature allows all Syslog messages to be pre filtered by SYSTEM NAME SOURCE SLOT and PORT before displaying these messages to the user and logging the message to the predesignated monitor log file Various filter options may be defined by selecting SOURCE The following figure shows the SOURCE FILTER window When the MONITOR button is selected the file will be logged to LOCAL8 TXT H Atlas SysLog Host 5 x File LogFiles Help System Name JETER k ALL ADTRAN SYSTEMS gt X Slot Port f Monitor Source Filter ER 3j C LOCALO Atlas800 800 LOCALI C LOCAL2 r Source Options X System Controller X CC Messages c poean x Switchboard Ix CCIE C LOCAL4 X Nx 56 64 X Frame Relay X Async 232 X Resource Usage c oap Ix Ti X Debug Print LOCALE x T3 X Firmware Update x Ethemet x AIS Stack c kocak X ISDN Events X L2 Formatted Messages X L2 Messages X Modem 56K 16 Cancel Edit Log s HELE Current Event To look at the text file click on the EDIT LOG button on the left side of the Syslog screen e Only source options selected with an X will be displayed in the Syslog file In this example all options will be displayed 2 Under the LOG FILES menu option the user may erase log files define Red events
63. List submenus define these parameters to the ATLAS 800 Series Descriptions The phone number s assigned to this BRI phone line This entry must match the SPID number s which has been set in the network s ISDN switch or in the PBX for this BRI line A SPID must be entered for each phone number The number of calls 1 or 2 which can be received or sent on this number SPID These options reflect the network provisions for this SPID If the BRI was purchased with different services provisioned for the SPIDs then the call must match the services supported Strips a selected quantity choose from NONE 1 2 and 3 of the most significant digits MSD of a dialed number prior to being forwarded out of the port Example A network port could be set to accept all calls beginning with 9 9 and then with STRIP MSD set to 1 all digits would be sent toward the network except the leading 9 SrRIP MSD does not affect CALL ACCEPT criteria All of the digits including the MSDs that are subsequently stripped are used as accept criterion 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 304 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Octal BRI U User Term Ifce Config Source ID Swap ANI DNIS Simplifies the creation of a dial plan in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call e DEFAULT VALUE 0 Zero is the default ID for all endpoints and all acce
64. Manual Dial Plan Ckt Backup User Term Ifce Config Ckt Backup User Term Ifce Config Write security 3 Read security 5 This menu allows the user to define option parameters for ports configured as backup endpoints Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint Originate Answer Submenus Originate Answer Answer Any Outgoing Call Type Source ID Outdial Number Force Mode The following submenus are available for the ORIGINATE ANSWER menu item Description The endpoint will originate the backup call The endpoint will answer any incoming calls but will only go into backup if an error is detected The endpoint will answer any incoming calls and go immediately into backup This only applies to originating endpoints Simplifies the creation of a dial plan in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call e DEFAULT VALUE 0 Zero is the default ID for all endpoints and accept numbers With default values all calls are routed based only on the dialed number e Multiple endpoints can have the same SOURCE ID e When creating the CALL ACCEPT list specify a SOURCE ID s as well as a dialed number or range of dialed numbers to accept This only applies to originating endpoints This is the number dialed when the endpoint goes into backup This forces the backup state of this endpoint This is a configuration sett
65. Manual HDLC Resource Module Info HDLC RESOURCE MODULE The ATLAS 800 Series system controller automatically detects the presence of the HDLC Option Module P N 1200222L1 when it is installed in the system listed as HDLC 128 To see the menus for the HDLC Option Module via the terminal menu use the arrow keys to scroll to the MODULES menu and press lt Enter gt to access the module choices The following menu tree shows the hierarchy of the menus discussed in this section Info Status Part Number DSOs Available Serial Number Channels Board Revision Info Read security 5 Provides information about the module part number serial number and assembly revision Part Number Displays the part number of the module Serial Number Displays the serial number of the module Board Revision Displays the board revision of the installed module Status Read security 5 Displays the submenus for available resources on the HDLC Option Module DSOs Available Read security 5 Displays the total number of DSOs currently available for allocation on the HDLC Option Module The maximum value is 128 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 193 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual HDLC Resource Module Status Channels Options Channel ID DSOs 56 64K Tx Frames Rx Frames Errors Clear Counters Write security 4 Read security 5 Displays status information about the resources that have been allocated on the
66. Manual Modules Menu Descriptions Type Inserting modules into inappropriate slots will result in damage to the ATLAS ATLAS 630 e Auxiliary power supplies are for use in Slots 7 and 8 only dim ATLAS 890 e System Controller modules are for use in the controller slots SCUA and SCUB only Option Modules are for use in the option module slots 1 16 only e Power supplies are for use in the power supply slots 14 17 only Type Write security 3 Read security 5 Displays the type of module actually installed in the slot or the type of module you plan to install in the slot The ATLAS controller automatically detects the type of module installed in each slot and the TYPE field automatically defaults to the installed module type You can also use this field to preconfigure a unit before actually installing modules by specifying the module that you want to install in each slot To use this option navigate to the field you want to edit and press Enter For empty slots a list of all the available module types displays Select the one you want and it displays in the TvPE field If this field is already configured with a module you can only set this field to EMPTY To change from one module type to another you must set the field to EMPTY first Menu Read security 5 Displays additional status and configuration menus for the ATLAS controller or selected module To access the submenus for this item use the arrow keys to
67. PIVs Identifies resources used by IQ statistics storage A PIV is a port or PVC per interval ATLAS can track up to 10 000 PIVs Think of it as a resource meter The PIV number is derived from the MAx DAvs and MAX INTERVALS selected by the user Changing one affects the other Interval Period Sets the period for IQ statistics gathering Options are 5 10 15 20 and 30 minutes Max Days Defines the number of history day intervals to keep Maximum entry is dependent on the MAX INTERVALS setting Max Intervals Defines the number of history intervals to keep Maximum entry is dependent on the MAX DAYS setting View IQ Statistics Displays statistical information gathered for intervals and days on a port and for intervals and days on sublinks PVCs or DLCIs View IQ Statistics Submenus Description Interval and Day Contains the statistics available in the INTERVAL or DAY Rx Frames Rx Bytes Max Rx Thru Avg Rx Thru Max Rx Util Avg Rx Util Tx Frames Tx Bytes Max Tx Thru Avg Tx Thru Max Tx Util Avg Tx Util The number of frames the port received for the interval or day The number of bytes the port received for the interval or day The maximum throughput the port received for the interval or day The average throughput the port received for the interval or day The maximum utilization the port received for the interval or day The average utilization the port received for the interval or day
68. PPP negotiation Initial This is the first state of LCP negotiation If the packet endpoint is connected to a physical port in the DEDICATED MAP this state will usually transition to the STARTING state to begin the PPP negotiation Starting The packet endpoint stays in this state only when the physical line is down Req Sent The packet endpoint has sent an LCP configuration request to the peer and is waiting for an acknowledge Ack Recvd The packet endpoint has received an acknowledge from the peer for the sent configuration request Ack Sent The packet endpoint has acknowledged the peer s configuration request but the peer has not acknowledged us Opened LCP negotiation on the packet endpoint has finished authentication if enabled occurs now Closing The packet endpoint has sent the peer a terminate request and is waiting for the peer s acknowledgement Closed The packet endpoint has received the peer s acknowledgement to the sent terminate request this is followed by the initial state Stopping The packet endpoint has received a terminate request from the peer Stopped The packet endpoint has acknowledged the peer s terminate request Not ConnectedThe packet endpoint is not connected to the router in the PACKET CNCTS menu Current Port Displays the connections for the packet endpoint The letter U in this field indicates that this packet endpoint is used in the PACKET CNCTS map The remainder of the fie
69. Ports 1 amp 2 ADRAR ATLAS 830 System LEDs Switch Module Status LEDs Figure 1 ATLAS 830 Front Panel Layout 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 25 ATLAS 830 Front Panel ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines ACO Switch The ACO switch clears the Alarm Relay located on the rear panel after an alarm condition has occurred If an alarm condition is corrected and then reoccurs the Alarm Relay activates again CRAFT Port Use the CRAFT port see Pinout 1 to configure the system via an EIA 232 connection Pinout 1 ATLAS 830 CRAFT Port DB 9 female Pin Name Description 1 DCD Data Carrier Detect output not connected 2 RD Receive Data output 3 TD Transmit Data input 4 DTR Data Terminal Ready input not connected 5 SG Signal Ground 6 DSR Data Set Ready output not connected 7 RTS Request to Send input not connected 8 CTS Clear to Send output not connected 9 RI Ring Indicate output not connected Front Panel LEDs With the ATLAS 830 powered up the front panel LEDs provide visual information about the status of the ATLAS 830 and any option modules that may be installed Table 1 describes the purpose of the front panel LEDs and Table 2 on page 28 provides information about the meaning of the LED colors Table 1 ATLAS 830 Front Panel LEDs Purpose LED Purpose System Displays the status of the power supply controller and ot
70. Profile and Password 1 Select the first column 0 and press I for insert 2 To give the new user profile a name select the LABEL field press lt Enter gt and type the user defined name 3 To personalize the password for that LABEL select the PASSWORD field press lt Enter gt and type the new password profile is password The current password displays as a series of asterisks toe Passwords for the ATLAS system are case sensitive The default password for a new user Setting the Password Security Level 1 Review the six different password security levels and determine which level you want to set see the following chart If you want the user to have Select level Minimum rights Read only permission for all menu items Read permission for all menu items and permission to use test commands 4 Access to all commands except passwords flash download authentication methods 3 and interface configurations Access to all commands except passwords flash download and authentication 2 methods Access to all commands except passwords 1 Maximum rights Permission to edit every menu item including creating and 0 editing passwords 2 Select the ACCESS RIGHTS field and choose the appropriate level Follow up Procedures Once this procedure is complete return to the procedure which referred you to this DLP and continue with the tasks indicated there 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN
71. Read security 5 Indicates the port number Write security 4 Read security 5 The Video Module supports both local and remote loopbacks The following options are available Description No active loopback Activates both a local loopback back toward the DTE and a port loopback toward the network Initiates a local loopback request sent to the remote Video Module This allows for end to end circuit test The REMOTE LOOPBACK option is only supported for Dual Video Module to Dual Video Module applications Write security 5 Read security 5 This read only option indicates a port s current loopback status by displaying any of the following status messages No Loopback Active Looping Up Remote Unit Remote Unit Looped Back Looping Down Remote Unit Remote Loop Up Failed Port Looped From Remote Source Port Loopback Active Write security 4 Read security 5 Controls the activation of the 511 test pattern generator and detector The 511 pattern is generated inward through the ATLAS system 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 168 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dual Video Option Module DTE Interface 511 Result Results None LOS Sync ES CLR Inject DTE Interface Write security 5 Read security 5 Displays the results of the 511 test This option is read only Clear these results by pressing lt Enter gt when CLR is selected Description Pattern is not synchronized At one point th
72. Registering your product helps ensure complete customer satisfaction Please take time to register your products on line at www adtran com Click Service and Support on the top of the page and then click Product Registration under Support Customer Service Product Support Information and Training ADTRAN will repair and return this product within the warranty period if it does not meet its published specifications or fails while in service Warranty information can be found at www adtran com warranty A return material authorization RMA is required prior to returning equipment to ADTRAN For service RMA requests training or more information use the contact information given below Repair and Return If you determine that a repair is needed please contact our Customer and Product Service CaPS department to have an RMA number issued CAPS should also be contacted to obtain information regarding equipment currently in house or possible fees associated with repair CaPS Department 256 963 8722 Identify the RMA number clearly on the package below address and return to the following address ADTRAN Customer and Product Service 901 Explorer Blvd East Tower Huntsville Alabama 35806 RMA 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 10 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Pre Sales Inquiries and Applications Support Pre Sales Inquiries and Applications Support Your reseller should serve as the first point of contact for supp
73. Relay user data packets transmitted over Frame Relay this PVC continued Rx Pckts Total number of Frame Relay user data packets received over this PVC Statistics Provides additional information on the individual sublink Reset Counters Resets all sublink counters FECN Count The total number of FECN bits received on this PVC BECN Count The total number of BECN bits received on this PVC DE Discard Count The total number of discard eligible DE bits that have been received on this PVC Active Flag For ADTRAN use only Config Write security 3 Read security 5 Creates and configures packet endpoints Config Description Submenus Endpnt Name User definable name such as the name of the Frame Relay provider or the circuit ID Protocol Prot Defines the protocol operating on this port Frame Relay configures this packet endpoint for Frame Relay signaling TBOP configures this endpoint as transparent bit oriented protocol PPP configures this packet endpoint as point to point protocol 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 227 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Packet Endpnts Config Description Continued Submenus Config Frame Contains the configuration parameters for this packet endpoint ba Signaling Role Displays the Frame Relay signaling role for this packet endpoint The following options indicate the signaling role of this packet endpoint Off The remote device does not sup
74. Send Common 12 DTE Ready A 25 Request to Send B 13 Carrier Detect A 26 Receive Clock B 50 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Option Module Pinouts Engineering Guidelines Pinout 19 Quad USSI Module RS 232 Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 Shield Ground 14 Sec Transmit Data 2 Transmit Data 15 DCE Transmit Clock 3 Received Data 16 Sec Received Data 4 Request to Send 17 Receive Signal Element Timing 5 Clear to Send 18 Not used 6 Data Set Ready 19 Sec Request to Send 7 Signal Ground 20 Data Terminal Ready 8 Received Line Signal Detector 21 Signal Quality Detector 9 Voltage 22 Ring Indicator 10 Voltage 23 Data Signal Rate Selector 11 Not used 24 DTE Transmit Clock 12 Sec Received Line Signal Indicator 25 Not used 13 Sec Clear to Send Pinout 20 Quad USSI Module CCITT X 21 V 11 Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 Shield Ground 8 Signal Ground 2 Transmit Data A 9 Transmit Data B 3 Request to Send A 10 Request to Send B 4 Received Data A 11 Received Data B 5 Carrier Detect A 12 Carrier Detect B 6 Transmit Receive Clock A 13 Transmit Received Clock B 7 Ext Transmit Clock A 14 Ext Transmit Clock B 15 Not Used 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 51 Option Module Pinouts ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines Octal BRI ISDN U Interface Op
75. Serial Number Read security 5 Displays the serial number for the unit The serial number of the ATLAS automatically displays in this field Boot ROM Rev Read security 5 Displays the boot ROM revision 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 78 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Status Menu Descriptions Event Log 4 SYSTEM STATUS MENU DESCRIPTIONS The SYSTEM STATUS menu provides the user with status information about the ATLAS operational parameters including logged system events and timing Figure 4 displays the submenus and data fields G YT100 Terminal iol x Session Edit Port Options Capture Help ATLAS 830 stem Info entry Clear Systen Event Log lt stem Config Ethernet Po System Utility Admin Port Modules Craft Port Packet Manager System Alarms Router System Timing Source PRIMARY Locked Dedicated haps Resource Usage Circuit Status Trunk Usage ia Figure 4 System Status Menu Event Log Displays the last 349 warning or failure messages sent including the day date and priority of the message The most recent messages display at the top of the list The following read only fields are available for review Time Displays the date mm dd and the time hh mm ss that the event occurred Category Displays the severity of the event The possible categories are CRITICAL MAJOR MINOR WARNING NORMAL and INFO Specify which types of errors to log with the SYSTEM EVE
76. T1 PRI interface is operating normally with error free operation Off The interface has experienced an alarm TEST Yellow solid The T1 PRI interface is in a test mode ERROR Red blinking Blinks with the occurrence of an error event including BPV CRC and ES ALARM Red solid The T1 PRI interface is experiencing an alarm such as loss of frame LOF loss of signal LOS etc 28 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual ATLAS 830 Rear Panel Engineering Guidelines Table 2 ATLAS 830 LED Descriptions Continued For these LEDs This color light Indicates that Modules Status Green solid Module is present Green fast blink Module has been manually taken offline by the user Red solid Module is in an alarm state Red fast blink Module has no response has been removed or is not supported Red slow blink Module is not ready None No module occupies the slot Online Green solid Module has an active connection Green fast blink Module has invalid flash memory or is downloading firmware Test Yellow solid Module is in a test mode 3 ATLAS 830 REAR PANEL The ATLAS 830 rear panel see Figure 2 contains an ADMIN port for connecting to a VT100 terminal or terminal emulator or modem a 10 100BaseT interface for ETHERNET access ALARM contacts two built in T1 PRI network interfaces NTWK1 and NTWK2 and eight
77. Termination The Octal BRI S T Module acts like the network while interfacing to user equipment terminal adapters When you are working in the network termination section of the DIAL PLAN menu and SLT is defined as a S T BRI module the following interface configuration options are available cable te To use the Octal BRI S T Module on a User Term endpoint use of a straight through ISDN S T Switch Type Write security 2 Read security 5 Defines the type of ISDN switch that the port will simulate If connected to another ATLAS both need to be set to the same type The following options are available LUCENT 5E NORTHERN DMS 100 NATIONAL ISDN and EuRO ISDN SPID List Write security 2 Read security 5 The port acting as the network must use a SPID and a phone number in order to satisfy the ISDN connection protocol expected by the user s Terminal Adapter TA Submenu Descriptions Phone Number The phone number s assigned to this BRI phone line SPID Number Defines the SPID number s used for this BRI line Although the value of the SPID is not significant a SPID must be entered for each phone number For convenience the SPID can be set to be the same as the phone number Octal BRI S T Module does not support autoSPID detection software which some terminal adapters offer No SPID Number is needed for the Euro ISDN Switch Type Calls For User terminations the number of calls is fixed at 2 D64 D56 Audio
78. alarm if an asterisk appears These alarms usually indicate the failure to receive the protocol that has been configured for the DSO DS1 DSO Status Read security 5 Displays by port the status of all 24 DSOs as follows Character Description dash Unallocated period Inactive Signaling mismatch A Active B channel D Active D channel M Maintenance N Dedicated nailed O Offhook originate RBS R Ringing RBS Restart ISDN W Waiting for dialtone 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 148 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 Option Module DS1 DSO Alarm DS1 DSO Alarm Read security 5 Displays per DSO alarm status for each T1 in the T3 circuit These alarms usually indicate the failure to receive the protocol that has been configured for the DSO Character Description No Alarm DSO D D Channel Alarm ISDN F Frame Alarm packet T TBOP Alarm packet P PPP Alarm packet DS1 Sig Status Read security 5 Read only field that indicates signaling of all 24 DSOs for each T1 in the T3 circuit The A B bits for Rx receive and Tx transmit DSOs are shown when the T1s are configured for D4 and ESF framing Dashes display for those DSOs where robbed bit signaling RBS is not being transferred by the ATLAS 800 Series DS1 Performance Current Write security 3 Read security 5 The performance fields either current 15 minute total or 24 hour total provide status on key performance measure
79. all conditions 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 125 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad Nx56 64 Option Module Dial Dial Write security 3 Read security 5 Dials an Nx port that is configured to ignore DTR Prt Mode Options Persistent One Time Dial Src ID Number Test Read security 5 Displays the port number Configures the dialing mode The following options are available Description Redial whenever the call is cleared or if the call fails Attempt the call only once Write security 0 Read security 0 Signals the Nx port to dial clear the call Indicates the SOURCE ID of the number to be dialed Configure this field in the Nx INTERFACE CONFIGURATION section of the DIAL PLAN Indicates the number to be dialed Configure this field in the Nx INTERFACE CONFIGURATION section of the DIAL PLAN Write security 4 Read security 5 These options initiate different types of tests and display test results Port Loopback Options No Loopback Indicates operating port Write security 4 Read security 5 Test pattern to be transmitted out the port The following options are available Description No active loopback 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 126 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad Nx56 64 Option Module Test Options Local Loopback Remote Loopback Loopback Status 511 511 Result Results None LOS Sync ES Inject CLR
80. and sent to the network management station listed in the Traps Destination field the remote unit must be listed in the ASP Endpoint Communities list The ADLP Address and ADLP Password parameters must be configured Submenus Description ADLP Address Enter the ADLP address Unit ID of the remote unit Only traps containing an ADLP address listed here will be accepted ADLP Password Enter the ADLP password Unit Password of the remote unit The password will be verified before traps will be accepted from the remote unit SNMP ASP Proxy Write security 0 Read security 0 Enables or disables Get_Request capabilities for remote units When enabled this feature allows SNMP requests to be sent from the Network Management Station through the ATLAS 800 Series to the selected remote unit Remote units must be ADTRAN TSU 100 Series or ISU 512 products All remote units must be listed in the ASP ENDPOINT COMMUNITIES list SNMP ASP Polling Write security 0 Read security 0 Enables or disables trap polling through the ATLAS 800 Series to remote ADTRAN TSU 100 Series or ISU 512 units When enabled this feature allows the ATLAS 800 Series to forward any traps received from remote units to the Network Management Station listed in the TRAPS DESTINATION field The remote unit must be listed in the ASP ENDPOINT COMMUNITIES for the traps to be forwarded Event Logging Write security 3 Read security 5 Sets the system event severity level thresho
81. and T3 D amp l Network Term Ifce Config PRI Outgoing Number Conversion The following OUTGOING NUMBER CONVERSION submenus convert outgoing towards the network numbers to the selected numbering plan and type option Submenu Descriptions As dialed Sends the digits provided as an unknown number type ISDN National Regardless of what type of number is received the outgoing number is preferred substituted with ISDN National as the number plan and type Ten digits are always sent to the network Leading ones if present are stripped out and the area code provisioned under DIAL PLAN GLOBAL PARAMETERS is added if only seven digits are supplied This action may be required in areas with ten digit local dialing ISDN Subscriber Examines the incoming number and if seven digits are received or if a ten digit preferred number is received with an area code that matches the area code provisioned in the global parameters the number is forwarded to the network as a seven digit number defined as ISDN Subscriber number plan and type If the incoming number is ten digits but with a different area code it is forwarded to the network as ISDN National preferred ISDN National Ignores the incoming numbering plan and type and substitutes the DMS Reserved ISDN Telephony numbering plan and National number type Ten digits are sent Preferred to the network Leading ones if present are stripped out and the area code set in global parameters is added
82. and press the right arrow key to access the right pane menus 2 Select the ALARM RELAY RESET field and press Enter Win Locally clear the ALARM RELAY by pressing the ACO switch 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 355 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Configuring the ATLAS 890 Alarm Monitor Win Complete the following steps only if you wish to monitor for external alarms 1 Goto the SYSTEM CONFIG menu and press the right arrow key to access the right pane menus Then select the EVENT LOGGING menu and press Enter Once in the EVENT LOGGING menu press the right arrow key to access the right pane menus 2 From the EVENT LOGGING menu select the EXTERNAL INPUT menu and set it to the same value as the ALARM RELAY THRESHOLD Any event on the ALARM MONITOR will now be logged in the EVENT LOG and set the ALARM RELAY Follow up Procedures Once this procedure is complete return to the procedure which referred you to this DLP and continue with the tasks indicated there 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 356 SECTION 6 SYSTEM EVENT LOG Explains System Event Log messages and describes configuration of the Event Log You can log various message types at settable threshold levels in the ATLAS 800 Series Event Log This section describes the entries that may be logged by the system Event Log The Event Log CATEGORY threshold is particularly important this is the minimum severity level that an event must have
83. associated with it in order that the event be logged Use caution when changing CATEGORY values from their default levels If too many sources have their CATEGORY values set too low the number of messages being logged in CAUT a given period can be very large If too many messages are being logged too rapidly system performance can be adversely affected The Event Log is a useful tool for troubleshooting switchboard or call connection activities including the viewing of digits received digits transferred and ISDN Messages Since most of the events viewed in the following tables are used primarily during troubleshooting they should be turned off in normal operation Table of Contents Setting the Event Log Category 0 20 eee 358 Viewing the Events 2 7 lE 9e Nee eee hve xh See eee ee alae 361 System Events sarasa rel eR or RM wie ee ew eee Rie ee Sur oe ee 363 ISDN Cause Codes c he ee ae ee eee eee 368 Cause Code Log Entries 2 5 notte ends 3 E A RE eee REPRE 370 List of Tables Table 1 System Controller Events liliis 360 Table 2 Switchboard Events 0 0 0 een een eens 361 Table 3 Nx 56 64 Events 0 aka oa a aa eee eee 361 Table 4 T T Eventec i ft Pee Sa Le br E e Ren adn RE Schl vede deg Tt 362 Table 5 Ethernet Events ssl Eee ES A UE Ro Dee Pate ea Vene 363 Table 6 ISD NEBEVEnIS cux sc mes Dod Beant haste hasty ea AR UIROS Seated Panty ERE R 363 Table 7 Circuit Backup Ev
84. automatically updated before it is sent to the management station 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 89 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Config Menu Descriptions SNMP DS1 Current Perf Thresholds Submenus Current ES Thrsh Current SES Thrsh Current SEFS Thrsh Current UAS Thrsh Current CSS Thrsh Current PCV Thrsh D4 Current PCV Thrsh ESF Current LES Thrsh Current LCV Thrsh Defines performance threshold values for DS1 Line and Path statistics recorded in a 15 minute interval Refer to the ADTRAN Enterprise MIB and the DS1 Extension MIB available on the ADTRAN website at www adtran com for more MIB specific information If a statistic value exceeds its threshold value then the corresponding Alert Trap will be sent if the alert event is armed and Alert Traps are enabled These thresholds apply to all DS1 interfaces in the system Description Current 15 minute Errored Seconds ES parameter The default value is 65 for an approximate BER level of 10E 5 Current 15 minute Severely Errored Seconds SES parameter The default value is 10 for an approximate BER level of 10E 5 Current 15 minute Severely Errored Framing Seconds SEFS parameter The default value is 2 for an approximate BER level of 10E 5 Current 15 minute Unavailable Seconds UAS parameter The default value is 10 for an approximate BER level of 10E 5 Current 15 minute Controlled Slip Seconds CSS parameter The d
85. available in this submenu change depending on the type of modules selected in the SLoT Svc or PORT PEP fields For more information on these submenus refer to the individual module interface configuration menu discussions in this section The following substitution template submenus allow the ATLAS 800 Series to select calls based on telephone number and substitute a user defined number for the received digits after the call has been processed by the switchboard Substitution templates are created for each entry in the Dial Plan Descriptions Designates the number s to be the search criteria for the substitution template The pattern can be a specific number or wildcards can be used as part of the number specification X Any single digit N Any single digit 2 through 9 Any number of digits of any value 9 This specific number 1 2 3 A single digit in this group For example 963 812 012 would be 963 8120 to 963 8122 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 277 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Global Param Submenu Substituted Global Param Descriptions Continued Designates the number to be substituted for the number s defined in the ORIGINAL field The pattern can be a specific number or wildcards can be used as a part of the number specification X Any single digit N Any single digit 2 through 9 Any number of digits of any value 9 This specific number 1 2 3 A
86. be asserted DCD Write security 3 Read security 5 Determines the behavior of the Data Carrier Detect DCD signal also called RLSD on some interfaces If set to NORMAL DCD will generally be asserted when the interface is capable of passing data consult the ATLAS 800 Series 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 132 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual USSI Option Module Configuration DSR DTR 0 Inh Inband Send Leads User Manual for exact conditions If set to FORCED ON DCD will always be asserted If set to REMOTE RTS the value of DCD will track the value of the remote unit s RTS signal Note that this feature requires the Inband control channel to be ENABLED Write security 3 Read security 5 Determines the behavior of the Data Set Ready DSR signal If set to NORMAL DSR will generally be asserted when the interface is capable of passing data If set to FORCED ON DSR will always be asserted If set to REMOTE DTR the value of DSR will track the value of the remote unit s DTR signal This remote feature requires the Inband control channel to be ENABLED Write security 3 Read security 5 Determines whether the ATLAS 800 Series treats a connection as permanent IGNORE or connects only when Data Terminal Ready DTR is active CoNNECT ON DTR Select either IGNORE or CONNECT ON DTR Write security 3 Read security 5 When the port detects an uninterrupted string of Os being transmitted for more than one sec
87. be placed in the EVENT LOG but no other action will be taken see System Event Log on page 357 for more details Indicates that installed fans are operating normally Indicates that the external input has been activated indicates that input is not active and indicates that input is active System Timing Source Read security 5 Indicates which timing source primary or backup is in use by ATLAS and whether the system is locked onto this source If the display does not indicate locked the ATLAS does not have a valid source of timing and cannot reliably transfer data Review the current setting for system timing source in the SYSTEM CoNriG menu See Primary Timing Source on page 86 and Backup Timing Source on page 86 for details Resource Usage Write security 5 Read security 5 Provides resource usage tracking for dynamic resources throughout the system This includes current average and minimum availability for both analog and digital resources 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 82 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Status Menu Descriptions Resource Usage Data Tables Submenus Resource Type Current Average Min 0 Zero Avail Hr Data Reset Config Submenus Display Format Read security 5 Displays resource usage for dynamic resources throughout the system in a table format Description Displays types of dynamically allocated resources being tracked throughout the system
88. be used in all cases except when it is not supported by the attached DTE equipment Software Software flow control uses XON and XOFF characters in the data stream to control flow None No flow control selected for this port Fmt Write security 5 Read security 5 Configures the asynchronous character format options for the Async 232 port Submenus Description Data Bits Number of data bits per character Parity Parity method used for transmit and receive characters Stop Bits Number of stop bits per character Call Dir Write security 3 Read security 5 Configures the Async 232 port to answer incoming calls and or originate outgoing calls The following options are available IN ONLY OUT ONLY and IN amp OUT 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 216 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Async 232 Option Module Configuration In Ctrl Submenus At Cmds DTR DCD Dialout Submenus Dialout Method Write security 3 Read security 5 Selects the method by which incoming calls are indicated to and controlled by the DTE Options include the following Description AT commands and responses indicate and control calls AT commands also support port and allocated modem or ISDN resource configuration An activated data carrier detect DCD signal indicates that an incoming call is answered from the Async 232 Module port Upon call hang up the DCD becomes inactive The data terminal ready DTR signal must be active from
89. board revision Part Number Displays the part number of the module Read only Serial Number Displays the serial number of the module Read only Board Revision Displays the board revision of the installed module Read only Alarm Status Write security 5 Read security 5 Displays the current alarm status of the DTE interface Prt Indicates the port number 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 164 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dual Video Option Module DTE Status Alarms Alarm SLIP PLL ZERO No Ext Clk DTE Status Displays an alarm condition on the DTE interface Description A rate mismatch exists between the DTE clock and the network side clock as set by DSO assignment The Video Module DTE port is not able to lock onto the clock provided by the network interface The DTE is sending an excessive number of consecutive zeroes to the network interface The DTE is not providing an external transmit clock This alarm displays only if the Video Module DTE port is configured to get its transmit clock from the DTE Write security 5 Read security 5 Shows the status of key DTE interface signals An asterisk indicates the presence of a signal and a hyphen indicates no signal present Prt DTE Status Options RTS CTS DTR DSR DCD RI TD RD EC Operating port number The following signals are monitored these options are read only Description Request to send from
90. can support In entities where the maximum number of connections is dynamic this object should contain the value 1 The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the SYN SENT state from the CLOSED state The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the SYN RCVD state from the LISTEN state The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the CLOSED state from either the SYN SENT state or the SYN RCVD state plus the number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the LISTEN state from the SYN RCVD state The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the CLOSED state from either the ESTABLISHED state or the CLOSE WAIT state The number of TCP connections for which the current state is either ESTABLISHED or CLOSE WAIT The total number of segments received including those received in error This count includes segments received on currently established connections The total number of segments sent including those on current connections but excluding those containing only retransmitted octets 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 253 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Router IP UDP Relay Table 11 TCP Statistics Continued Name Description RetransSegs The total number of segments retransmitted that is the number of TCP segments transmitted containing one or more previously transmitted octets Clear Clears the accu
91. card Analog Resource Rscr Connections Stats Submenu Rsrc Attempts Completed Failures Reset Stats Rate Stats Write security 5 Read security 5 This menu option displays the connection statistics for the analog resources available on the Modem 24 Option Module Description Indicates the resource number of the analog call resource On the Modem 24 Option Module analog resources are numbered 1 24 Displays the number of connections attempted for this analog resource since the last reset Displays the number of successful connections for this analog resource Displays the number of unsuccessful connections for this analog resource It is defined as the number of connection attempts minus the number of successful connections Resets the connection statistics for the given analog resource This option resets the connection attempts connection completions and the connections failures fields for the analog resource Displays connection rate statistics for selected data rates for the given analog resource The number of connections at a rate or range of rates is displayed 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 209 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modem 24 Resource Module Status Analog Rsrc I O Stats Analog Rsrc I O Stats Submenus Rsrc Tx Bytes Rx Bytes Tx Frames Rx Frames Rx Ovrns Rx Prty Write security 5 Read security 5 Displays the input and output statistics fo
92. changing the endpoint before allowing backup The amount of time to delay after detecting an alarm before going into backup This only applies to originating endpoints If the circuit comes out of alarm before this time has expired the endpoint will not go into backup The amount of time to delay after clearing an alarm before coming out of backup This only applies to originating endpoints If the circuit goes into alarm before this time has expired the endpoint will remain in backup The backup endpoint will attempt this many retries before giving up and declaring a backup failure This only applies to originating endpoints The amount of time delayed between a failed backup call and the redial This only applies to originating endpoints 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 314 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Pkt Voice Network Term Ifce Config Enable Schedule Submenu Enable Time Disable Time Days Enabled Test Call Submenu Period Next Test Time Min Num DSOs Max Num DSOs Use these submenus to schedule the times when backup is enabled The following selections are available for the ENABLE SCHEDULE menu item Descriptions This is the time of day to enable dial backup This is the time of day to disable dial backup If the disable time is earlier than the enable time backup monitoring will be active across midnight Use this record to enable disable backup monitoring on particular d
93. connections Setting this greater than 1 will restrict connections to endpoints supporting aggregation e g BONDING of the specified number of DSOs Set this to 1 for typical single call connections Setting this greater than 1 will accommodate connections to endpoints supporting aggregation e g BONDING of up to the specified number of DSOs This also sets the number of DSOs presented in the negotiation of outgoing aggregate calls Octal BRI U Network Term Ifce Config Write security 3 Read security 5 This menu allows the user to define option parameters for ports which terminate a BRI connection from the network Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint Switch Type Defines the type of BRI switch to which the port is connected If connected to another ATLAS 800 Series both need to be set to the same switch type The following options are available LucENT 5E NoRTHERN DMS 100 and NATIONAL ISDN 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 303 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Octal BRI U Network Term Ifce Config SPID List Submenu Phone Number SPID Number Calls D64 D56 Audio Speech Strip MSD To properly operate with a network ISDN switch the BRI interface must have Service Profile Identifiers SPIDs and phone number s that match the SPID s and phone number s programmed into the ISDN switch for this line Each BRI may have one or more phone numbers and SPIDs The SPID
94. e Multiple endpoints can have the same SOURCE ID When creating the CALL ACCEPT list specify a SOURCE ID s as well as a dialed number or range of dialed numbers to accept Pkt Voice User Term Ifce Config Write security 3 Read security 5 This menu allows the user to define option parameters for ports configured as user packet voice endpoints Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint DLCI Voice Port Conflict Report Voice Compression Silence Suppression Signaling Method Selects the appropriate DLCI for this dial plan entry Identifies the voice port address of the remote unit FSU 5622s support ports 1 and 2 A remote ATLAS supports ports 1 through 255 Describes existing conflicts Potential problems include DLCI unavailable or Voice port already in use Selects the voice compression algorithm used by this endpoint ADTRAN FSU 5622 and Express 5200 Series FRADs use CCITT G 723 1 compression at 6 3 kbps The Express 5200 Series FRADs also support the proprietary NETCODER Algorithm at 6 4 kbps Both endpoints must agree about the compression algorithm choice Reduces the total system bandwidth load by preventing ATLAS from sending frames containing a special silence code during periods of silence Both endpoints must agree to use silence suppression By default silence suppression is DISABLED To prohibit silence frames from transmitting and to decrease the total system bandwidth ENABLE this featu
95. for details 3 Goto the SYSTEM UTILITY menu and select the UPDATE FIRMWARE menu press Enter 4 Select the MODULE SLOT menu and press Enter Select the appropriate module slot to update Select SLOT 0 to update the System Controller 5 Goto the TRANSFER METHOD menu and select TFTP 6 Enter the IP address of the network TFTP server into the TFTP SERVER IP ADDRESS field 7 Enter the full path name and filename of the update file into the TFTP SERVER FILENAME field 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 333 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual 10 From the RESTART SCHEDULE menu select the time for the module to perform a restart after completing the update process e RESTART IMMEDIATELY AFTER UPDATE restarts the system immediately after the update is complete RESTART AT SPECIFIED DATE AND TIME allows you to select when the updated system will restart If you select this option a new field called RESTART DATE AND TIME displays below the current field To use that option enter the time in 24 hour format such as 23 00 00 for 11 00 pm Enter the date in mm dd yyyy format for example 09 30 2000 View CURRENT UPDATE STATUS to verify the progress of the current firmware update or any errors encountered during the download process Refer to the table in step 10 for a detailed description of messages found in this field Select BEGIN FIRMWARE UPDATE to start the update process Enter Y to confirm the transfer and to set
96. if only seven digits are supplied This action may be required in areas with ten digit local dialing ISDN National As Sends the digits provided as National number type Dialed When SWITCH TYPE is set to AESS many installations require the National form where possible this may also be the preferred form in 10 digit calling areas Strip MSD Strips a selected quantity choose from NONE 1 2 AND 3 of the most significant digits MSD of a dialed number prior to being forwarded out of the port For example A network port could be set to accept all calls beginning with 9 9 and then with STRIP MSD set to 1 all digits would be sent toward the network except the leading 9 SrRIP MSD does not affect CALL ACCEPT criteria All of the digits including the MSDs that are subsequently stripped are used as accept criterion Network Specific Facility Voice and Data Enables the sending of appropriate information to the PSTN The default for this option is NORMAL and in this case no Network Specific Facility Information Element is sent Unless one of the services listed below is subscribed to the selection should remain set to NORMAL The list below indicates services that 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 281 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan T3 and T3 D amp l Network Term Ifce Config PRI Called Digits Transferred Outgoing Caller ID Source ID may be subscribed to from the PSTN These services require th
97. in the submenus ENABLE IQ STATS PORT ENABLES CONFIG and ViEW IQ STATISTICS Enable IQ Stats Globally enables and disables IQ statistics gathering IQ statistics are only gathered when this option is enabled This field defaults to the original setting of 15 MIN 7 DAYS 96 INTS when re enabled Port Enables Enables and disables IQ statistics gathering for each port Use the submenus NAME ENABLE ALL SUBLINKS and SUBLINKS to configure the individual ports Submenus Description Name Displays the port number and name Enable Enables and disables IQ statistics gathering for the port identified in NAME All Sublinks Provides an easy way to enable or disable IQ statistics gathering on all sublinks When this activator reads DISABLE pressing Enter gt disables IQ statistics gathering on all sublinks When it reads ENABLE pressing Enter gt enables IQ statistics gathering on all sublinks Sublinks Identifies the PVC to be polled Indicates the number of sublinks that ATLAS 800 Series will collect IQ data for within the given link Name Displays the user designated name of the sublink up to 15 characters DLCI Displays the Data Link Connection Identifier circuit number Enable Indicates collection of IQ data for the target DLCI 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 238 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Frame Relay IQ Config Sets the parameters for IQ statistics gathering Submenus Description Current
98. in the system listed as NXT1 HSSI To see the menus for the NxT1 HSSI Option Module via the terminal menu use the arrow keys to scroll to the MODULES menu and press lt Enter gt to access the module choices V 35 is available when using the optional adapter cable ADTRAN P N 31251081 The following menu tree shows the hierarchy of the menus discussed in this section Some of the following menus do not apply when configured for V 35 mode Info T1 Enable T1 Menus IMUX Menus HSSI V 35 Menus Part Number Alarm Status Status Status Serial Number Performance Curr 15 min 24 hr Port Status Config Board Revision Configuration Config Test Firmware Revision Test Test Port Test Info Read security 5 Provides information about the module part number serial number and board revision Part Number Displays the part number of the module Serial Number Displays the serial number of the module Board Revision Displays the board revision of the installed module Firmware Revision Displays the firmware revision of the installed module T1 Enable Write Security 3 Read Security 5 Configures the NxT1 HSSI Option Module to activate the module s four built in T1 interfaces When configuring the module to use more than four T1s from other installed T1 T3 modules set this field to DISABLED The NxT1 HSSI V 35 Module s four built in T1 interfaces are activated collectively as a bundle Setting the T1 ENABLE menu
99. index number and PATTERN For example a local number will be 7 digits long while a long distance 1 area code number will be 11 digits long The 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 278 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Global Param ATLAS 800 Series defaults cover almost any installation and these templates should not require any additional user input except for unusual circumstances The template allows the use of the following wildcard inputs to define numbers X Any single digit N Any single digit 2 through 9 911 This specific number 1 2 3 A single digit in this group Number Type Templates The following NUMBER TYPE TEMPLATES submenus set call type patterns ISDN Submenus Prefix Pattern Number Type interfaces require that a number type be sent over the D channel when a call is sent or received A normal RBS trunk does not send a type designator but uses prefixes instead For example 1 prefix is a national long distance call type while a O11 prefix is an international long distance call type These templates form a table to permit ATLAS 800 Series to translate the RBS prefix into a call type for ISDN and vice versa The ATLAS 800 Series default templates should cover all applications and should not need to be added to by the user except for very rare circumstances Description Denotes an entry number The maximum number of entries is 50 Press lt I gt t
100. it is installed in the system listed as USSI To see the menus for the Quad USSI Option Module via the terminal menu use the arrow keys to scroll to the MODULES menu and press Enter to access the module choices The following menu tree shows the hierarchy of the menus discussed in this section Info Alarm Status DTE Status Data Rate Inband Stats Part Number Prt Prt Port Port Serial Number Alarms DTE Status Rate Rx Frames Board Revision Tx Frames e Rx Bytes Tx Bytes TxAccept Flow Budget PollSkips Rx Overflow Tx Reset Link Verify Remote Fail Link Verify Ack ResetStats PLL FIFO Configuration Dial Test DTE Interface Port Prt Prt Port Prt PLL FIFO Name Mode Loopback DTE Interface Cik Dial 511 Mode Data Src ID 511 Result Current DTE Type CTS Number Inject DCD CLR DSR DTR 0 Inh Inband Send Leads Info Read security 5 Provides information about the module part number serial number and assembly revision Part Number Displays the part number of the module Serial Number Displays the serial number of the module 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 128 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual USSI Option Module Alarm Status Board Revision Displays the board revision of the installed module Alarm Status Read security 5 Displays the current alarm status Prt Indicates the port number
101. multiple entries The reject list may be used to more easily specify the call filtering desired The wildcards are identical as in OUT HACCEPT see Out Accept on page 271 The reject list takes precedence over the accept list For example 1 900 rejects all 1 900 long distance calls and 1 rejects all long distance calls Rejects outgoing calls based on call type For example setting the reject number to Digital 56 64 to ENABLED and Audio and Speech to DISABLED will reject all digital calls but accept analog calls This list may remain blank if the accept list meets desired filtering Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint The selections displayed in this field are based on the type of module selected in the SLoT Svc option For detailed information on submenus for a particular module type please refer to the dial plan interface configuration menu discussion for the appropriate network option or resource module Some of the options available in this submenu change depending on the type of modules selected in the SLT SVC or PRT PEP fields For more information on these submenus refer to the individual module interface configuration discussions in this section 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 273 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Network Term Subst Templ Submenus Original Substituted The following substitution template submenus allow the ATLAS 800 Series to sele
102. number REN If requested provide this information to the telephone company 2 If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company may temporarily discontinue service If possible advance notification is given otherwise notification is given as soon as possible The telephone company will advise the customer of the right to file a complaint with the FCC 3 The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the proper operation of this equipment Advance notification and the opportunity to maintain uninterrupted service are given 4 If experiencing difficulty with this equipment please contact ADTRAN for repair and warranty information The telephone company may require this equipment to be disconnected from the network until the problem is corrected or it is certain the equipment is not malfunctioning 5 This unit contains no user serviceable parts 6 AnFCC compliant telephone cord with a modular plug is provided with this equipment This equipment is designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using an FCC compatible modular jack which is compliant with Part 68 and requirements adopted by ACTA 7 The following information may be required when applying to the local telephone company for service Registration Part Number Number Service Type REN SOC FIC USOC Edi US HDCDENAN1200780L1 1 544 Mbps SF 04DU9 BN 1 544 Mb
103. on page 277 Specifies the number of DSOs ATLAS 800 Series uses for this endpoint 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 286 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan T3 and T3 D amp l Network Term Ifce Config NFAS Outgoing Number ISDN Subscriber Conversion Converts outgoing towards the network numbers to the selected numbering plan and type option Submenu Description As dialed Sends the digits provided as an unknown number type ISDN National Regardless of what type of number is received the outgoing number is preferred substituted with ISDN National as the number plan and type Ten digits are always sent to the network Leading ones if present are stripped out and the area code provisioned under DIAL PLAN GLOBAL PARAMETERS is added if only seven digits are supplied This action may be required in areas with ten digit local dialing Examines the incoming number and if seven digits are received or if a ten digit preferred number is received with an area code that matches the area code provisioned in the global parameters the number is forwarded to the network as a seven digit number defined as ISDN Subscriber number plan and type If the incoming number is ten digits but with a different area code it is forwarded to the network as ISDN National preferred ISDN National Ignores the incoming numbering plan and type and substitutes the DMS Reserved ISDN Telephony numbering plan and National number type Ten d
104. optional ATLAS 800 Series feature upgrades Feature Names the ATLAS 800 Series feature upgrade License Key Displays the license key of the feature upgrade 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 93 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Config Menu Descriptions Bonding Config Serial Number Displays the serial number of the feature upgrade Lic Cnt Displays the number of instances of the feature that the license provides This field may not be applicable for a given feature if it is not this field is blank Status Reflects the status PERMANENT or TEMPORARY of the feature upgrade license key Bonding Config Write security 3 Read security 5 Displays the configuration submenus available for the BONDing Module This configuration is shared among all BONDing Modules Time is given in seconds TXINIT Timer Specifies the length of time the originating endpoint attempts to detect the BONDING negotiation pattern from the answering endpoint before deciding the BONDING call has failed TXFA Timer Specifies the length of time both endpoints attempt to detect the BONDING frame pattern when a call is connected before deciding the BONDING call has failed When interoperating with other manufacturers BONDING equipment it may be necessary to change this time so that it matches TXADD01 TXADDO 1 Timer Specifies the length of time both endpoints wait for additional calls to be connected at the end of negotiation before deciding that the
105. polling events that will cause the link to be declared down in N393 polls User Event Window Size N393 Defines the number of poll events in each monitored window To prevent erratic behavior ensure that this timer T392 is greater than the T391 on the user side of the UNI If the number of bad polls reaches N392 in any N393 period the link will be declared down When N393 good polls are received the link will be declared active again Net Poll Response Timeout T392 Determines how long this packet endpoint will wait without receiving a poll before declaring the poll bad Net Polls Per Status N391 Sets the number of link integrity polls before a full status is transmitted Net Bad Events Threshold N392 Sets the number of bad polling events that will cause the link to be declared down in N393 polls Net Event Window Size N393 Defines the number of poll events in each monitored window 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 229 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Packet Endpnts Config Submenus Config PPP Description Continued Write security 3 Read security 5 Displays the configuration for this packet endpoint Authentication Contains the authentication parameters for this endpoint Rx Method These are methods the ATLAS uses to authenticate the peer None is selected when you do not want to authenticate the peer PAP CHAP or EAP is selected when you will allow the peer
106. power consumption of 400 W and a maximum current draw of 7 A Power Requirements DC System Regardless of the option modules configuration installed in the base unit the ATLAS 890 DC system has a maximum power consumption of 325W and a maximum current draw of 8 A at 48 VDC 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 35 ATLAS 890 Front Panel ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines 6 ATLAS 890 FRONT PANEL The front panel contains the Alarm Cut off ACO switch the CRAFT port and the controller and option modules and system fans and alarm status LEDs The LEDs provide visual information about the ATLAS 890 base unit and any option module that may be installed Figure 3 identifies these features Controller LEDs r Option Module LEDs System LEDs D D STATUS amp FANS SONNE Ss or se se se se ese ese ee se se DP ao e e TEST ee ee XS I amp amp S amp amp aco SYSTEM POWERS LINK e CONTROLLERS OPTION MODULES Figure 3 ATLAS 890 Front Panel Layout ACO Switch The ACO switch deactivates clears the Alarm Relay located on the rear panel after an alarm condition has occurred If an alarm condition is corrected and then reoccurs the Alarm Relay activates again 36 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual ATLAS 890 Front Panel Engineering Guidelines CR
107. receive failures Out of cell delineation Loss of cell delineation Cell buffer overflow Number of uncorrected errorred headers Number of corrected errored headers Number of received cells Facility loopback status Terminal Lpbk HSSI Terminal loopback status HSSI Rx Packets Number of packets received 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 174 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual NxT1 HSSI Option Module IMUX Menus Config Option Prt Grp Assoc Scramble Test Submenu Port Facility Lpbk Read Security 5 Write Security 5 Parameters include T1 data streams to the HSSI interface Description Indicates the port number Displays the port number for the T1s mapped to the NxT1 HSSI interface Ports 1 through 4 are the T1 interfaces located on the NxT1 HSSI Option Module Ports 5 through 8 are T1s mapped to the NxT1 HSSI Option Module in the Dedicated Maps Associates T1s either mapped to this card and or the on board T1s with the HSSI interface data stream To add the T1 to the data stream select the GROUP1 option Enabling the SCRAMBLE option configures the NxT1 HSSI Module to prevent ones density violations when transmitting ADTRAN IMUX headers on a T1 circuit with AMI line coding See note on following page Use extreme caution when disabling the SCRAMBLE option ADTRAN recommends enabling the SCRAMBLE option for normal use Description HSSI V 35 port number 1 on 800 series modules Port f
108. scroll to the MENU column for the module you want to edit and press Enter For detailed information on each submenu item for a particular module refer to the modules menus discussion for the appropriate option or resource module Alarm Read security 5 Displays whether there is an alarm condition on the ATLAS controller or selected module Press Enter to access the ALARM menu For detailed information on each submenu item for a particular module refer to the following sections for the appropriate option or resource module alarm menu discussions Test Read security 5 Displays whether the ATLAS controller or selected module is executing a test Press Enter to access the TEST menu This option will allow you to setup and initiate tests You may also access this menu through the MENU submenu on this screen For detailed information on each submenu item for a particular module refer to the following sections for the appropriate option or resource module test menu discussions 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 106 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modules Menu Descriptions State State Read security 5 Displays whether the ATLAS controller or selected module is online or offline Even though a module is physically installed it must be marked ONLINE for it to be considered an available resource This parameter allows an installed module to be marked OFFLINE which may be useful in system troubleshooting If you choose OFFL
109. set priorities and clear Red events The ERASE LOG FILES option will erase the specified text log file DEFINE RED EVENTS allows the user to predefine a message priority condition so that if the condition occurs the file is highlighted in red In the following figure any CRITICAL or MAJOR conditions will cause any LOCALO through LOCAL7 facility to become highlighted in red if it receives a critical or major alarm 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 346 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual May 08 13 22 20 172 22 12 50 ATLAS 830 ADTRAN Tx Len 3 0C May 08 13 22 20 172 22 12 50 ATLAS 830 ADTRAN RxLen 9 0C QA 00 01 02 00 02 01 O4 00 00 02 00 02 01 1 1 0 1 ERES 3 3 The PROPERTIES menu allows the user to specify the types of messages to be logged to an ASCII text file Mark the lowest priority Event Log message you want to log to the Syslog server text file For example the figure below shows that all messages will be logged to the text file m Set Facility Filters L vew o ea u ee C C LJ si s e ol 4 The HELP menu also explains these features Click on HELP CONTENTS SYSLOG HOST DAEMON for further explanation of Syslog features D QA 00 01 02 00 02 01 D 00 00 02 00 02 01 I at Aig RN r RA 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 347 DLP 11 Connecting the Alarm Contacts Introduction This DLP explains how to connect the alarm contacts for the ATLAS
110. slots for housing option modules which provide a variety of additional resources and data ports All slots are functionally identical An optional redundant power supply may be installed in slots 7 and 8 In addition the ON OFF switch and POWER SUPPLY are located on the rear panel 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 29 ATLAS 830 Rear Panel ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines ADMIN Ethernet Alarm T1 PRI Power On Off Port Port Contacts Interfaces Switch Li MN MON NYWK1 NYWK2 30350780 240 ANA SUSOHE gt 0s l9 s lIs l0 s 0 s l9 lOs 9 6 CAUTION RISK OF SUPPLEMENTAL EARTH GROUND MUST BE CONNECTED ELECTRIC BHOCK PRIORTO CONNECTION OFTELECOMMUNICATION WIRING Option Module Slots Power Supply Figure 2 ATLAS 830 Rear Panel Admin Port The ADMIN port EIA 232 see Pinout 2 on page 30 connects to a computer or modem and provides the following functions e Accepts EIA 232 input from a PC or a modem for controlling the ATLAS 830 e Operates at 2400 9600 19200 or 38400 bps e Acts as input for either VT100 or PC control e Acts as an interface for flash memory software downloads using XMODEM Pinout 2 ATLAS 830 Admin Port DB 9 female Pin Name Description Pin Name Description 1 DCD Data Carrier Detect output 6 DSR Data Set Ready output not connected 2 RD Receive Data out
111. terminal block 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 348 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual 7 Insert one strand into the COM connection from the ATLAS and tighten the screw 8 Insert another strand into either the NC or NO connections and tighten the screw A chassis ground connection is also provided 9 Replace the terminal block Table 1 ATLAS Alarm Relay Connector Pinout Pin Name Description 1 Normally Closed NC Opens when a selected alarm condition is present 2 Normally Open NO Closes when a selected alarm condition is present 3 Common COM Common connection between external circuitry and NC or NO terminal 4 Chassis Ground GND Alarm Relay Connector ALARM CAUTION ee REMOVE POWER CORD PRIOR TO O REMOVAL OF POWER SUPPLY Nc No Com MON NYWK1 NYWK2 amp am o e Slot 1 e e Slot 5 oe Slot 2 el Je Slot 6 e ANZA SUR Slot 3 e Te Slot 7 Slot 4 Slot 8 e O 0 P g Mawson e ALL EMPTY SLOTS MUST BE COVERED WITH BLANK PANELS e CAUTION RISK OF SUPPLEMENTAL EARTH GROUND MUST BE CONNECTED e ee id ZX caution MAINTENANCE TO BE PERFORMED BYTRAINED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY x ELECTRIC SHOCK PRIORTO CONNECTION OFTELECOMMUNICATION WIRING Figure 1 ATLAS 830 Rear View 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 349 ATLAS 800 Seri
112. the CALL ACCEPT list specify a SOURCE ID s as well as a dialed number or range of dialed numbers to accept For example an application requires that all calls that originate from Port 1 of the ATLAS 800 Series in Slot 1 be switched to Port 2 of that same module Assign a unique SOURCE ID e g 7 to Port 1 of the module and then configure Port 2 to only accept calls from that unique SOURCE ID 7 DSO ALIGNMENT is typically enabled when a user needs the ability to maintain alignment between T1s as if they were in dedicated map mode This scenario requires DSO ALIGNMENT enabled on both interfaces usually on User Term and on Net Term An interface that has DSO ALIGNMENT enabled will only process a call from the switchboard on the same DSO that the incoming call was received 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 285 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan T3 and T3 D amp l Network Term Ifce Config NFAS For example the unit receives an incoming call on DSO 17 The switchboard looks for an interface who has matching accept criteria to the number it received A match is found on interface Z that has DSO ALIGNMENT enabled This causes interface Z to only process the call if it has DSO 17 available If all matching interfaces have DSO ALIGNMENT enabled and none of those interfaces have DSO 17 available then a busy or fast busy will be returned to the calling party T3 and T3 D amp I Network Term Ifce Config NFAS
113. the MODULES menu and press lt Enter gt to access the module choices The following menu tree shows the hierarchy of the menus discussed in this section Info Status Configuration Part Number Analog Rscr Session Status Analog Rsrc Serial Number Analog Rscr Connections Stats Digital Rsrc Board Revision Analog Rsrc I O Stats Firmware Revision Digital Rscr Session Status Digital Rscr Connection Stats Digital Rsrc I O Stats Info Read security 5 Provides information about the module part number serial number and assembly revision Part Number Displays the part number of the module Serial Number Displays the serial number of the module Board Revision Displays the board revision of the installed module Firmware Revision Displays the revision of the coprocessor firmware on the installed module Status Read security 5 Displays the status submenus for both analog and digital resources available on the Modem 16 Option Module Analog Rscr Session Status This submenu displays the session status information for the analog resources available on the Modem 16 Option Module System resource usage for analog and digital call resources can be viewed under the SYSTEM STATUS menu of the ATLAS This menu provides detailed resource availability information for each resource type including hourly average available minimum available and number of times there were no available resources of a particular typ
114. the System Controller module Prerequisite Procedures The ATLAS 800 Series System must be powered up for terminal communication to function Tools and Materials Required e Data cable to connect a VT100 terminal or a PC configured as a VT100 terminal e VT100 terminal or PC configured as a VT100 terminal To prevent electrical shock do not install equipment in a wet location or during a N ARNING lightning storm Electronic modules can be damaged by static electrical discharge Before handling modules wear an antistatic discharge wrist strap to prevent damage to electronic components Place CAUT modules in antistatic packing material when transporting or storing When working on modules always place them on an approved antistatic mat that is electrically grounded 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 321 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Connecting a Terminal to the ATLAS VT100 Terminal 1 Set the VT100 terminal parameters as follows e 9600 baud rate e 8 data bits e No parity e jstop bit e No flow control 2 If the terminal has a parallel setting disable it and use serial port 3 Plug the male end of the DB 9 or RJ 45 data cable into the ATLAS 4 Make the connection to the VT100 terminal as appropriate for your equipment PC Emulating a VT100 Terminal Most personal computers or laptops can run communications software that will emulate a VT100 terminal for example Terminal or Hyperterminal Man
115. the equipment mounting rack when installing this product 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 63 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Installing Network and Option Modules Network Turnup Procedures 7 INSTALLING NETWORK AND OPTION MODULES Option Slots Numbering Figure 2 shows the option slot numbering designation for the ATLAS 830 and Figure 3 shows the option slot numbering designation for the ATLAS 890 Slots 7 and 8 of the ATLAS 830 may also be used for an optional redundant power supply The two units share the same ATLAS 800 Series option module cards However the controller slots of the ATLAS 890 only accept ATLAS 890 controller modules Understanding the slot numbering convention is important for successful module installation ALARM i GS CACA AX NC NO COM 3 MON NYWK1 NYWK 2 o eo e Slot 1 e e Slot 5 2 o o 4 Slot 2 e e Slot 6 amp ases e Slot 3 e Te Slot 7 Slot 4 Slot 8 o e e o e ALL EMPTY SLOTS MUST BE COVERED WITH BLANK PANELS e CAUTION RISK OF SUPPLEMENTAL EARTH GROUND MUST BE CONNECTE v e Z CAUTION MAINTENANCETO BE PERFORMED BY TRAINED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY ELECTRIC SHOCK PRIORTO CONNECTION OFTELECOMMUNICATION WIRING Figure 2 ATLAS 830 Slot Designation Rear Panel Modules or Power Supply Controller Power Slots Supply Module DO ModueSios M ON M e jo Jo 1o o 1o s
116. the number of successful connections at 56 kbps for this digital resource Read security 5 Displays the number of successful connections at 64 kbps for this digital resource Write security 5 Read security 5 Resets the connection statistics for the given digital resource This option resets the connection attempts connection completions and the connections failures fields for the analog resource 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 201 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modem 16 Resource Module Status Digital Rsrc I O Stats Submenus Rsrc Tx Frames Rx Frames Tx Bytes Rx Bytes Rx Ovrns Rx CRC Bad Rx Aborted Reset Stats Write security 5 Read security 5 Displays the input and output statistics for the digital resource available on the Modem 16 Option Module All statistics are for the current active call and are reset once the call becomes disconnected Description Read security 5 Indicates the resource number of the digital call resource On the Modem 16 Option Module analog resources are numbered 1 16 and digital ISDN resources are numbered 17 32 Read security 5 Displays the number of data frames transmitted by the digital resource to the remote client modem during the current call This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Read security 5 Displays the number of data frames received by the digital resource from the remote client modem during the current call Thi
117. the transmission of yellow alarms Choose either ON or OFF Tx Prm Controls the sending of performance report messaging PRM data on the facility data link FDL The PRM data continues to be collected even if XMIT PRM is turned off possible only with ESF format Choose either ON or OFF LBO Selects the Line Build Out LBO for the network interface When connecting an ATLAS 800 Series port to a DSX 1 interface this parameter is typically set to match the distance in feet between the ATLAS 800 Series and the device with which it is connecting When you select this item a list of choices displays 0 DB 7 5 DB 15 DB 22 DB 266 FT 399 FT 533 FT 655 FT Select the appropriate option LB Accept Sets unit to accept or reject the in band loop up and loop down codes as defined in ANSI T1 403 This is a line loopback Choose either ACCEPT or IGNORE Pulse Density Choose either ON or OFF Pulse Density Enforcer ON causes the ATLAS 800 Series to monitor for ones 1s density violations and insert a one 1 when needed to maintain ones at 12 5 This data insertion causes data errors ADLP Read security 5 The ADTRAN Data Link Protocol ADLP provides a communications link between ADTRAN equipment over point to point or multidrop connections that can be used for configuration and monitoring remote ADTRAN devices Choose ENABLE to activate the ADLP over the FDL for the DS1 interface For ADTRAN use only Test Write security 5 Read
118. through this packet endpoint Total number of HDLC packets received through this packet endpoint Clear CountersClears all values in this submenu Displays Layer 2 performance statistics The statistics fields for PPP reflect the total count since last cleared The available statistic information is discussed below LCP State IPCP Tx Packets Rx Packets Displays the current state of the LCP negotiations Displays the UP if PPP IP control has successfully negotiated Number of packets transmitted over this link Number of packets received over this link Clear Counters Resets the Tx and Rx packet counts Displays Frame Relay performance statistics for supported packet endpoint sublinks These statistic fields reflect the total count since cleared These settings are not applicable for PPP or TBOP Name DLCI State User defined name of a sublink PVC Local address for each PVC as assigned by the carrier Indicates if this particular sublink PVC has been defined as active by a full status poll and also indicates if the PVC is in backup mode Possibilities include Active PVC is active Inactive PVC is inactive Active BU PVC is active but in backup mode Inactive BU PVC is inactive and in backup mode 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 226 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Packet Endpnts Performance Description Continued Submenus Sublink Stats Tx Pckts Total number of Frame
119. to ENABLED allows you to map any all of the built in TI ports to the HSSI interface Setting the T1 ENABLE menu to DISABLED requires ALL of the TI s mapped to the HSSI interface to be from other installed T1 T3 modules 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 170 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual NxT1 HSSI Option Module T1 Menus T1 Menus Read Security 5 The following T1 Menus provide information about the four T1 interfaces located on the NxT1 HSSI Option Module These menus are available only when T1 ENABLE is enabled Alarm Status Submenus Prt Alarms Rx Level Performance Status Prt CLR ES BES Read security 5 Displays the current T1 alarm status Description Indicates the port number Read security 5 Displays an alarm condition on the ATLAS 550 unit Press lt Enter gt to access this menu item Descriptions of the alarms follow LOS Indicates a loss of signal detected on port interface Red Indicates inability to frame data received on the port Alternately referred to as Out of Frame OOF Yellow Receiving remote alarm RAI on port T1 ENABLE Blue Receiving unframed all ones from the port Alarm Indicator Signal AIS DSO Alarm Displays per DSO alarm status that is at least one DSO channel is in alarm if an asterisk appears These alarms usually indicate the failure to receive the protocol that has been configured for the DSO Receive Level Indicates the strength of the signal
120. to Send A 22 Transmit Data B 35 Ext Transmit Clock B 10 Local Loopback 23 Transmit Clock B 36 Not Used Not Supported 11 DCE Ready A 24 Receive Data B 37 Not Used 12 DTE Ready A 25 Request to Send B 13 Carrier Detect A 26 Receive Clock B 56 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Option Module Pinouts Engineering Guidelines NxT1 HSSI V 35 Option Module The NxT1 HSSI V 35 Option Module P N 1200771L1 uses a single 50 pin SCSI II interface or V 35 interface using an optional adapter cable to combine eight T1s of data a combination of eight using the four NxT1 HSSI V 35 Module T1 ports and other T1 ports installed in the system See Pinouts 30 and 31 Pinout 30 NxT1 HSSI V 35 Module RJ 48C Pin Name Description 1 RxData Ring R Receive data from the network 2 RxData Tip T Receive data from the network 3 Unused 4 TxData Ring R1 Send data towards the network 5 TxData Tip T1 Send data towards the network 6 7 8 Unused Pinout 31 NxT1 HSSI V 35 Module 50 pin SCSI Il and V 35 Winchester Pin Pin Direction Description Side Side 1 26 HSSI SG Signal Ground 2 27 O HSSI RT Receive Timing 3 28 O HSSI CA DCE Available 4 29 O HSSI RD Receive Data 5 30 O HSSILC Loopback Circuit C 6 31 O HSSI ST Send Timing 7 32 HSSI SG Signal Ground 8 33 I HSSI TA DTE Available 9 34 I
121. to a user The lowest level of access Level 5 is read only and allows a user to see but not change the current configuration of the system The top level of access Level 0 is read write and allows the user to see and change system configuration parameters 3 Upon entering the correct password the ATLAS 800 Series System main menu displays For simplicity only the ATLAS 830 menus are used in this document iol xi Session Edt Options ues Help ysten Name a System Location LAS 830 Sys ten Config Sustem Contact LAS 830 System Utility Firmware Revision 08 06 04 02 09 06 17 Modules System Uptime 0 days 2 hours 55 min 26 secs Packet Manager Startup Mode Power cycl Router Current Time Date 24h vednesdag Ju 16 33 22 2002 Dedicated Maps Installed Memory lash 83 suus botas DRAN 16777216 byti Circuit Status Serial Number A6 Dial Plan Boot ROM Rev A 01 05 22 02 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 324 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual 4 You are now logged in to the ATLAS menu system te If the IP has been provisioned see DLP 3 Setting IP Parameters for the ATLAS 800 Series System on page 326 you can also login to the unit using Telnet Follow up Procedures Once this procedure is complete return to the procedure which referred you to this DLP and continue with the tasks indicated there 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 325 DLP 3 Setting IP Parameters for the ATLAS 800
122. unit Write security 4 Read security 5 Test pattern to be transmitted out the port The following options are available Description Framed ones Framed zeros Write security 3 Read security 5 Pseudo random pattern with suppression of excess zeros Displays current status of T1 tests including information regarding loopbacks and test patterns When displaying test pattern status the display string is composed of pattern sync status and errored seconds Description No sync 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 113 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad T1 PRI Option Module Test Status Description LOS Sync has been lost Sync Pattern is synchronized ES Number of seconds with at least one bit error CLR Write security 3 Read security 3 Clears error counters on test pattern results menu Inj Write security 3 Read security 3 Injects errors into transmitted test pattern a Quad T1 PRI NI CSU A t DS1 Z f x xin Payload Loopback a Line Loopback Figure 9 Loopback Test Diagram 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 114 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad E1 PRA Option Module Info QUAD E1 PRA OPTION MODULE This section provides detailed information on the MODULES menu and submenus for the Quad E1 PRA Option Module P N 1200284L1 The ATLAS 800 Series system controller automatically detects the presence of the Quad E1 PRA Option Module when it is installed in the system lis
123. with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio frequencies Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense Win Shielded cables must be used with this unit to ensure compliance with Class A FCC limits Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible N X W ARNING for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 6 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Affadavits Affadavits Affidavit Requirements Connection to Digital Services e An affidavit is required to be given to the telephone company whenever digital terminal equipment without encoded analog content and billing protection is used to transmit digital signals containing encoded analog content which are intended for eventual conversion into voiceband analog signal and transmitted on the network e The affidavit shall affirm that either no encoded analog content or billing information is being transmitted or that the output of the device meets Part 68 encoded analog content or billing protection specifications e End user customer will be responsible to file an affidavit with the local exchange carrier when connecting unprotected CPE to a 1 544 Mbps or subrate digital service e Until such time as subrate digital terminal equi
124. 0 cc s 20 8 16 24 32 Channel Voice Compression Resource Modules P N 1200221Lx lssuss 20 Nx 56 64 BONDing Resource Module P N 1200262L1 0c eee 20 HDLC Resource Module P N 1200222L1 lsssssssesseseel tees 21 Modem 16 Resource Module P N 1200181L1 isses 21 Modem 24 Resource Module P N 1200782L1 sslseeeeseeeeee eh 21 Async 232 Option Module P N 1200182L1 ssssssssseseeeel e 21 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 15 System Overview ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Description 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW The ATLAS 800 Series modular and highly scalable platform provides robust solutions for the wide area communication needs of medium to large corporations and network access providers The ATLAS 800 Series is an Integrated Access System with extensive support of dedicated bandwidth management and access switching It contains a high performance CPU and powerful communications drivers which support applications such as frame relay and call switching With the ATLAS 800 Series you can consolidate voice data and video applications into a single platform while optimizing wide area bandwidth and reducing equipment costs The ATLAS 800 Series architecture s expansion slots allows for a variety of modules making it one of the most versatile access systems on the market ATLAS 830 The ATLAS 830 architecture includes a packet switching and a circuit switching bussing scheme
125. 0 Series System Manual System Config Menu Descriptions Ext Input Alarm ATLAS 890 Level Write security 3 Read security 5 Defines the event log category for the message associated with the alarm For more details on event log categories refer to Section 7 System Event Log Ext Input Alarm ATLAS 890 Selects the condition that will trigger an External Input Alarm Present The alarm activates when a signal is present Absent The alarm activates when a signal is absent 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 96 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Utility Menu Descriptions Update Firmware 6 SYSTEM UTILITY MENU DESCRIPTIONS Use the SYSTEM UTILITY menu to view and set the system parameters shown in Figure 6 Telnet Connection 172 22 12 50 gt nix Session Edit Options Capture Help 9 l ystem Info System Status System Conti pdate Firmware Update Status Config Transfer System Utilization odules System Selftest Packet Manager ring i Router ATEL Client Dedicated Maps Telnet Client Circuit Status Client Status Dial Plan Ctrl Switch Schedule Controller Switch Immediate Force Controller Switch lt gt Reboot System lt gt Factory Default System lt gt Figure 6 System Utility Menu Update Firmware Write security 1 Read security 5 Updates firmware when ATLAS 800 Series enhancements are released Two transfer methods are available for u
126. 0773Lx The Dual Video Option Module provides two independent video ports each including an RS 366 dialing interface DB 25 and a synchronous DTE port interface connector determined by custom cable When used in conjunction with the Nx56 64 BONDing Option Module P N 1200262L1 the Dual Video Module provides high bandwidth videoconferencing The Dual Video Module does not provide timing for the ATLAS 800 Series system NxT1 HSSI V 35 Option Module 1200771L1 The NxT1 HSSI V 35 Option Module aggregates bandwidth from one to eight T1s into a single logical channel on the HSSI interface or V 35 interface using the optional adapter cable The NxT1 V 35 Option Module supports point to point T1 applications only Any of the four built in T1 ports of the NxT1 HSSI V 35 Option Module can provide timing for the ATLAS 800 Series system Octal FXS Option Module P N 1200338L1 The Octal FXS Option Module provides eight analog voice grade interfaces Each interface provides talk battery off hook supervision E amp M signaling conversion and ringing in loop start or ground start operation Call progress tones where necessary are provided to the modules by the ATLAS 800 Series 8 16 24 32 Channel Voice Compression Resource Modules P N 1200221Lx The Voice Compression Resource Module VCOM Module combines with other ATLAS 800 Series components to implement voice over frame relay VoFR capability The Voice Compression Resources modules support
127. 1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 74 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Navigating the Terminal Menus Configuration Keystrokes To do this Press this key Restore factory default settings This setting restores the factory defaults based on the location of the cursor If the cursor is on a module line in the MODULES menu then only the selected module is updated to factory defaults Copy selected items to the clipboard The amount of information you can copy depends on the cursor location when you press C If the cursor is over an editable field only that item is copied If the cursor is over the index number of a list then all of the items in the row of the list are copied For example if the cursor is over the SLOT field in the MODULES screen all of the information associated with the slot is copied Paste the item stored in the clipboard if the information is compatible p You must confirm all pastes except those to a single editable field Increment the value of certain types of fields by one when you paste information gt into those fields Decrement the value of certain types of fields by one when you paste information lt into those fields AG Insert a new list item m For example add a new item to the DEDICATED MAP connection list by pressing 7 while the cursor is over the index number Delete a list item For example delete an item from the DED
128. 101 Protective ground PG V 115 RX clock RC A to DTE B 102 Signal ground SG X 115 RX clock RC B to DTE 105 Request to send RTS from P 103 Transmitted data TD A from DTE DTE D 106 Clear to send CTS to DTE S 103 Transmitted data TD B from DTE 107 Data set ready DSR to DTE Y 114 TX clock TC A to DTE 109 Received line signal detector AA 114 TX clock TC B to DTE DCD to DTE H Data terminal ready DTR U 113 External TX clock ETC A from from DTE DTE J Ring indicator RI W 113 External TX clock ETC B from DTE 104 Received data RD A to DTE NN Test mode TM to DTE T 104 Received data RD B to DTE Pinout 15 Quad Nx 56 64 Module DB 78 Pin Signal Pin Signal 11 RXD A 2 4 42 GND 2 RXD B 2 4 43 48 Not used 3 RXC A 2 4 49 MOD2 4 RXC B 2 4 50 MODO 5 TXD A 2 4 51 EXT TXC A 1 3 6 TXD B 2 4 52 DTR B 1 3 7 TXC A 2 4 53 DTR A 1 3 8 TXC B 2 4 54 DCD B 1 3 9 EXT TXC A 2 4 55 DCD A 1 3 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 47 Option Module Pinouts ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines Pinout 15 Quad Nx 56 64 Module DB 78 Continued Pin Signal Pin Signal 10 EXT TXC A 2 4 56 DSR B RI 1 3 11 17 Not used 57 DSR A 1 3 18 GND 58 CTS B 1 3 19 GND 59 CTS A 1 3 20 CHASIS GND 60 CHASIS GND 21 CTS A 2 4 61 GND 22 CST B 2 4 62 68 Not used 23 DSR A 2 4 69 MODI 24 DSSR B RI 2 4 70 EXT TXC B 1 3 25 DCD A 2 4 71 TXC B 1 3 26 DCD B 2 4 72 TXC A 1 3
129. 1200184L 1 e Quad Nx 56 64 Option Module e Quad Nx 56 64 Option Module Quick Start Guide e Two DB 37 to V 35 converter cables ADTRAN P N 1200784L1 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 65 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Installing Network and Option Modules Network Turnup Procedures Quad USSI Option Module System P N 4200261Lx e Quad USSI Option Module System e Quad USSI Option Module System Quick Start Guide And one of the following e EIA 530 to DB 78 Cable System P N 4200261L2 Cable P N 31251058 e RS 449 V 36 System P N 4200261L1 Cable P N 31251057 e RS 232 System P N 4200261L4 Cable P N 31251063 e CCIT X21 V 11 System P N 4200261L3 Cable P N 31251056 Octal Basic Rate ISDN U Interface Option Module P N 1200186L2 e Octal Basic Rate ISDN U Interface Option Module e Octal Basic Rate ISDN U Interface Option Module Quick Start Guide e Eight RJ 45 to RJ 11 cables ADTRAN P N 3125M007 Octal Basic Rate ISDN S T Interface Option Module P N 1200343L 1 e Octal Basic Rate ISDN S T Interface Option Module e Octal Basic Rate ISDN S T Interface Option Module Quick Start Guide e Eight RJ 45 to RJ 11 cables ADTRAN P N 3125M007 T3 Option Module P N 1200223L 1 T3 Option Module e T3 Option Module Quick Start Guide e Two 6 ft coaxial BNC cables ADTRAN P N 31251054 T3 Option Module with Drop and Insert Interface P N 1200225L 1 e T3 Option Module with Drop and Insert Interface e T3 Option M
130. 13 applications an accumulation of P bit parity errors For the C bit parity application an accumulation of CP bit parity errors ES P Errored Second Path An accumulation of seconds during which any one of the following conditions exist parity errors severely errored frame or AIS signal received SAS P SEF AIS Second An accumulation of seconds during which severely errored frame or AIS signal is received SES P Severely Errored Seconds Path An accumulation of seconds during which parity errors severely errored frames or AIS signal is received UAS P Unavailable Seconds Path An accumulation of one second intervals during which the DS3 path is unavailable i e 10 contiguous Sysop DS3 Performance 15Min Write security 3 Read security 5 Stores the performance data for the previous 15 minute window Refer to DS3 Performance Current on page 145 for a detailed description of these fields DS3 Performance 24Hr Write security 3 Read security 5 Stores the performance data for the previous 24 hour window Refer to DS3 Performance Current on page 145 for a detailed description of these fields DS3 Configuration Write security 3 Read security 5 Includes all of the configurable parameters pertaining to the T3 interface Prt Read security 5 Displays the port number Port Name Enter any text up to 15 characters to uniquely identify the T3 port on the DS3 Option Module Frame Configures the framing forma
131. 2 equipment dimensions 35 external input connection 42 front panel 36 LED colors meaning of 38 LEDs 37 overview 16 pinout admin in RJ 48C 41 alarm relay connection 42 Index craft port RJ 48C 37 Ethernet RJ 48C 41 external input connection 42 power requirements AC 35 power requirements DC 35 rear panel 40 specifications at a glance 43 System Controller Module overview 19 C Circuit Status menus 267 Backup Status 267 Delay 268 From 267 Line Status 268 Manual Backup 267 Test 268 customer service 10 D Dedicated Maps menus 256 Activate Map 256 Create Edit Maps 257 Connects Menu Pkt Endpt 265 Connects Menu Pkt Voice 265 E1 PRA 260 FXS 8 263 NxT1 HSSI 262 Octal BRI 261 T1 PRI 259 T3 and T3 D amp I 262 USSI 261 V35Nx 261 Current Map 256 Detail Level Procedures 319 dial plan menus global parameters 278 network term 271 see also individual module 270 user term 275 DLPs 319 Dual Video Option Module menus Alarm Status 164 Configuration 166 Data Rate 166 DTE Interface 169 DTE Status 165 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 381 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Index Info 164 PLL FIFO 166 Test 168 overview 20 pinout EIA 530 56 RS 366 DB 25 54 RS 449 56 V 35 Winchester 55 shipping contents 67 E Endpoints backup dial plan user term 311 313 Endpoints packet dial plan user term 311 F factory default system 104 FCC required information 5 H HDLC Resource Module menu
132. 3 and T3 D amp I Network Term Ifce Config PRI Port P EP Port PEP Country Code T3 and T3 D amp I Network Term Ifce Config RBS Sig Sig Area or City Code T3 and T3 D amp I Network Term Ifce Config NFAS Out Accept In Accept Nbr Complete Templates T3 and T3 D amp I User Term lfce Config PRI Ifce Config Ifce Config Submenus T3 and T3 D amp I User Term lfce Config RBS Subst Templ Subst Templ Automatic R outeback Rejection T3 and T3 D amp I User Term Ifce Config NFAS Collision Response E1 P RA Network Term Ifce Config PRA Global Tone Type E1 PRA User Term Ifce Config PRA V35Nx User Term Ifce Config USSI User Term Ifce Config Octal BRI U Network Term Ifce Config Octal BRI U User Term Ifce Config Octal BRI S T User Termination FXS 8 User Term Ifce Config Async232 User Term lfce Config Pkt Endpt User Term Ifce Config Ckt Backup User Term Ifce Config Pkt Voice Network Term Ifce Config Pkt Voice User Term Ifce Config Figure 19 Hyperlinked Dial Plan Menu Tree Partial 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 270 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Network Term Network Term Write security 3 Read security 5 This menu allows the user to define option parameters for ports which terminate a connection from the network Slot Svc Selects the ATLAS 800 Series slot or service that terminates a network connection
133. 61200780L1 1D November 2004 ADRAN ATLAS 800 SERIES System Manual 1200780L1 1200781L1 1200321L1 1200322L1 1200185L3 1200264L1 1200184L1 4200261Lx 1200186L2 1200343L1 1200223L1 1200225L1 4200773Lx 1200771L1 1200338L1 1200221Lx 1200262L1 1200222L1 1200181L1 1200782L1 1200182L1 ATLAS 830 System AC ATLAS 830 System DC ATLAS 890 System ATLAS 890 System Controller Module Quad T1 PRI Option Module Quad E1 PRA Option Module Quad Nx 56 64 Option Module Quad USSI Option Module Octal Basic Rate ISDN U Interface Option Module Octal Basic Rate ISDN S T Interface Option Module T3 Option Module T3 Option Module with Drop and Insert Interface Dual Video Option Module NxT1 HSSI V 35 Option Module Octal FXS Option Module 8 16 24 32 Channel Voice Compression Resource Modules Nx 56 64 BONDing Resource Module HDLC Resource Module Modem 16 Resource Module Modem 24 Resource Module Async 232 Option Module ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Trademarks Trademarks Any brand names and product names included in this manual are trademarks registered trademarks or trade names of their respective holders To the Holder of the Manual The contents of this manual are current as of the date of publication ADTRAN reserves the right to change the contents without prior notice In no event will ADTRAN be liable for any special incidental or consequential damages or for commercial losses even if ADTRAN has been advised
134. 7 Primary Timing Source 86 Real Time Clock 93 Session Timeout 86 SNMP 89 Syslog Setup 92 System Event Log 357 System Info menu 77 Boot ROM Rev 78 Current Time Date 24Hr 78 Firmware Revision 77 Installed Memory 78 Serial Number 78 Startup Mode 78 System Contact 77 System Location 77 System Name 77 System Uptime 78 System Status menu 79 Admin Port 80 Clear System Event Log 80 Craft Port 81 Ethernet Port 80 Event Log 79 Redundancy ATLAS 890 85 Resource Usage 82 System Alarms ATLAS 830 81 System Alarms ATLAS 890 82 System Timing Source 82 Trunk Usage 84 System Utility menu 97 Alarm Relay Test ATLAS 890 104 ATEL Client 102 Client Status 103 Config Transfer 99 Control Switch Schedule ATLAS 890 103 Factory Default System 104 Force Controller Switch ATLAS 890 104 Ping 101 Reboot System 104 System Selftest 100 System Utilization 100 Telnet Client 103 Update Firmware 97 Update Status 98 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 384 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T Index T DS1 Performance Current 149 T3 D amp I Option Module DS1 Sig Status 149 dedicated map 262 DS1 Test 151 dial plan DS3 Alarm Status 144 network term PRI 280 DS3 Configuration 145 menus 153 DS3 Info 143 DS1 Alarm Status 158 DS3 Performance 15Min 145 DS1 Configuration 161 DS3 Performance 24Hr 145 DS1 DSO Alarm 160 DS3 Performance Current 144 DS1 DSO Status 159 DS3 Test 146 DS1 Performance 15 Min 161 ov
135. 8 16 24 or 32 simultaneous compressed calls using G 723 1 or Netcoder compression algorithms Nx 56 64 BONDing Resource Module P N 1200262L 1 The Nx 56 64 BONDing Resource Module supports multiple independent BONDing sessions with each session capable of using from 2 to 32 channels of 56K or 64K data The Nx 56 64 BONDing Resource Module combines with other ATLAS 800 Series components to provide a flexible disaster recovery system 20 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Option Modules Overview System Description HDLC Resource Module P N 1200222L1 Certain ATLAS 800 Series applications require a larger number of High level Data Link Control HDLC controllers than the 35 supplied on the system controller module The HDLC Resource Module contains 128 HDLC controllers and is used when the application requirements call for more HDLC controllers than are provided with the other ATLAS 800 Series hardware components The HDLC Resource Module provides no physical interfaces Modem 16 Resource Module P N 1200181L1 The Modem 16 Resource Module is a high capacity card for the ATLAS 800 Series capable of processing 16 modem or ISDN Calls Modem or ISDN calls are presented to the ATLAS 800 Series via one or more Primary Rate ISDN PRI Basic Rate ISDN BRD or T1 circuits The Modem 16 Resource Module combines with the Async 232 Module to enable dial up access for up to 32 users The Modem 16 Resource Modul
136. 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Packet Endpnts Config Description Continued Submenus Config PPP Debug Log continued Max Config Max Timer Max Failure Keepalive The following events can be viewed in the event log when PPP events have been turned to INFO LCP Debugging This turns on LCP negotiation debugging IPCP Debugging This turns on IPCP negotiation debugging BCP Debugging This turns on BCP negotiation debugging Authentication Debugging This turns on authentication debugging Unknown Protocol Debugging This turns on debugging for unknown protocols This value is the number of unanswered configuration requests that should be transmitted before giving up on negotiation The default value is 10 This value is the number of seconds to wait between unanswered configuration requests The default value is 2 seconds Due to the nature of PPP configuration options may not be agreed upon between two PPP peers This value is the number of configuration NAKs that should occur before an option is configuration rejected This allows a connection to succeed that might otherwise fail The default value is 5 Configures the ATLAS to send keepalive frames on PPP connections that are not currently in use for data 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 231 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Packet Endpnts Config Submenus Description Continued Sublinks Frame Contain
137. AFT Port Use the CRAFT port see Pinout 6 to connect to a computer to configure the system via an EIA 232 connection or to connect to a modem Pinout 6 ATLAS 890 CRAFT Port RJ 48C Pin Name Description 1 2 Unused 3 RXDATA Data received by the ATLAS 890 4 Unused 5 TXDATA Data transmitted by the ATLAS 890 6 7 Unused 8 Unused Front Panel LEDs With the ATLAS 890 powered up the front panel LEDs provide visual information about the status of the unit and any option modules that may be installed Table 4 describes the purpose of the front panel LEDs and Table 5 on page 38 provides information about the meaning of the LED colors Table 4 ATLAS 890 Front Panel LEDs Purpose LED Purpose System Displays the status of the fans alarm and ACO buttons for the ATLAS 890 See Table 5 on page 38 Fans Indicates the fans are operational Alarm Indicates a triggered alarm condition for the alarm relays ACO Indicates the alarm cut off switch is pressed Controller Module Displays the status of the network interface All LEDs are off if no network module is installed See Table 2 on page 28 Status Indicates the operational condition of the controller installed in the controller slot Online Indicates whether the module is available for use or is currently in use Test Indicates that the module is in test Link Indicates there is an active 10 100 Ethernet connection on the instal
138. AS 800 Series switchboard uses B channels for call routing The Circular method can be used for call load balancing among the available B channels on this interface Description Contiguous channels from last to first Always start with the last channel configured i e for a full PRI channel 23 would be used if available Defines the response propagated to the CPE upon receipt of a DISCONNECT UsER BUsY message from the network Description Send a progress message to the CPE and map busy tones Send a DISCONNECT UsER BusY message to the User Term CPE device T3 and T3 D amp l Network Term Ifce Config RBS Write security 3 Read security 5 These menus allow the user to define option parameters for ports which terminate an RBS T1 connection from the network Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint First DSO Number of DSOs Defines to the ATLAS 800 Series the first DSO for this endpoint The ATLAS 800 Series uses DSOs starting with this selection to send and receive calls to and from the network The outgoing calls which are allowed or restricted over these DSOs are set by OUTHACCEPT see Out Accept on page 271 and OUTZREJECT see Submenus on page 277 Specifies the number of DSOs ATLAS 800 Series uses for this endpoint 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 283 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan T3 and T3 D amp l Network Term Ifce Config RBS DSOs Available Signaling Method
139. ATLAS Review and configure settings for each installed module including the Modules ATLAS built in network ports Define and configure all layer 2 connections including Frame Relay and Packet Manager PPP endpoints Define configure and monitor all ATLAS Router functions Router Assign dedicated connections between any two ports in the ATLAS Dedicated Maps Monitor the status of backup links manually force a backup switch and restore a primary connection Circuit Status Set global ATLAS switch parameters or set individual parameters for each port in the ATLAS that handles a switched call Dial Plan Security Levels To edit terminal menu items users must have a password and the appropriate security level Table 1 describes the six security levels Table 1 Password Security Levels Security Level Description and interface configurations 3 Read only permission for all menu items minimum rights 4 Read permission for all menu items and permission to use test commands 3 Access to all commands except passwords flash download authentication methods 2 Access to all commands except passwords flash download and authentication methods Access to all commands except passwords maximum rights 0 Permission to edit every menu item including creating and editing passwords 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 76 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Info Menu De
140. ATLAS 800 Series System Manual ADTRAN Utilities VT100 Utility Session Menu 2 VT100 UTILITY Use the VT100 to configure an ATLAS 800 Series which is directly connected to a PC The VT100 display is almost identical to the Telnet display For a detailed description of how to work within the terminal menu refer to Navigating the Terminal Menus in the User Interface Guide section of this manual If you need help setting up the ATLAS 800 Series for a VT100 session refer to the Detailed Level Procedures section of this manual VT100 menus include SESSION EDIT PORT OPTIONS CAPTURE and HELP see the menu tree in Figure 2 Send Cfg File Connect Session Disconnect File Transfer XMODEM CRC Exit ASCII Cfg Files Edit Copy Paste Port Settings Refresh Screen Transmit Wakeup Connect Transmit Refresh VT100 Options Colors Local Echo BackGround Auto Repeat Bold Text File Start Cfg Capture Capture Buffer Size Stop Cfg Capture Save Buffer As Screen Capture Help Contents About Session Menu Figure 2 VT100 Menu Tree Opens VT100 terminal emulation session Connect Disconnect File Transfer Submenu XMODEM CRC ASCII Cfg Files Description ADTRAN products Opens a specified serial port for a VT100 session Selects the XMODEM file transfer protocol Closes a specified serial port at the end of a VT100 session Uploads and downloads files to and from an ATLA
141. B channels for call routing The Circular method can be used for call load balancing among the available B channels on this interface Description Always start with the last channel configured i e for a full PRI channel 23 would be used if available Contiguous channels from last to first V35Nx User Term IFCE CONFIG Write security 3 Read security 5 This menu allows the user to define option parameters for ports configured for V 35 connections Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 300 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan V35Nx User Term Ifce Config Ports Available Number of Ports Number to Dial Call Type Dial Call As Source ID Indicates which ports of the selected Quad Nx 56 64 Option Module have been defined in this switched endpoint indicated by in another switched endpoint indicated by s or in a DEDICATED MAP indicated by n This field is read only The following characters may display in this field Characters Description 0 4 This port is available This port is requesting this port for this connection but the port is not yet activated This port is used by this endpoint S This port is used elsewhere in the switched DIAL PLAN S This port is in the switched dial plan and conflicts with this endpoint n This port is used in one or more DEDICATED MAPS N This port is in one or more DEDICAT
142. BONDING call has failed The factory default setting is sufficient for most calls to connect although when dialing overseas it may be necessary to lengthen this timer to allow for slower call routing TXDEQ Timer Specifies the length of time both endpoints attempt to equalize the network delay between the bearer channels before deciding the BONDING call has failed TANULL Timer Specifies the length of time the answering endpoint attempts to detect the BONDING negotiation pattern from the originating endpoint before deciding the BONDING call has failed It may be necessary to shorten this timer if the DTE equipment using the BONDING module also has timer constraints for completing non BONDING parameter negotiation TCID Timer Specifies the length of time both endpoints attempt to negotiate an agreeable value for bearer channels and channel capacities before deciding the BONDING call has failed 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 94 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Config Menu Descriptions Alarm Relay Reset Call Stagger Specifies the amount of delay between placing calls for outgoing BONDING sessions The following call stagger values are available Submenus Description No Stagger There is no delay between the call dialing of a BONDING session 500 ms Wait approximately 1 2 second between the call dialing of a BONDING session 1 sec Wait approximately 1 second between the call dialing of a BONDING session 2 sec Wait approx
143. BS is not being transferred by the ATLAS 800 Series DS1 Performance Current Write security 3 Read security 5 The performance fields either current 15 minute total or 24 hour total provide status on key performance measures as specified in ANSI T1 403 and AT amp T TR54016 for the T1 PRI port Except for CLR these fields are all read only Prt Displays the T1 number 1 28 Clr Clears performance information for the selected T1 ES Errored Second ES is a second with one or more error events OR one or more Out Of Frame events OR one or more Controlled Slips BES Bursty Errored Second BES is a second with more than one but less than 320 error events SES Severely Errored Second SES is a second with 320 or more error events OR one or more Out Of Frame events SEFS Severely Errored Frame Second is a second that contains four consecutive errored framing patterns LOFC Loss of Frame Count is a count of seconds in which a valid framing pattern could not be obtained 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 160 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 D amp l Option Module DS1 Performance 15 Min CSS Controlled Slip Second UAS Unavailable Second PCV Path Code Violation DS1 Performance 15 Min Write security 3 Read security 5 Stores the performance data for the previous 15 minute window Refer to DS Performance Current for a detailed description of these fields DS1 Performance 24Hr Write security 3 Read secur
144. C running VT100 emulation software follow the procedure in DLP 1 Connecting the Terminal or PC to the ADMIN or CRAFT Port Connecting to the ADMIN or CRAFT interface limits the upgrade procedure to XMODEM Only 2 Login to the unit using the read write password see DLP 5 User Access and Password Security Levels on page 331 for details 3 Goto the SYSTEM UTILITY menu and select the UPDATE FIRMWARE menu press Enter 4 Select the MODULE SLOT menu and press Enter Select the appropriate module slot to update Select SLOT 0 to update the System Controller n Selecting ALL MODULES OF A TYPE and SYS CTRL will force a controller reboot during the update process 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 336 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual 10 11 Go to the TRANSFER METHOD menu and select XMODEM From the RESTART SCHEDULE menu select the time for the module to perform a restart after completing the update process e RESTART IMMEDIATELY AFTER UPDATE restarts the system immediately after the update is complete e RESTART AT SPECIFIED DATE AND TIME allows you to select when the updated system will restart If you select this option a new field called RESTART DATE AND TIME displays below the current field To use that option enter the time in 24 hour format such as 23 00 00 for 11 00 pm Enter the date in mm dd yyyy format for example 09 30 2000 View CURRENT UPDATE STATUS to verify the progress of the curre
145. DB 15 46 DB 62 46 shipping contents 65 Quad Nx56 64 Option Module menus 121 Alarm Status 121 Configuration 124 Data Rate 123 Dial 126 DTE Status 122 Inband Stats 123 Info 121 PLL FIFO 124 Test 126 overview 19 pinout DB 78 47 V 35 Winchester 47 shipping contents 65 Quad TI PRI Option Module dedicated maps 259 menus 108 Alarm Status 109 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 383 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Index Configuration 111 DSO Alarms 110 DSO Status 109 Info 108 Performance 15Min 111 Performance 24Hr 111 Performance Current 110 Sig Status 110 Test 112 overview 19 pinout USOC RJ 48C 45 shipping contents 65 Quad USSI Option Module dedicated map 261 overview 19 pinout CCITT X 21 V 11 51 DB 78 49 EIA 530 50 RS 232 51 RS 449 V 36 50 Quad USSI Option Module System shipping contents 66 R Router IP menus 243 ARP Cache 244 Clear 250 Global 248 Interfaces 246 OSPF Global 255 Ping 248 Routes 244 Static Routes 243 Statistics 250 Telnet Client 249 UDP Relay 254 S safety instructions 4 security levels for using menus 76 shipping contents ATLAS 60 System Config menu 86 Access Passwords 93 ADLP Address 86 Admin Port 88 Alarm Relay Reset 95 Alarm Relay State 95 Alarm Relay Threshold 95 Backup Timing Source 86 Bonding Config 94 Craft Port 88 Ethernet Port 87 Event Logging 92 Ext Input Alarm ATLAS 890 96 Ext Input Threshold ATLAS 890 95 Licenses 93 Max Telnet Sessions 8
146. DN F Frame Alarm packet T TBOP Alarm packet P PPP Alarm packet Sig Status Read security 5 Indicates the signaling of all 24 DSOs The A B bits for Rx receive and Tx transmit DSOs are shown Dashes display for those DSOs where robbed bit signaling RBS is not being transferred by the ATLAS 800 Series Performance Current Write security 3 Read security 5 The performance fields either current 15 minute total or 24 hour total provide status on key performance measures as specified in ANSI T1 403 and AT amp T TR54016 for the T1 PRI port Except for CLR these fields are all read only The monitored parameters include the following Prt Displays the port number Clr Clears performance information for the selected port ES Errored Second ES is a second with one or more error events OR one or more Out Of Frame events OR one or more Controlled Slips 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 110 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad T1 PRI Option Module Performance 15Min BES Bursty Errored Second BES is a second with more than one but less than 320 error events SES Severely Errored Second SES is a second with 320 or more error events OR one or more Out Of Frame events SEFS Severely Errored Frame Second is a second that contains four consecutive errored framing patterns LOFC Loss of Frame Count is a count of seconds in which a valid framing pattern could not be obtained CSS Controlled Slip Second UAS Un
147. DSOs one and five enter 1 5 DSO Available Indicates which DSOs of the T1 are assigned DSO assignment is based on the following items Item Description Digit 0 9 This DSO is available The digit that displays in this field represents the last digit of the DSO number This DSO has been requested for this connection but the DSO is not yet activated for this port This DSO is used by this port in this connection and is currently activated S This DSO is used in the switched DIAL PLAN S This DSO is used in the switched DIAL PLAN and conflicts with this connection n This DSO is already used in this DEDICATED MAP N This DSO is already used in this DEDICATED MAP and conflicts with this connection DSO Rate Sets the DSO rate to either 56 or 64 kbps This field is only valid for T1 ports mapped to a PKT ENDPNT T1 Trunk Conditioning Service Sets known values in the signaling bits and the data field for outgoing DSOs which are cross connected to a T1 port experiencing alarms The trunk conditioning process consists of a 2 5 second transmission indicating call termination followed by a continuous transmission signaling the final condition as chosen by the user This selection is only valid for T1 ports having RBS set to ON This option defines to ATLAS 800 Series the type of signaling being used on the trunk E amp M LS GS NETWORK OR USER SW56 or CUSTOM 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 259 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual
148. DTRAN Inc 274 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan User Term User Term Write security 3 Read security 5 This menu allows you to define option parameters for ports which terminate a connection from user equipment In this case ATLAS 800 Series is acting as the network In applications where two ATLAS 800 Series units are used in a point to point configuration a port in the ATLAS 800 Series at one end would act as the network user termination while the ATLAS 800 Series at the opposite end would be terminating a network connection network termination Slot Svc Port PEP Sig In Accept Submenus Src ID Selects the ATLAS 800 Series slot or service that terminates a user connection Selects the ATLAS 800 Series port or packet endpoint that terminates a network connection More than one endpoint can be associated with a particular port If a T1 is connected to the PSTN some DSOs may be used for long distance while others are used for local calls These would constitute two endpoints trunks over a single physical port Defines the type of signaling being used for this connection endpoint Select RBS for a T1 using robbed bit signaling or PRI for a Primary Rate ISDN interface Select NFAS for a non facility associated signaling interface or NONE for OSC when bonding DSOs This selection is only necessary if a T1 PRI is selected as the SLOT PORT type One HDLC resource is used by each PRI or each Packe
149. DTRAN Inc 352 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Follow up Procedures Once this procedure is complete return to the procedure which referred you to this DLP and continue with the tasks indicated there 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 353 DLP 13 Using the Alarm Connections and ACO Button Introduction The alarm connections alert the user when a selected alarm condition exists The alarm may be cleared by pressing the Alarm Cut Off ACO switch located on the front panel of the ATLAS This procedure details the steps which must be performed to use the ATLAS alarm connections and ACO switch This procedure should be performed at installation on each ATLAS shelf that is wired out to external office alarm equipment Prerequisite Procedures Before beginning this procedure the ATLAS should be mounted in its permanent location and the alarm contacts should be connected see DLP 11 Connecting the Alarm Contacts on page 348 Tools and Materials Required e WVT100 terminal or PC with VT100 terminal emulation software To prevent electrical shock do not install equipment in a wet location or during a W ARNING lightning storm Electronic modules can be damaged by static electrical discharge Before handling modules wear an antistatic discharge wrist strap to prevent damage to electronic components Place CAUT modules in antistatic packing material when transporting or storing When working on modules always place th
150. DTRAN Inc 97 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Utility Menu Descriptions Update Status TFTP Server Filename Available for TFTP transfers only Identifies the name of the update file to retrieve from the TFTP Server Enter the full path name and filename for the file Restart Schedule Indicates when to restart the updated module to invoke the new software after selecting a module slot The two options include RESTART IMMEDIATELY AFTER UPDATE and RESTART AT SPECIFIED DATE AND TIME Submenus Description Restart Immediately Automatically restarts the module or unit when SLOT 0 is selected After Update immediately after the update is complete Restart At Specified Lets you specify a date and time to automatically restart the updated module or Date and Time unit when Slot 0 is selected When you select this option a new field called Restart Date and Time displays below the current field Restart Date and Time Defines the date and time to restart the system after updating Enter the time using a 24 hour format i e 23 25 30 for 11PM 25 minutes 30 seconds Enter the date in mm dd yyyy format i e 11 08 2000 Current Update Status If MODULE SLOT is set to ALL MODULES OF A TYPE the following fields appear otherwise this field simply indicates the status of the current update Submenu Description Slot Indicates the slot number Module type Indicates the module type for the chosen expansion slot Current Update Sta
151. Dedicated Maps Create Edit Maps E1 PRA Connects Menu To From Config T1 Trunk Conditioning State Defines the final fault signaling state Submenu Description Idle Used for one way trunks that is for outgoing or incoming calls only not both Seized Used for two way trunks Prevents connected equipment from attempting to use a failed trunk for an outgoing call T1 Fault Signaling Displays the final fault signaling state of the AB bits This field is read only unless CUSTOM is chosen for the T1 TRUNK CONDITIONING SERVICE option T1 Trouble Code Value Displays the Hex value of the 2 5 second pre alarm transmission Create Edit Maps E1 PRA Connects Menu To From Config Write security 3 Read security 5 Specifies the configuration for the To FROM connection The following selections may apply to the Quad E1 PRA Option Module depending on the application TSO Selection Defines TSOs for an E1 port Use this field to define the TSOs for this connection You can enter the TSOs in several ways For example to enter TSOs one through five enter 1 5 For TSOs one and five enter 1 5 TSO Available Indicates which TSOs of the E1 are assigned TSO assignment is based on the following items Item Description Digit 0 9 This TSO is available The digit that displays in this field represents the last digit of the TSO number This TSO has been requested for this connection but the TSO is not yet activated for this port This TS
152. Description Activates both a local loopback back toward the DTE and a port loopback toward the network V 54 loopback code to be sent to the far end and if the device at the far end supports V 54 the device activates a loopback on detection of the V 54 code Read security 5 This read only option indicates a port s current loopback status by displaying any of the following status messages No Loopback Active Looping Up Remote Unit Remote Unit Looped Back Looping Down Remote Unit Remote Loop Up Failed Port Looped From Remote Source Port Loopback Active Write security 4 Read security 5 Controls the activation of the 511 test pattern generator and detector Read security 5 Displays the results of the 511 test This option is read only Clear these results by pressing lt Enter gt when CLR is selected Description Pattern is not synchronized At one point the pattern was synchronized but is currently not synchronized Pattern is synchronized Number of seconds with at least one bit error Write security 4 Read security 4 Injects errors into transmitted test pattern Write security 4 Read security 4 Clears error counters on test pattern results menu 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 127 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual USSI Option Module Info USSI OPTION MODULE The ATLAS 800 Series system controller automatically detects the presence of the Quad USSI Option Module P N 4200261Lx when
153. Description Normal operation Loops the 2W test on itself Loops digital data entering the FXS from the ATLAS controller on itself Processes both analog and digital loopback tests Won Loopback tests disrupt the call in progress on the selected FXS port Table 5 FXS 2W State Table Test Tip Output Ring Output Off No test active No test active Active Ground Supervision voltage Tip Open High impedance Supervision voltage Rev Battery Supervision voltage Ground Disabled High impedance High impedance Ringing Ringing voltage Ringing voltage Disables the output of the FXS port it does not disable the test 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 181 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Octal FXS Option Module Config Config Write security 3 Read security 5 All of the following configurable parameters apply to the individual FXS ports Port Port Name Rx Gain Tx Gain 2W Impedance Coding Scheme Read security 5 Displays the port number Accepts any alpha numeric name up to 15 characters long to uniquely identify each port on the Octal FXS Option Module Adjusts the Gain and Attenuation of the relative signal received by the FXS The range includes in dB 6 loudest 3 0 3 and 6 softest Adjusts the Gain and Attenuation of a digital signal transmitted by the FXS into the digital PCM stream The range includes in dB 6 loudest 3
154. Displays the average round trip time of the ping request reply of the cur rent set of pings Displays the maximum round trip time of the ping request reply of the cur rent set of pings Displays the number of ping requests transmitted n txed the number of ping replies received n rxed and the number of ping requests that were lost n lost Resets all ping statistics to zero Stops an active ping client If the ping client is currently idle this menu sends pings to the specified address If the ping client is active the menu stops sending pings Write Security 2 Read security 2 Allows a user to open a Telnet session to any device listed in the ATLAS 800 Series route table Address Escape Char Defines the IP address assigned to the remote unit you are trying to connect to Defines the Telnet client escape character Typing the combination characters will close the active telnet session to the remote unit specified in the ADDRESS field Option Keystroke Ctrl gt AN lt Ctrl gt Ctrl gt RA lt Ctrl gt a lt Ctrl gt Port lt Shift gt 6 lt Shift gt Defines the port used in the remote login session Default for Telnet is 23 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 249 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Router IP Statistics Connect Activator used to start a Telnet session to the remote unit configured in the ADDRESS field Statistics Write Security 2 Re
155. E Session Edit Port Options Capture Help TLAS 830 System U View Selftest Log d Pt 1 10 53 D 0 2 10 53 02 06 20 0 2 3 10 52 51 06720 0 1 10 52 41 06720 0 0 5 10 52 41 06 20 0 1 6 10 52 20 06 20 0 2 7 10 51 59 06720 0 3 8 10 51 37 06 20 0 4 9 10 51 14 06720 0 0 10 10 51 05 06 20 0 0 TDM RAM Tst Passed 11 10 51 05 06 20 0 0 NU Batt Tst N A 12 10 51 05 06 20 0 0 RTC RAM Tst Passed 13 10 51 05 06 20 0 0 DSP RAM Tst Passed 14 10 51 05 06 20 0 0 Bootrom Tst Passed 15 10 51 05 06 20 0 0 Flash Tst Passed 16 10 51 04 06 20 0 0 Test Start Figure 7 View Self test Log 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 100 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Utility Menu Descriptions Ping Submenu Description Self test Log Idx Index number of the log Time Time and date of the log entry Sl ATLAS 800 Series slot number Pt ATLAS 800 Series port number Event Event description Result Show PASS FAIL results Submenu Description System Controller Flash Flash memory checksum verified BootRom Boot ROM checksum verified DSP RAM Memory associated with the Digital Signal Processor RTC RAM Memory associated with the real time clock NV Batt Tests the battery associated with non volatile memory TDM RAM Memory associated with mapping TDM bandwidth DRAM Dynamic RAM used for program execution HDLC The High Level Data Link Controllers Card Tst Tests the data path for each slot in the system with an installed option module Port Tst 0 1 0 2
156. E 0 3 Each server can be configured using the following menus ENABLE IP and UDP 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 254 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Router IP Submenu Enable IP UDP Ports 1 3 Description Enables this field select either STANDARD or SPECIFIED DISABLE is not used Standard Default Relays any of the following standard UDP protocols DHCP TFTP DNS NTP Network Time Protocol port 123 NBNS NetBIOS Name Server port 137 NBDG Net BIOS Datagram port 138 and BootP Specified Specifies the UDP port 1 to 65 535 in the UDP Port columns maximum of three per server Defines the IP address of the server that receives the relay packet Specifies the UDP ports to relay These fields are active only when ENABLE is set to SPECIFIED 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 255 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dedicated Maps Activate Map 10 DEDICATED MAPS The DEDICATED MAPS menu assigns dedicated connections between any two ports in the ATLAS 800 Series This section describes the DEDICATED MAPS menu items see Figure 16 These options are module dependent that is the menu items available depend on the module selected Session Edit Options Capture Help GKI d i i 3 la ystem Info Activate Map AU System Status Current Map Hap 1 System Config Create Edit Maps System Utility Modules Dedicated Maps ircuit Status Dial Plan Figure 16 Dedicated Ma
157. E te e ee xD qu Be UE CERE DERE hae EE 377 TETP Server ini eter m um ARR ware ee seo ed e eu tuere rd 378 Server Menus esos e ome te ene Pu FRU RUE e ee E UR RR B ANLE RN eee shes uno Pra ANB Mae 379 uindbos C 379 Helps iubere LUIS LS se Beh Gh eee Sr tied E EE E EN E CEE SELLAM 379 List of Figures Figure 1 Telnet Menu Tree 2 eee I ne 372 Figure2 VT100 Menu Tree cee Rh hr 376 Figure 3 TFTP Server Interface Menu Tree liliis ees 378 Figure 4 TFTP Server Interface 0 0c nes 378 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 371 1 TELNET UTILITY The Telnet utility delivered with the ATLAS 800 Series provides enhancements to standard Telnet programs making it easier to work with Access the Telnet program remotely through the 10 100BaseT Ethernet port For a detailed description of how to work with the Telnet program refer to Navigating the Terminal Menus on page 71 If you need help setting up the ATLAS 800 Series for a Telnet session refer to Connecting the Terminal or PC to the ADMIN or CRAFT Port on page 321 The Telnet menus include SESSION EDIT OPTIONS CAPTURE and HELP see the menu tree in Figure 1 Host Name Connect Port Session Disconnect Edit Entry Transfer Cfg Add New Exit Delete Connect Edit Copy Paste Background Telnet Options Colors Bold Local Echo Text Au
158. ED MAPS and conflicts with this endpoint Specifies the number of V 35 ports ATLAS 800 Series uses for this endpoint Specifies the number to dial on an outgoing call Configures the call type either 56K or 64K used for outgoing calls from this endpoint Allows the outgoing call to be treated as the selected call type Options include DIGITAL for 56K or 64K data calls VOICE for speech calls and AUDIO for 3 1kHz audio calls Simplifies the creation of a dial plan in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call e DEFAULT VALUE 0 Zero is the default ID for all endpoint and all accept numbers With default values all calls are routed based only on the dialed number e Multiple endpoints can have the same SOURCE ID e When creating the CALL ACCEPT list specify a SOURCE ID s as well as a dialed number or range of dialed numbers to accept For example an application requires that all calls that originate from Port 1 of the ATLAS 800 Series in Slot 1 be switched to Port 2 of that same module Assign a unique SOURCE ID e g 7 to Port 1 of the module and then configure Port 2 to only accept calls from that unique SOURCE ID 7 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 301 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan USSI User Term Ifce Config Min DSO s Max DS0 s Set this to 1 for typical single call connections Setting thi
159. ENABLE BACKUP SUPPORT is set to YES Selects the BACKUP PACKET ENDPT that contains the BACKUP SUBLINK to be tied to this sublink Backup Sublink Visible only if ENABLE BACKUP SUPPORT is set to YES Selects the BACKUP SUBLINK to be tied to this sublink 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 233 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Packet Endpnts Table 8 DLCI Configuration Parameters Continued Submenu Description Primary Backup Primary Packet Endpt Selection Visible only if BACKUP is selected Selects the PRIMARY PACKET continued ENDPT that contains the PRIMARY SUBLINK to be tied to this sublink Primary Sublink Visible only if BACKUP is selected Selects the PRIMARY SUBLINK to be tied to this sublink Backup Mode Provides the following switching options AuTO FORCED and DISABLED AUTO provides normal operation FORCED forces a switch to backup and DISABLED disables backup switching Switch on Sublink Inactive Provides switching options if the sublink goes down Select Yes to switch to backup if the primary sublink goes down otherwise select No Switch on LMI Down Provides switching options for LMI signaling Select Yes to switch to backup if LMI signaling is inactive on the primary link otherwise select No Switch on Backup Active Provides switching options if the backup sublink goes active Select Yes to switch to backup if the backup sublink goes active other
160. GA Xu pei Mb pede 25 Power Requirements AC System 00 cece ete ee 25 Power Requirements DC System 0 00 c eee 25 ATEAS 830 Front Panel imar 2 00 joanne Meee i e AED IR ee idee 25 ACO SWIICh liu greek EXP es a Rb ee dede Reed Rer BAe Pg ti 26 GRAET Poft del iei tees ie RR E S REFUSED UR IR eu NP GAS DANS ae Ue LEN E RAUS TE EUR E eg 26 Front Panel BEDS 2i exe oe ts e b enl Pe do heo en tse end 26 ATLAS 830 Rear Panel sei 222 2 V ool a a Lee ate ot A eG Lae 29 Adiniri POrt i ede iad eS Gala cue Re m E EE NAVES lee ed e RT S DER Eos 30 10 100Basel Gornection cepi eher veL smecumprp a bpte ne late ee NUPLRG qua EE 31 Alarm Relay Connection lssssslleessee hh he 31 MON bere ve ho Uitte edm dita doa Sot eas tue Feet ad is sod ars ts Vlog etre e eod EEA E AN ANES cud 31 THAZPRUGORBBSCIOFNIS 1a ay tte Ere cxt St pee MCA E uq Male Rte c OUR Red Ice EXC setae 31 ATLAS 830 At A Glance Specifications ssleseeeeeseeeeee nnn 32 ATLAS 890 Descriptlon vole rra Ree eR xc cee ee AER ER UR RU a 35 Equipment Dimensions see pex xac ET E EeVUEMNPR E P Rei eK I ue MOX Re RR 35 Power Requirements AC System 00 0 cee ete ee 35 Power Requirements DC System 1 2 0 2 0 0 c eee tet e eee 35 ATLAS 890 Front Panel uc Ir pw ED ae Ye ee et ee tie ee a a RE mln ure ae 36 ACQ SWIICh s ires ema ware he Bie a RG tan IURI eel o e UB NU RUE s teen NG ERE t ease Mewes eee 36 GRAET POf ainaani
161. GET SET read and write privileges Defines the community name for GET access This value must match the GET name defined on the network management station PUBLIC is the default name Defines the community name for SET access This value must match either the GET or SET name defined on the network management station PUBLIC is the default name Enables and disables SNMP trap transmission Enables and disables the authentication failure trap Defines the destination for SNMP traps as follows Description Identifies the IP address for the network manager NM to sends traps Defines the community name for trap destinations This name must match the community name defined on the NM Sets the minimum severity level required for a system event to generate an SNMP trap If a trap event occurs with a security level equal to or more severe than the trap type s current threshold setting the event is sent as an SNMP trap Refer to the ADTRAN Technical Support web page www adtran com for a listing of all MIBs containing traps and their security levels The following threshold levels for the available selections DISABLED CRITICAL MAJOR MINOR WARNING NORMAL and INFO To deliver the SNMP trap packet with the COMMUNITY NAME unchanged define thE STATION TYPE as NORMAL If you are using T Watch PRO define the STATION TYPE as T WATCH MGMT and append the COMMUNITY NAME with ADLP ADDRESS Within the SNMP trap packet this field is
162. HDLC Option Module Description Read security 5 Indicates the resource number of the allocated resource listed If a number does not appear in the list that resource is not currently allocated Read security 5 Displays the number of DSOs that are being used by the resource This value multiplied by the DSO Rate yields the bandwidth that has been assigned to the resource Read security 5 Displays the per DSO rate that is being used by the resource This value multiplied by the number of DSOs yields the bandwidth that has been assigned to this resource Read security 5 Displays the number of frames that have been transmitted by this resource Read security 5 Displays the number of frames that have been received by this resource Read security 5 Displays the total number of errors received by the resource Press lt Enter gt on this field to view the number of Total Errors CRC Errors Aborted Frames and Invalid Frames Write security 4 Read security 5 Resets all counters for the resource channel 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 194 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modem 16 Resource Module Info MODEM 16 RESOURCE MODULE The ATLAS 800 Series system controller automatically detects the presence of the Modem 16 Resource Module P N 1200181L1 when it is installed in the system listed as M56K 16 To see the menus for the Modem 16 Resource Module via the terminal menu use the arrow keys to scroll to
163. ICATED MAP connection list by pressing D while the index number is active Getting Help The bottom line of the terminal menu window contains context sensitive help information When the cursor is positioned over a set of configuration items a help message displays when available providing a description of the item When more detailed help is available for a particular item A displays at the bottom of the window At this point if you press the key combination CTRL A a pop up help screen displays with information about the item Press the key combination CTRL Z to activate a help screen that displays the available keystrokes you can use to navigate the terminal menu 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 75 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual 2 TERMINAL MENUS AND SYSTEM CONTROL Selecting the Appropriate Menu The terminal menus are the access point to all other operations Each terminal menu item has several functions and submenus that identify and provide access to specific operations and parameters Use the chart below to help select the appropriate terminal menu To do this Go to this menu Review and monitor general system information for the ATLAS System Info Review and monitor system status for the ATLAS System Status Set up the operational configuration for the ATLAS System Config Update settings transfer files perform system diagnostics and reboot System Utility the
164. INE the module will not be in alarm condition but will display OFFLINE While in OFFLINE the Status LED will flash green A module will automatically change to the ONLINE state when installed Status Read security 5 Displays status information on the installed modules as follows Online The module is enabled and is responding to the system controller s status polls This is the normal response of the system No Response The module is enabled but is not responding to the system controller s status polls This response indicates a problem in the system or that the module is not properly installed Empty The system controller has not detected the presence of a module in the system nor has a module been manually enabled for this option slot Offline The module is installed but has been taken offline by a user The module is still responding to controller polls Offline No Response The module is installed but has been taken offline by a user The module is not responding to controller polls Not Supported The module is not supported by the current system configuration Rev Read security 5 Displays the hardware revision of the ATLAS and installed modules 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 107 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad T1 PRI Option Module Info QUAD T1 PRI OPTION MODULE This section provides detailed information on the MODULES menu and submenus for the Quad T1 PRI Option Module P N 1200185L3 The ATLA
165. Inc 61200780L1 1D SECTION 3 NETWORK TURNUP PROCEDURES Provides step by step instructions for installing and powering up the ATLAS 800 Series System Table of Contents Introduction 222 eae eine tee eee eet RIA RUE ies thee igh ase eds 60 Tools REGUS 2 ili The ces je ON RANA eG sateen eee ee jet FRG ee ee eee 60 Unpacking and Inspecting the System 2 0 00 ee 60 Contents of ADTRAN Shipment 0 000 cee eee 60 Grounding Instructions 00 00 eee 61 Supplying Power to the Unit 0 ccc Rn hh nh nnn 62 AC Powered Systems arai parein cette dts 62 DGO Powered Systems x vaca eger eleE bal Par egre a Soda lanl EN PAS Baad ead 62 Mounting Optioris 222 I LAE ILILMIRLCN TLERPIQI4ehelaeR IA EIQUE EIL ede 63 Installing Network and Option Modules lsseeseee eee nnn 64 Option Slots Numberitig rastas ba wen n eo pee E OY AUR Hoek UAE 2 dec n n 64 Modules Installation Instructions llli eae 65 Modules Shipping Contents seur eli ERI be ERI 4 eteadagewd sees baad red E RA et 65 List of Figures Figure 1 Mounting Brackets shown with ATLAS 830 00 000 cece eee tenes 63 Figure 2 ATLAS 830 Slot Designation Rear Panel 20 0c cee eee eee 64 Figure 3 ATLAS 890 Slot Designations Rear Panel 0 00 e eee ee 64 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 59 1 INTRODUCTION This section discusses the installation process for the ATLAS 800 Series System
166. Interface Option Module 1200186L2 The Octal Basic Rate ISDN Module provides eight Basic Rate ISDN BRD U interfaces each capable of operating in either NT or LT mode Any port can deliver timing for the system Octal Basic Rate ISDN S T Interface Option Module 1200343L1 The Octal Basic Rate ISDN S T Interface Module provides eight Basic Rate ISDN BRI S T interfaces each capable of operating in NT User Term mode only This module does not deliver timing for the system 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 19 Option Modules Overview ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Description T3 Option Module P N 1200223L1 The T3 Option Module provides a single channelized T3 interface that allows bandwidth management of up to 28 T1s It functions as a T3 DSU CSU M13 multiplexer and 3 1 0 timeslot interchange DACS The T3 clock or any of the odd T1s contained in the T3 circuit may deliver timing for the system T3 Option Module with Drop and Insert Interface P N 1200225L1 The T3 Option Module with Drop and Insert Interface provides a single channelized T3 interface for primary service and an additional drop and insert interface for passing T3 channels in T1 pairs to a secondary channelized T3 device The module functions as a T3 DSU CSU M13 multiplexer and 3 1 0 timeslot interchange DACS The T3 clock or any of the odd T1s contained in the T3 circuit may deliver timing for the system Dual Video Option Module P N 420
167. LED DIGITS TRANSFERRED is not set to ALL Enter the prefix for the digits received For example if the number of digits is four and the number called is 963 8615 the telco s PRI switch sends only 8615 and the prefix is set to 963 This entire number is then used to determine which ATLAS 800 Series user port endpoint should receive the call Defines the number to use to provide Caller ID to the network for outgoing calls sent through this endpoint Choose from SEND AS PROVIDED SUBSTITUTE IF NOT PRESENT or SUBSTITUTE ALWAYS The Caller ID number must be specific i e no wildcards Simplifies the creation of a dial plan in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call e DEFAULT VALUE 0 Zero is the default ID for all endpoints and all accept numbers With default values all calls are routed based only on the dialed number e Multiple endpoints can have the same SOURCE ID e When creating the CALL ACCEPT list specify a SOURCE ID s as well as a dialed number or range of dialed numbers to accept For example an application requires that all calls that originate from Port 1 of the ATLAS 800 Series in Slot 1 be switched to Port 2 of that same module Assign a unique SOURCE ID e g 7 to Port 1 of the module and then configure Port 2 to only accept calls from that unique SOURCE ID 7 Swaps the ANI and DNIS numbers received from the network ANI A
168. MEASUREMENT also see In Band Delay Measurement on page 218 ContDly The fixed duration TEST is not running and the DLCI is configured for continuous in band delay measurement The following RESULTS menu accumulates these measurements Stop The fixed duration TEST is running The following DURATION field shows the time remaining in the current test Shows the duration in seconds for the fixed duration test 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 235 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Packet Endpnts Submenus Description Continued Sublink Results MN AV MX Dly Frame Relay Displays the minimum average and maximum delay for the continued delay measurement test To display the additional test results place the cursor over this field and press lt Enter gt on the keyboard The displayed times are in milliseconds Echo Pkt Tx Displays the total number of test packets that have been transmitted Echo Pkt Rx Displays the total number of test packets that have been received Echo Pkt Dropped Displays the total number of packets lost in the receiving direction traveling from the remote ADTRAN Frame Relay device to the ATLAS Rmt Pkt Dropped Displays the total number of packets lost in the transmit direction traveling from the ATLAS to the remote ADTRAN Frame Relay device Min Delay Displays the minimum round trip delay for the current test period Max Delay Displays the maximum round trip d
169. Most Significant Digits MSD of a dialed number prior to being forwarded out of the port For example a network port could be set to accept all calls beginning with 9 9 and then with STRIP MSD set to 1 all digits would be sent toward the network except the leading 9 SrRIP MSD does not affect CALL ACCEPT criteria All of the digits including the MSDs that are subsequently stripped are used as accept criterion Simplifies the creation of a DIAL PLAN in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call e DEFAULT VALUE 0 The default ID for all endpoints is 0 and all accept numbers is 0 With default values all calls are routed based only on the dialed number e Multiple endpoints can have the same SOURCE ID e When creating the CALL ACCEPT list specify a SOURCE ID s as well as a dialed number or range of dialed numbers to accept For example an application requires that all calls that originate from Port 1 of the ATLAS 800 Series in Slot 1 be switched to Port 2 of that same module Assign a unique SOURCE ID e g 7 to Port 1 of the module and then configure Port 2 to only accept calls from that unique SOURCE ID 7 Defines a number that is automatically sent to the switchboard when a call on this endpoint is initiated goes off hook The Dial on Offhook number must be specific i e no wild cards Use this option to generate FSK Caller
170. NG Payload Loopback Active T1 Total CSS Thrs Exceeded WARNING Total T1 Controlled Slip Seconds Threshold Exceeded T1 Total ES Thrs Exceeded WARNING Total T1 Errored Seconds Threshold Exceeded T1 Total LCV Thrs Exceeded WARNING Total T1 Line Code Violations Threshold Exceeded T1 Total LES Thrs Exceeded WARNING Total T1 Line Errored Seconds Threshold Exceeded T1 Total POV Thrs Exceeded WARNING Total T1 Path Code Violations Threshold Exceeded Total T1 Severely Errored Framing Seconds Threshold T1 Total SEFS Thrs Exceeded WARNING Exceeded T1 Total SES Thrs Exceeded WARNING Total T1 Severely Errored Seconds Threshold Exceeded T1 Total UAS Thrs Exceeded WARNING Total T1 Unavailable Seconds Threshold Exceeded T1 Blue Alarm Cleared MAJOR Blue Alarm Cleared T1 Blue Alarm Active MAJOR Blue Alarm Set T1 D Channel Alarm Cleared MAJOR D Channel Alarm Cleared T1 D Channel Alarm Active MAJOR D Channel Alarm Set T1 LOS Cleared MAJOR LOS Alarm Cleared T1 LOS Active MAJOR LOS Alarm Set T1 Red Alarm Cleared MAJOR Red Alarm Cleared T1 Red Alarm Active MAJOR Red Alarm Set T1 Tx Blue Alarm Cleared MAJOR Tx Blue Alarm Cleared T1 Tx Blue Alarm Active MAJOR Tx Blue Alarm Set T1 Tx Yellow Alarm Cleared MAJOR Tx Yellow Alarm Cleared T1 Tx Yellow Alarm Active MAJOR Tx Yellow Alarm Set T1 Yellow Alarm Cleared MAJOR Yellow Alarm Cleared 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADT
171. NT LOGGING option See System Event Log on page 357 for details Source Src Displays the source of the event Slot Pktink Displays the slot number in which the event occurred If this field displays 0 the event that occurred was on one of the two built in network ports Port Sublink Displays the port in which the event occurred Description Displays a description of the event 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 79 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Status Menu Descriptions Clear System Event Log Clear System Event Log Write security 3 Read security 3 Clears the event log Select Y to clear the log or N to exit the command The following prompt displays r Confirm y n This will clear the entire event log diio After clearing the event log data cannot be retrieved 7 Ethernet Port Read security 5 Displays status information about the Ethernet port An asterisk indicates activity for the item The following read only fields are available to review I F Status Indicates the current status of the Ethernet port Tx Frames Indicates the number of frames transmitted from the Ethernet port since system startup Rx Frames Indicates the number of frames received on the Ethernet port since system startup Ethernet Rate Indicates whether the Ethernet network is 10 or 100BaseT Admin Port Write security 2 Read security 5 Displays the status of the ADMIN port Signal Leads Display
172. O is used by this port in this connection and is currently activated S This TSO is used in the switched DIAL PLAN S This TSO is used in the switched DiAL PLANand conflicts with this connection n This TSO is already used in this DEDICATED MAP N This TSO is already used in this DEDICATED MAP and conflicts with this connection TSO Rate Sets the TSO rate to either 56 or 64 kbps This field is only valid for E1 ports mapped to a PKT ENDPNT 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 260 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dedicated Maps Create Edit Maps V35Nx Connects Menu To From Config E1 Trouble Code Service Sets known values in the signaling bits and the data field for outgoing TSOs which are cross connected to a E1 port experiencing alarms The trunk conditioning process consists of a 2 5 second transmission indicating call termination followed by a continuous transmission signaling the final condition as chosen by the user Set the E1 TROUBLE CODE SERVICE field to OFF or VOICE T1 Trouble Code Value Displays the Hex value of the 2 5 second pre alarm transmission Create Edit Maps V35Nx Connects Menu To From Config Write security 3 Read security 5 Specifies the configuration for the FROM connection The following selections may apply to the Quad Nx 56 64 Option Module depending on the application DSO Selection Defines DSOs for an Nx port Use this field to define the DSOs for this connection This field only applies t
173. ONNECT UsER BUsY message from the network Descriptions Send a Progress message to the CPE and map busy tones Send a DISCONNECT USER Busy message to the User Term CPE device T3 and T3 D amp I User Term Ifce Config RBS Write security 3 Read security 5 This menu allows the user to define option parameters for ports which emulate an RBS T1 connection from the network Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint First DSO DSOs DSOs Available Signaling Method Defines the first DSO for this endpoint The ATLAS 800 Series uses DSOs starting with this selection to send and receive calls to and from the network The outgoing calls which are allowed or restricted over these DSOs are set by OUT ACCEPT see page 181 and OUTZREJECT see page 183 Specifies the number of DSOs ATLAS 800 Series uses for this endpoint Indicates which DSOs of the T1 have been defined in this switched endpoint indicated by in another switched endpoint indicated by s or in a DEDICATED MAP indicated by n This field is read only The following characters may display in this field Character Description 0 9 This DSO is available The digit that displays in this field represents the last digit of the DSO number This port is requesting this DSO for this connection but the DSO is not yet activated This DSO is used by this endpoint S This DSO is used elsewhere in the switched DIAL PLAN S This
174. Option Module Session Status Session Status Read security 5 Shows the status of key DTE interface signals An asterisk indicates the presence of a signal and a hyphen indicates no signal present Prt Mode Submenu Unassigned Idle Loopback Modem Ring Modem Answer Modem Dial Modem Connected ISDN PPP Ring ISDN PPP Answer ISDN PPP Dial ISDN PPP Connected Call Dir Rsc Last Disconnect Hangup Displays the port number Indicates the session mode for the port The following modes are available Description Port not assigned to a phone number in the Dial Plan Port assigned but no call is active Loopback is turned on in the test menu Incoming analog modem call is ringing on port Async 232 port will toggle RI The DTE has answered an incoming analog modem call The DTE is using the Async 232 port to make an outgoing analog modem call An analog modem call has been established Incoming ISDN PPP call is ringing on the port Async 232 port will toggle RI The DTE has answered an incoming ISDN PPP call The DTE is using the Async 232 port to make an outgoing ISDN PPP call An ISDN PPP call has been established Read security 5 Displays the current call direction as INCOMING or OUTGOING If there is no active call IDLE will display Read security 5 This field indicates the slot and device number allocated for a call to or from this port If no call is active it will indicate NONE The a
175. Option Module Status Frame Type Frame Options Blank DTMF Voice 2100 Hz Tone V 21 V 27ter 2400 bps V 27ter 4800 bps V 29 7200 bps V 29 9600 bps V 33 1200 bps V 33 14400 bps Read security 5 Displays the kind of frame the ATLAS 800 Series receives from the frame relay endpoint connected to the VCOM channel allowing users to monitor the kind of data being carried on the network and processed by the ATLAS 800 Series The ATLAS 800 Series interprets the most recently received frame from the endpoint During a voice connection the frame type displays as VoICE For a FAX connection a variety of frame types display Initially VoICE displays indicating that although the call has completed the answering FAX machine has not yet announced its 2100 HZ tone After completing the 2100 Hz both FAX endpoints repeat a V 21 cycle for each page of the FAX document Each packet the ATLAS 800 Series receives from its connected frame relay endpoint is classified into one of the following groups Description No frame has yet been received from the endpoint or a FAX connection is between protocol states Dual tone multi frequency DTMF digit received Receiving voice frames A connection to a FAX endpoint shows a VOICE status until the FAX protocol is established FAX single frequency tone detected indicating the beginning of a FAX session FAX single frequency tone detected indicating the beginning of a FAX pa
176. Pinout 26 shows the RS 366 dialing interface and Pinouts 27 through 29 on the following pages show pinouts for the other available interfaces Pinout 26 Dual Video Module RS 366 DB 25 Pin Name Description Pin Name Description 1 Shield Shielded Ground Connection 14 NB1 Digit Signal Circuit 1 2 DPR Digit Present 15 NB2 Digit Signal Circuit 2 3 ACR Abandon Call and Retry 16 NB4 Digit Signal Circuit 4 4 CRQ Call Request 17 NB8 Digit Signal Circuit 8 5 PND Present Next Digit 18 RC Receive Common 6 PWI Power Indication 19 SC Send Common 7 SG Signal Ground 20 21 Unused n a 8 12 Unused n a 22 DLO Data Link Occupied 13 DSC Distant Station Connection 23 25 Unused n a 54 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Option Module Pinouts Engineering Guidelines Pinout 27 Dual Video Module V 35 Winchester Pin CCITT Name Description A 101 PG Protective ground B 102 SG Signal ground C 105 RTS Request to send from DTE D 106 CTS Clear to send to DTE E 107 DSR Data set ready to DTE F 109 DCD Received line signal detector to DTE H DTR Data terminal ready from DTE J RI Ring indicator R 104 RD A Received data to DTE T 104 RD B Received data to DTE V 115 RC A RX clock to DTE X 115 RC B RX clock to DTE P 103 TD A Transmitted data from DTE S 103 TD B Transmitted data from DTE Y 114 TC A TX clock to DTE AA 114 TC B TX clock to DTE U 113 ETC A External TX clock f
177. Provides the detailed instruction for performing various unit functions such as upgrading firmware Section 6 System Event Log 22 2 grae eR ACERO deat an 357 Explains System Event Log messages and describes configuration of the Event Log Section7 ADTRAN Utilities leslie ee 371 Provides instructions for configuring and using the ADTRAN utilities Telnet VT100 Syslog and TFTP Index ox wes dex ra Sas e QR Rn ha Rok apu A oe ROS es Arat RE OUR On P LR ba ee 381 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 13 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Table of Contents 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D SECTION 1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Provides managers with an overview of the ATLAS 800 Series System This section contains general information and describes physical and operational concepts card functions network relationships provisioning testing alarm status and system monitoring This section should be used in conjunction with Section 2 Engineering Guidelines on page 23 of the system manual Table of Contents System OvervieW cria ethene hee eee ea Ped Seed Seed Pee eee 16 ATLAS 830 itte ed Sik USER aad ae ea i oed hae i ded oes rod a Re 16 ATLAS GIO eects tiene ie secas kd e aet ea dv aute ec be e Reames ba Mae al ang iets PELA eR uite ICQ 16 Features and Benefits 0 0c cece eee eee eee n n n hr 16 Configuration and Management sssssssseeeeese hrs 16 Software Upgradeable 0 cece
178. RAN Inc 315 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Pkt Voice Network Term Ifce Config Voice Compression Silence Suppression Signaling Method Direct Inward Dialing Submenu Caller ID Source ID DID Digits Transferred DID Prefix Trunk Number Strip MSD Selects the voice compression algorithm used by this endpoint ADTRAN FSU 5622 and Express 5200 Series FRADs use CCITT G 723 1 compression at 6 3 kbps The Express 5200 Series FRADs also support the proprietary NETCODER algorithm at 6 4 kbps Both endpoints must agree about the compression algorithm choice Reduces the total system bandwidth load by preventing ATLAS from sending frames containing a special silence code during periods of silence Both endpoints must agree to use silence suppression By default silence suppression is Disabled To prohibit silence frames from transmitting and to decrease the total system bandwidth ENABLE this feature Selects the type of signaling that the remote port is configured to expect Available options include E amp M IMMEDIATE E amp M WINK and LooP START Defines whether Direct Inward Dialing DID is used by the remote equipment If DID is enabled then the following options must be configured Descriptions Defines the number ATLAS uses to provide Caller ID to the network for outgoing calls sent through this endpoint Setting this menu item is optional Defines the SOURCE ID Setting this menu item is optio
179. RAN Inc 365 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Event Log System Events Table 4 T1 Events Continued Console Log String Category Event T1 Yellow Alarm Active MAJOR Yellow Alarm Set Table 5 Ethernet Events Console Log String Category Event Out of memory CRITICAL Not enough memory for Ethernet driver Table 6 ISDN Events Console Log Siring Category Event BRI configuration failed No ISDN resources CRITICAL No BRI resources available are available PRI configuration failed No ISDN resources CRITICAL No PRI resources available are available No SPID matches the call profile lt called WARNING No Matching SPID found number gt lt call type gt No ePID with free B channels matches call WARNING No Matching SPID found type lt call type gt LT Tried to call unregistered SPID lt spid gt WARNING SPID Unregistration attempted D channel is DOWN MAJOR D Channel Down lt message gt Incorrectly formatted cause IE MAJOR Incorrectly formatted IE BRI NT SPID lt spid gt was rejected MAJOR SPID Failed BRI NT SPID Negotiations failed resetting MAJOR SPID Negotiation failed the link BRI LT SPID spid received NOT IN LIST MAJOR Unknown SPID received BRI NT SPID Negotiations failed Retrying MINOR SPID Retry in progress Configured BRI as LT NORMAL BRI LT configuration successful Configured
180. Rear Panel ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines 7 ATLAS 890 REAR PANEL The ATLAS 890 rear panel contains 16 slots for housing option modules which provide a variety of additional resources and data ports see Figure 4 All slots are functionally identical The ATLAS 890 also contains two slots for housing controller modules and a single slot dedicated for power supply use only The most common configuration is a fully redundant system with two system controllers and two power supplies A fully redundant AC powered ATLAS 890 provides 13 option slots A fully redundant DC powered ATLAS 890 provides 15 option slots Alarm Relay p Outputs Chassis Ground NCC EE ie CAUTDN MAINTENANCE BY TRAINED SERV TE PERSO NN ELO N LY Figure 4 ATLAS 890 Rear Panel Admin In Port The ADMIN IN port EIA 232 connects to a computer or modem see Pinout 7 on page 41 The control port input provides the following functions e Accepts EIA 232 input from a PC or a modem for controlling the ATLAS 890 e Operates at 2400 9600 19200 or 38400 bps e Acts as input for either VT100 or PC control e Acts as an interface for flash memory software downloads using XMODEM 40 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual ATLAS 890 Rear Panel Engineering Guidelines Pinout 7 ATLAS 890 Admin In RJ 48C Pin Name Description 1 GND Ground connected to unit chassis 2 RT
181. Rx Framing SES L Tx Clock Remote Status DS1 Framer Revision LOSS L LBO M13 Rev CV P ES P SAS P SES P UAS P DS1 Alarm Status DS1DSOStatus DS1DSO Alarm DS1Sig Status Prt Alarms DS1 Performance DS1 Current 15Min 24hr Configuration DS1Test Prt Prt Prt Cir Port Name Loc LB ES Frame Remote LB BES Tx Yel Pattern SES Tx Prm QRSS RLB SEFS LB Accept Results LOFC Clr CSS Inj UAS PCV DS3 Info Read security 5 Displays general information about the Option Module Part Number Displays the part number of the Option Module Serial Number Displays the module s serial number 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 143 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 Option Module DS3 Alarm Status Board Revision Displays the board revision of the module DS1 Framer Revision Displays the revision of the DS1 framer on the installed module M13 Rev Displays the revision of the M13 mux on the installed module DS3 Alarm Status Read security 5 Displays the current alarm status of the T3 interface Prt Indicates the port number Alarms Displays the alarm status for the T3 circuit An asterisk indicates the presence of an alarm and a dash indicates no alarm The following alarms are monitored Alarms Description LOS Loss of Signal No T3 signal detected on the port interface Red Loss of Frame or Red Alarm Received T3 cannot be frame synchronized A Red Alarm is indicated when the T3 has been out of frame for 2 5 seconds
182. S 800 Series Selects ASCII transfer mode Primarily useful for configuration transfers for the 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 376 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual VT100 Utility ADTRAN Utilities Edit Menu Edit Menu Identical to the Telnet EDIT MENU see Edit Menu on page 374 Port Menu Changes serial COM port SETTINGS Provides data rate settings from Fg Port Settings ME E 300 57600 bps Port coM 2 Data Rate s Options Menu zz Provides terminal screen commands DataBis s zl Stop Bits fi Refresh Screen Connect Submenu Transmit Wakeup Transmit Refresh Colors Local Echo AutoRepeat Capture Menu Redraws the screen Cancel Provides the options TRANSMIT WAKEUP and TRANSMIT REFRESH Description Provides a control sequence that puts the ATLAS 800 Series Control Port online in terminal mode Provides a control sequence to refresh the screen automatically when connecting This is the default setting for the ATLAS 800 Series Identical to Telnet COLORS MENU see Colors on page 374 Echoes each character that you enter Repeats characters you select from the keyboard if you hold down the key Identical to the Telnet CAPTURE MENU see Capture Menu on page 374 Help Menu Provides on line help and information about the version number Contents About Opens on line help Displays version and owner information 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc
183. S 800 Series IP address to determine which nodes must be reached through the default IP gateway MAC Address Read only field displays the system Ethernet Media Access Control MAC address Ethernet Speed Defines the rate at which the Ethernet port operates Choose from 10 MBPS or AuTo 10 100 When the unit is set for Auto 10 100 the ATLAS 800 Series auto detects the data rate of the LAN and sets itself to that rate either 10 or 100 Mbps 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 87 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Config Menu Descriptions Admin Port Admin Port Write security 2 Read security 5 Accepts input for configuring the ADMIN port located on the rear of the unit Port Name Defines the name of the ADMIN port You can leave this field blank Port Type Specifies whether you use DIRECT or DIAL mode DIRECT mode is used when connecting to a VT100 terminal and DIAL mode is used for modem access Port Speed Specifies the baud rate of the port Select either 2400 9600 19200 or 38400 If you are using DIAL for PORT TYPE ensure that the PORT SPEED setting matches the modem baud rate Modem Initialization String Specifies the initialization string for a modem Refer to your modem documentation for acceptable initialization strings The default value will set most modems to the appropriate configuration for the ATLAS 800 Series Initialize Modem Write security 4 Read security 5 Sends the modem initialization string t
184. S 800 Series System Manual Router IP Clear Table 10 ICMP Statistics Continued Name OutTimestampReps OutAddrMasks OutAddrMaskReps Clear Description The number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages sent The number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages sent The number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages sent Clears the accumulated statistics Table 11 TCP Statistics Name RtoAlgorithm RtoMin RtoMax MaxConn ActiveOpens PassiveOpens AttemptFails EstabResets CurrEstab InSegs OutSegs Description The algorithm used to determine the timeout value used for retransmitting unacknowledged octets The minimum value permitted by a TCP implementation for the retransmission timeout measured in milliseconds More refined semantics for objects of this type depend upon the algorithm used to determine the retransmission timeout In particular when the timeout algorithm is rsre 3 an object of this type has the semantics of the LBOUND quantity described in RFC 793 The maximum value permitted by a TCP implementation for the retransmission timeout measured in milliseconds More refined semantics for objects of this type depend upon the algorithm used to determine the retransmission timeout In particular when the timeout algorithm is rsre 3 an object of this type has the semantics of the UBOUND quantity described in RFC 793 The limit on the total number of TCP connections the ATLAS 800 Series
185. S 800 Series determines the initial configuration state of each device ATLAS uses this configuration information to determine which packet voice devices are functional and may be used which are defective and should not be used or which are not present on the module and should not be used Users who suspect an individual packet voice device of improper operation can manually disable that device to prevent ATLAS from attempting to use it The possible states are defined as follows Deferred Devices which fail built in testing are automatically marked as DEFERRED indicating that the ATLAS 800 Series declines to use the device Available The device is properly functioning and can be used when required The ATLAS 800 Series automatically marks devices that pass built in testing as AVAILABLE Disabled Marking a device as DISABLED prevents the ATLAS 800 Series from attempting to use it You can mark a device currently in use as disabled without disturbing the connection but the device will not be eligible for use in future calls until you re mark it as AVAILABLE This is helpful if you suspect that a particular device is malfunctioning and do not want any calls routed to it 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 186 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual VCOM Option Module Statistics Gain Settings Submenu Output Gain Input Gain Current Fax Status Reset Module Statistics Write security 5 Read security 5 Contains the config
186. S 800 Series system controller automatically detects the presence of the Quad T1 PRI Option Module when it is installed in the system listed as MODULES T1 PRD To see the menus for the Quad T1 PRI Option Module via the terminal menu use the arrow keys to scroll to the MODULES menu and press lt Enter gt to access the module choices The following menu tree shows the hierarchy of the menus discussed in this section Info Alarm Status DSO Status DSO Alarms Sig Status Part Number Prt Serial Number Alarms Board Revision Rx Level PLL Status Performance Current 15Min and 24Hr Configuration Test Prt Prt Prt Clr Port Name Loc LB lS Frame Remote LB BES Code Pattern SES Tx Yel QRSS RLB Results SEFS Tx Prm CLR LOFC LBO Inj css LB Accept UAS Pulse Density LCV ADLP PCV LES Info Read security 5 Displays general information about the Quad T1 PRI Option Module Part Number Displays the part number of the Quad T1 PRI Option Module Serial Number Displays the module s serial number Board Revision Displays the board revision of the module PLL Status Indicates whether the module phase lock loop is locked to its specific source 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 108 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad T1 PRI Option Module Alarm Status Alarm Status Read security 5 Displays the current T1 alarm status Prt Alarms Alarm Types LOS RED
187. S Request to send low control 3 RxData Data received by the ATLAS 890 4 DTR Data terminal ready 5 TxDATA Data transmitted by the ATLAS 890 6 CD Carrier detect 7 Unused 8 CTS Clear to send flow control 10 100BaseT Connection The 10 100BaseT port RJ 48C provides a 10 100BaseT Ethernet LAN connection which is used for IP Routing TFTP SNMP and Telnet connections see Pinout 8 Pinout 8 ATLAS 890 Ethernet RJ 48C Pin Name Description 1 Txl Transmit Positive 2 Tx2 Transmit Negative 3 Rx1 Receive Positive 4 5 Unused 6 Rx2 Receive Negative 7 8 Unused 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 41 ATLAS 890 Rear Panel ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines Alarm Relay Connection This connection alerts the user when a pre selected alarm condition exists The four pin removable terminal block connects with external wiring see Pinout 9 Refer to DLP 12 Connecting to the ATLAS 890 External Input for detailed instructions Clear the alarm condition by pressing the ACO switch located on the front panel of the ATLAS 890 Pinout 9 ATLAS 890 Alarm Relay Connector Pin Name Description 1 NC Normally closed but opens when a preselected alarm condition is present 2 NO Normally open but closes when a preselected alarm condition is present 3 COM Common connection between external circuitry and NC or NO terminal 4 GND Chassis Ground External Input Connection This c
188. S to dynamically send Inverse ARP packets to determine the IP address on the other end of the virtual circuit When an Inverse ARP packet is not responded to no route is placed in the IP route table If the Inverse ARP packet is responded to a route is placed in the IP route table Instructs ATLAS not to generate Inverse ARP request packets In this case the FAR END ADDRESS parameter may be used to statically assign a route address see the following Far End Address FR NI only This menu is only present for frame relay network interfaces and it is only selectable when IARP is disabled Use this menu to specify the IP address of the device on the other end of the virtual circuit If that IP address is non zero a static route to the far end network will be added using the interface SUBNET MASK If 0 0 0 0 has been specified for the SUBNET MASK a default subnet mask is used based on the class of the Far End Address Defines maximum number of bytes in a datagram transmitted over this interface Maximum Transmit Unit 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 246 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Router IP Interfaces RIP Submenu Mode 1 Protocol 2 Method Updates Authentication Redistribute Default Gateway Configures routing information protocol RIP on this interface Description Allows RIP to be enabled or disabled on a per interface basis as follows Tx Only RIP advertisements are periodically tran
189. SCROLL CAPS NUM Capture Print echo 3 Refer to the tables in this section to determine the desired CATEGORY thresholds 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 359 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Event Log Setting the Event Log Category 4 To change the CATEGORY select the appropriate field and press lt Enter gt This will provide a list of available options Highlight the desired threshold and press lt Enter gt to select it C1 HyperTerminal File Edit View Call Transfer Help Dia al 3 alal in ATLAS 830 Sustem Config Event Logaing Sustem Controller Ethernet Port System Controller Mi fidmin Port Switchboard Craft Port Nx 56 64 Module SNMP Async 232 Module Event Logging I1 Module Syslog Setup 3 Module Real Time Clock Ethernet E Access Passwords Frame Rela Disabled Licenses PPP Critical BONDING Config ISDN Event Major ISDN L2 Me ISDN L2 Fo Warning Call Contr Normal call Contr Info JP Outgoin printf irmware Update AIS Stack Modem 56K 16 Resource Usage m System ControllerA SYS OK CSU ONLN Setup thresholds for system event logging 1 ALRM 2 ALRM 3 4 ALRM 5 ALRM 6 ALRM 7 RLRM 8 ALRM i A more 7 help 9 15 Connected 0 04 53 vr00 fseo0eN 1 SCROLL CAPS NUM Capture Print echo Use caution when changing CATEGORY values from their default levels If too many sources have their CATEGORY values set too low the number of mess
190. Series System Introduction This section describes using the ATLAS SYSTEM CONFIG menu to set IP parameters If the ATLAS is connected to an IP network for Telnet TFTP or SNMP management several IP parameters must be set in order for the ATLAS to communicate with the network re Please see your Network Administrator for the proper assignment of the following parameters IP address Subnet Mask and Default Gateway Prerequisite Procedures This procedure assumes that the ATLAS unit is connected to an IP network and is powered up Tools and Materials Required e Data cable to connect to either a VT100 terminal or a PC configured as a VT100 terminal e VT100 terminal or PC configured as a VT100 terminal To prevent electrical shock do not install equipment in a wet location or during a N ARNING lightning storm Electronic modules can be damaged by static electrical discharge Before handling modules wear an antistatic discharge wrist strap to prevent damage to electronic components Place CAUT modules in antistatic packing material when transporting or storing When working on modules always place them on an approved antistatic mat that is electrically grounded Setting IP Parameters 1 Connect the ATLAS unit to your VT100 system see DLP 1 Connecting the Terminal or PC to the ADMIN or CRAFT Port on page 321 2 Login to the system with maximum rights details for logging in are in DLP 2 System Login and Menu
191. Term Ifce Config PRA B Channel Selection Submenu Normal Circular Busy Option Submenu Normal Pass Thru The following B CHANNEL SELECTION submenus determine how the ATLAS 800 Series switchboard uses B channels for call routing The Circular method can be used for call load balancing among the available B channels on this interface Descriptions Always start with the last channel configured i e for a full PRI channel 23 would be used if available Contiguous channels from last to first The following BUSY OPTION submenus define the response propagated to the CPE upon receipt of a DISCONNECT UsER BUsY message from the network Descriptions Send a Progress message to the CPE and map busy tones Send a DISCONNECT USER Busy message to the User Term CPE device E1 PRA Network Term Ifce Config PRA Write security 3 Read security 5 This menu allows the user to define option parameters for ports which terminate a PRA connection from the network Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint Switch Type First DSO Number of DSOs Strip MSD Defines the type of PRA switch to which the port is connected If connected to another ATLAS 800 Series both need to be set to the same switch type The following option is available ETSI DSS1 Defines the first DSO for this endpoint The ATLAS 800 Series uses DSOs starting with this selection to send and receive calls to and from the network
192. Time Enbl Day Description Specifies the slot to use for the FROM connection When you select this option a list of all of the slots and the modules installed in the slots displays Select the appropriate slot and press Enter Specifies the port to use for the From connection when you select this option a list of ports and module types appears Select the appropriate port and module type and press Enter Specifies the slot to use for the second end of a connection Select this option and a list of all of the slots and the modules installed in the slots displays Pick the appropriate slot and press Enter A PKTENDPT or PKTVOICE endpoint may also be selected as the service for the connection Specifies the port to use for the second end of a connection When you select this option a list of ports and module types appears Select the appropriate port and module type and press Enter If a PKTENDPT or PKTVOICE endpoint is selected for the To SLOT SERVICE field the available packet endpoints or packet voice endpoints will display in the drop down menu after pressing Enter Specifies the configuration for the FROM connection The selections displayed in this field are based on the type of module selected in the FROM SLT option For detailed information on submenus for a particular module type please refer to the DEDICATED MAPS menu discussion for the appropriate network option or resource module Specifies the conf
193. USSI Module RS 449 V 36 2 0 0 eee ne eens 50 Quad USSI Module RS 232 nananana 0000s 51 Quad USSI Module CCITT X 21 V 11 2 0 ect ee 51 Octal BRI U Interface Module RJ 45 0 2 cette ee 52 Octal BRI S T Interface Module RJ 45 0 0 eee 52 Async 232 Option Module DB 25 isiulsslseessesese ees 53 T3 Module BNC pair female llle rh 53 T3 Drop and Insert Module BNC pair female 0 0 00 cee eee 54 Dual Video Module RS 366 DB 25 0 000 es 54 Dual Video Module V 35 Winchester 000 ete ee 55 Dual Video Module EIA 530 0 0 ett nh 56 Dual Video Module RS 449 0 0 ete eee 56 NxT1 HSSI V 35 Module RJ 48C 00000 cee eee 57 NxT1 HSSI V 35 Module 50 pin SCSI Il and V 35 Winchester 00005 57 Octal FXS Module 8 pin modular liliis eee 58 List of Figures Figure 1 ATLAS 830 Front Panel Layout 0 0 00 eee 25 Figure 2 ATLAS 830 Rear Panel 000 ccc eh 30 Figure 3 ATLAS 890 Front Panel Layout 00000 cece 36 Figure 4 ATLAS 890 Rear Panel 000 0c teen nee 40 List of Tables Table 1 ATLAS 830 Front Panel LEDs Purpose auauna cece eee eee 26 Table 2 ATLAS 830 LED Descriptions ispiri ace paaa ccc cette nee ee 28 Table 3 ATEAS 830 Specifications m eae minae ORE Rr ube RLERDZSEWELUGG ge dares 32 Table 4 ATLAS 890 Front Panel LEDs Purpose
194. Unit The ATLAS System CD v v AC Power cord ADTRAN P N 3127031 with AC systems v v 19 Rackmount brackets and screws v n a 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 60 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Grounding Instructions Network Turnup Procedures Table 1 Items Included in ATLAS Shipment Continued Item Description ATLAS 830 ATLAS 890 19 23 Convertable Rackmount brackets and screws n a v RJ 45 DB 25 adapter 1 for modem connection n a v RJ 45 control port cable 1 ADTRAN P N 3127004 n a v RJ 45 DB 9 adapter 1 n a v 4 GROUNDING INSTRUCTIONS The following grounding information is from the Underwriters Laboratory UL60950 Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment Including Electrical Business Equipment Third Edition December 1 2000 An equipment grounding conductor that is not smaller in size than the ungrounded branch circuit supply conductors is to be installed as part of the circuit that supplies the product or system Bare covered or insulated grounding conductors are acceptable Individually covered or insulated equipment grounding conductors shall have a continuous outer finish that is either green or green with one or more yellow stripes The equipment grounding conductor is to be connected to ground at the service equipment The attachment plug receptacles in the vicinity of the product or system are all to be of a grounding type and the equ
195. a default gateway if the LAN contains multiple segments This address is composed of four decimal numbers each in the range of 0 to 255 separated by periods This value is set to 0 0 0 0 by default Contact your LAN administrator for the appropriate address Default Metric Defines the default gateway metric Enter the default gateway metric by pressing Enter and entering a decimal number Default Gateway Cost Defines the default gateway cost Enter the default gateway metric by pressing Enter and entering a decimal number Ping Write Security 2 Read Security 2 Allows you to send pings ICMP requests to devices accessible via the network Only one ping session can be active at a time IP Address Specifies the IP address to ping Count Specifies the number of pings to send The maximum value is 99 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 248 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Router IP Telnet Client Size Timeout Round trip min Round trip avg Round trip max Tx Stats Reset Stats Start Stop Telnet Client Specifies the size in bytes of the data portion of the ping request The default value is 64 bytes and the maximum size is 1024 bytes Specifies the time in milliseconds to wait for the ping reply before timing out The default timeout is three seconds and the maximum timeout value is ten seconds Displays the minimum round trip time of the ping request reply of the current set of pings
196. a terminal menu session and configure the system Press the keyboard combination CTRL Z to activate a pop up screen listing the navigation keystrokes 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 73 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Navigating the Terminal Menus Moving through the Menus To do this Press this key Return to the home screen Jump between two menu items Press J while the cursor is located on a menu item and you jump back to the main screen Go to another menu item press J and you jump back to the screen that was displayed the first time you pressed J Press J anytime you want to jump between these items Select items Edit a selected menu item Enter Cancel an edit Close pop up help screen Move between the left and right panes Move to the top of a screen Move to the bottom of a screen Ascend one menu level je Backspace Session Management Keystrokes To do this Press this key Log out of a session L Invalidate the password entry and return to the login screen jis Refresh the screen To save time only the portion of the screen that has changed is refreshed This option should only be necessary if the display picks up incorrect onJ R characters caused by disconnecting and reconnecting the terminal session View Extended Data Display data fields too large for display window miN 61200780L
197. acility local loopback On or Off Terminal Lpbk HSSI Port TC terminal loopback Port Test Submenu Port Facility Lpbk Description T1 resource numbers Port facility local loopback On or Off Terminal Lpbk HSSI Port TC terminal loopback On or Off 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 175 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual NxT1 HSSI Option Module HSSI V 35 Menus HSSI V 35 Menus Read Security 5 Provides status configuration and testing parameters for the 50 pin SCSI II HSSI interface Status Submenus Port Ifce Type Loopback LA and LB T1 Rx Chan Read Security 5 Displays the current loopback status of the HSSI interface Description Indicates the port number Interface type depends on the module s current status and or the type of cable connected to its DTE interface Displays the current loopback status of the HSSI interface See Figure 13 on page 178 Local DTE A local DTE loopback occurs at the DTE port of the DCE and is used to test the link between the DTE and DCE NxTIHSSI module Local Line A local line loopback occurs in the IMUX engine and is used to test functionality between the DTE and the IMUX engine Remote Line A remote line loopback occurs at the T1 interface and is used to test functionality between the DTE and the T1 interfaces Displays the status of the loopback circuit A and B signals LA and LB are asserted by the DTE to enable a loopback on the DCE an
198. ad security 2 All of these statistics are taken from the MIB II variables in RFC 1156 To clear the accumulated statistics press lt Enter gt on CLEAR See the following tables e Table 9 IP Statistics on page 250 e Table 10 ICMP Statistics on page 252 e Table 11 TCP Statistics on page 253 e Table 12 UDP Statistics on page 254 e Table 13 IP Fast Cache Statistics on page 254 Clear Write Security 2 Read security 2 Clears current statistics in the IP ICMP TCP UDP and IP Fast Cache statistics tables Table 9 IP Statistics Name Description Forwarding The indication of whether this ATLAS 800 Series is acting as an IP gateway in respect to the forwarding of datagrams received by but not addressed to this ATLAS 800 Series IP gateways forward datagrams hosts do not except those Source Routed via the host Default TTL The default value inserted into the Time To Live field of the IP header of datagrams originated at this ATLAS 800 Series whenever a TTL value is not supplied by the transport layer protocol InReceives The total number of input datagrams received from interfaces including those received in error InHdrErrors The number of input datagrams discarded due to errors in their IP headers including bad checksums version number mismatch other format errors time to live exceeded errors discovered in processing their IP options etc InAddrErrors The number of input datagrams discarded because th
199. ages being logged in a given period can be very large If too many messages are being logged too rapidly system performance can be adversely affected 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 360 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Viewing the Events System Event Log 2 VIEWING THE EVENTS The following steps outline the procedure for viewing EVENT LOG messages 1 From the MAIN MENU go to the SYSTEM STATUS menu and press the right arrow key to enter the right pane menus C1 HyperTerminal iol xi File Edi View Call Transfer Help Event Log Clear System Event Log Ethernet Port Admin Port Craft Port System Alarms System Timing Source PRIMARY Locked Resource Usage Trunk Usage 4 ALRM 5 ALRM 6 ALRM 7 ALRM 8 ALRM Z help 9 16 Connected 0 06 06 vT100 6008 31 SCROLL CAPS NUM Captue Print echo 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 361 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Viewing the Events System Event Log 2 Select the EVENT LOG field and press lt Enter gt Once in the EVENT LOG press the right arrow key to access the actual messages C1 HyperTerminal File Edit View Call Transfer Help Slot Port Exceeded Exceeded Exceeded Exceeded Exceeded Exceeded Exceeded Exceeded Exceeded Exceeded Exceeded Exceeded Exceeded Exceeded Exceeded Exceeded Exceeded Exceeded Exceeded SYS OK CSU ONLN BLRM BLRM 8 ALRM Vie
200. al significance only and represent signaling between the ATLAS 800 Series Controller and the voice port if the port is configured in the DIAL PLAN The bit pattern is formatted ESF RBS Write security 4 Read security 5 These options initiate different types of tests and display test results Port Test 2W Write security 5 Read security 5 Displays the operating port Activates 2W FXS tests on a per port basis Options include OFF ACTIVE TIP OPEN REV BATTERY DISABLED and RINGING The 2W tests will disrupt the active call on the selected FXS port Table 5 on page 181 displays the state of the 2W conductors during each test 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 180 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Octal FXS Option Module Test TX ABCD 1kHz Tone Loopback Option Off Analog Digital Both Forces the Transmit Robbed Bit Signaling Tx RBS to a specified value Values include OFF 0000 0101 1010 or 1111 We Calls may be affected when activating the Tx ABCD test This test is not valid when the port is used in the DIAL PLAN Write security 3 Read security 5 Sends a 1KHz tone into the following locations based on test selection Near sends the tone out the FXS port while Far sends the tone into the digital PCM stream of the ATLAS 800 Series controller These tests are useful for verifying a voice path Write security 3 Read security 5 Activates loopback tests on a per port basis
201. all lower case Refer to DLP 2 System Login and Menu Access for detailed instructions Terminal Menu Window After you log in all menu items and data fields are displayed in the terminal menu window through which you have complete control of the ATLAS 800 Series see Figure 1 El vT100 Terminal E Session Edit Port Options Capture Help ys nfo System Info ystem ATLAS 53U ystem T System Location Adtran ATLAS 830 System Config System Contact Adtran ATL AS 830 System Utility Firmware Revision 00 08 06 04 02 09 06 17 Modules System Uptime 0 days 3 hours 52 min 35 secs Packet Manager Startup Mode Power cycle Router Current Time Date 24h Wednesday June 19 15 04 44 2002 Dedicated Maps Installed Memory Flash 8388608 bytes DRAM 16777216 byte dew Status Serial Number Right Pane A ial Plan Boot ROM Rey R 01 05 22 02 SYS I ystem Information menu Extended Help Navigation Help Figure 1 Top Level Terminal Menu Window Menu Path The first line of the terminal menu window the menu path shows the session s current position path in the menu structure For example Figure 1 shows the top level menu with the cursor on the SYSTEM INFO submenu therefore the menu path reads ATLAS 830 SYSTEM INFO Win For simplicity only the ATLAS 830 is used in examples throughout this section Window Panes When first starting a terminal menu session the terminal menu window is divided into left and right panes
202. alls to and from the network The outgoing calls which are allowed or restricted over these DSOs are set by OUT ACCEPT see Out Accept on page 271 and OUT HREJECT see Submenus on page 277 Specifies the number of DSOs ATLAS 800 Series uses for this endpoint Strips a selected quantity choose from NONE 1 2 and 3 of the most significant digits MSD of a dialed number prior to being forwarded out of the port For example a network port could be set to accept all calls beginning with 9 9 and then with STRIP MSD set to 1 all digits would be sent toward the network except the leading 9 SrRIP MSD does not affect CALL ACCEPT criteria All of the digits including the MSDs that are subsequently stripped are used as accept criterion Network Specific Facility Voice and Data Enables the sending of appropriate information to the PSTN Currently not supported for E1 PRA use Called Digits TransferredDefines the number of digits to forward from the called number When attached to a PBX the PBX may be provisioned to expect to receive fewer than all of the called digits of the incoming call however this option would normally be set to ALL Choose from NONE THREE FOUR SEVEN or ALL 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 299 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan V35Nx User Term Ifce Config Outgoing Caller ID Source ID Swap ANI DNIS B Channel Selection Submenu Normal Circular Defines the numbe
203. ame Relay signaling has gone active or inactive Signaling Errors Total number of signaling frames received with PVC signaling protocol violations Signaling Timeouts Number of times signaling polls were not received in the time specified in T391 in the PACKET ENDPTS CONFIG menu Async Status Tx Full status not transmitted during the normal full status cycle An asynchronous status message is used to quickly activate a link Async Status Rx Full status not received during the normal full status cycle An asynchronous status message is used to quickly activate a link Full Status Tx Number of full status polls transmitted by this packet endpoint Full Status Rx Number of full status polls received by this packet endpoint Link Integrity Status Tx Number of link integrity polls transmitted by this packet endpoint Link Integrity Status Rx Number of link integrity polls received by this packet endpoint Clear Counters Clears all values in this submenu Number of link integrity polls transmitted by this packet endpoint 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 225 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Packet Endpnts Performance Submenus Description Continued Link Stats TBOP Displays Layer 2 performance statistics The statistics fields for TBOP reflect the total count since last cleared Link Stats PPP Sublink Stats Frame Relay Tx Packets Rx Packets Total number of HDLC packets transmitted
204. andby SCU previously rebooted this message attempts to explain the cause of the reboot Displays the status of the Intercontroller Communications Channel ICC 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 85 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Config Menu Descriptions Primary Timing Source 5 SYSTEM CONFIG MENU DESCRIPTIONS The SYSTEM CONFIG menu allows you to set up the ATLAS operational configuration Figure 5 shows the items included in this menu Menu options follow G vT100 Terminal nml x Session Edit Port Options Capture Help fy A 8 q ystem Info rimary liming Source System Status Backup Timing Source INTERNAL Ryeten tonfig ADLP Address 9999 ystem Utility Session Timeout 0 Modules Max Telnet Sessions 12 Packet Manager Ethernet Port Router Admin Port Dedicated Maps Craft Port Circuit Status SNMP Dial Plan Event Logging Syslog Setu Real Time Clock Access Passwords Licenses BONDING Config Alarm Relay Reset lt Alarm Relay State Energized Alarm Relay Threshold Major Br HM y i ystem Configuration menu help Figure 5 System Config Menu Primary Timing Source Write security 1 Read security 5 Selects the primary timing source You can select either Internal or any port available that is capable of providing timing Please refer to the specific module information to determine whether a port can provide timing for the system Backup Timi
205. any of the following status messages No Loopback Active Looping Up Remote Unit Remote Unit Looped Back Looping Down Remote Unit Remote Loop Up Failed Port Looped From Remote Source Port Loopback Active Write security 4 Read security 5 Controls the activation of the 511 test pattern generator and detector Read security 5 Displays the results of the 511 test This option is read only Clear these results by pressing lt Enter gt when CLR is selected Description Pattern is not synchronized At one point the pattern was synchronized but is currently not synchronized Pattern is synchronized Number of seconds with at least one bit error Write security 4 Read security 4 Injects errors into transmitted test pattern Write security 4 Read security 4 Clears error counters on test pattern results menu 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 135 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual USSI Option Module DTE Interface DTE Interface Write security 5 Read security 5 Configures the Quad USSI Module for the appropriate interface type Select the parameters matching the interface cable being used Prt DTE Interface Mode Options Auto Read security 5 Displays the port number Write security 3 Read security 5 Configures the Quad USSI Module interface type The following options are available Description The ATLAS 800 Series will automatically detect the interface type The cable must be c
206. are to be sent ANI DNIS to send both ANI and DNIS DNIS to send DNIS only ANI to send ANI only Displayed only if SIGNALING METHOD is configured for FEATURE GROUP D Defines to the ATLAS 800 Series the format in which to receive the incoming digits Choices NORMAL if no digits are to be received ANI DNIS to receive both ANI and DNIS DNIS to receive DNIS only ANI to receive ANI only Displayed only if SIGNALING METHOD is configured for FEATURE GROUP D When enabled the ATLAS 800 Series will transmit a wink after ANI DNIS digits are transmitted When enabled no digits will be sent toward the network PBX after going off hook on an outgoing call Defines to the ATLAS 800 Series whether Direct Inward Dialing DID is being used by the network If DID is ENABLED then the following information must be defined 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 284 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan T3 and T3 D amp l Network Term Ifce Config RBS DID Digits Transferred Defines the number of digits sent to ATLAS 800 Series from the network if DID DID Prefix Trunk Number Strip MSD Source ID DSO Alignment is used This option only displays if DID is set to ENABLED Defines to the ATLAS 800 Series the prefix digits which are not received as a part of the DID number The ATLAS 800 Series uses the combination of prefix and DID number to determine the user endpoint that should receive the incoming call This option only dis
207. as accept criterion Simplifies the creation of a dial plan in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call e DEFAULT VALUE 0 Zero is the default ID for all endpoints and all accept numbers With default values all calls are routed based only on the dialed number e Multiple endpoints can have the same SOURCE ID e When creating the CALL ACCEPT list specify a SOURCE ID s as well as a dialed number or range of dialed numbers to accept For example an application requires that all calls that originate from Port 1 of the ATLAS 800 Series in Slot 1 be switched to Port 2 of that same module Assign a unique SOURCE ID e g 7 to Port 1 of the module and then configure Port 2 to only accept calls from that unique SOURCE ID 7 Swaps the ANI and DNIS numbers received from the network ANI Automatic Number Identification is the billing number of the calling party and DNIS Dialed Number Identification Service is the called party number Defines the number for the ATLAS 800 Series to use to provide Caller ID to the Network for outgoing calls sent through this endpoint Choose from SEND AS PROVIDED SUBSTITUTE IF NOT PRESENT or SUBSTITUTE ALWAYS The Caller ID number must be specific i e no wildcards 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 306 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Octal BRI S T User Termination Octal BRI S T User
208. at specific information such as a Network Specific Facility Information Element be sent to the network during call setup e AT amp T SDN Switched Digital Network e National ISDN INWATS e AT amp T Megacom 800 e Nortel Private Network e AT amp T Megacom e Nortel InWats e AT amp T Accunet e Nortel OutWats e AT amp T Long Distance e Nortel Foreign Exchange e AT amp T International 800 e Nortel Tie Trunk e AT amp T Dial It 900 Multiquest Some PRI switches may be provisioned to send only a portion of the called number like DID This menu item allows the ATLAS 800 Series to know how many digits to expect choose from NONE THREE FOUR SEVEN and ALL The default is ALL and would almost always be correct If less than ALL digits are sent then the PREFIX is defined as follows Displays only if CALLED DiGITS TRANSFERRED is not set to ALL Enter the prefix for the digits received For example if the number of digits is four and the number called is 963 8615 the telco s PRI switch sends only 8615 and the prefix is set to 963 This entire number is then used to determine which ATLAS 800 Series user port endpoint should receive the call Defines the number to use to provide Caller ID to the network for outgoing calls sent through this endpoint Choose from SEND AS PROVIDED SUBSTITUTE IF NOT PRESENT or SUBSTITUTE ALWAYS The Caller ID number must be specific i e no wildcards Simplifies the creation of a dial plan i
209. auxiliary installed in slots 7 and 8 of the ATLAS 830 power supplies are continuously monitored to determine failures If one of these supplies fails a message will be placed in the EVENT LoG see System Event Log on page 357 for more details Indicates that the internal temperature of the power supply has exceeded normal operating limits When the operating temperature is exceeded by any power supply a warning will be placed in the EVENT LOG but no other action will be taken see System Event Log on page 357 for more details 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 81 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Status Menu Descriptions System Alarms ATLAS 890 System Alarms ATLAS 890 Displays the status of all ATLAS 890 system alarms The following symbols are used Power Temperature Fans External Input Symbol Description Normal condition Failure condition 1 No information available May indicate that one of the four power supply slots does not contain a power supply Indicates that one or both of the power supplies are not functional These power supplies are continuously monitored to determine failures If one of these supplies fails a message will be placed in the EVENT LOG see System Event Log on page 357 for more details Indicates that the internal temperature of the power supply has exceeded normal operating limits When the operating temperature is exceeded by any power supply a warning will
210. available Second LCV Line Code Violation PCV Path Code Violation LES Line Errored Second Performance 15Min Write security 3 Read security 5 Stores the performance data for the previous 15 minute window Refer to Performance Current for a detailed description of these fields Performance 24Hr Write security 3 Read security 5 Stores the performance data for the previous 24 hour window Refer to Performance Current for a detailed description of these fields Configuration Write security 3 Read security 5 All of the following configurable parameters apply to whether the port is connected to a Primary Rate ISDN circuit or a channelized T1 circuit Prt Read security 5 Displays the port number Port Name Accepts any alpha numeric name up to 15 characters long to uniquely identify each port on the ATLAS 800 Series 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 111 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad T1 PRI Option Module Test Frame Write security 2 Read security 5 This line framing field must be set to match the frame format of the circuit to which it is connected available from the network supplier Choose either D4 or ESF Code Write security 2 Read security 5 Set this line encoding field to match the line code of the circuit to which it is connected this information is available from the network supplier Choose either AMI Alternate Mark Inversion or B8ZS Bipolar Eight Zero Substitution Tx Yel Controls
211. ays of the week This only applies to originating endpoints Use this menu to schedule regularly occurring test calls The following selections are available for the TEST CALL menu item Descriptions How often test calls are to be made The date of the next scheduled test call This option will specify the number of DSOs to use for this switched call If this number is 1 all calls will be directed to the endpoint and not use a BONDING resource Any number other than 1 will use BONDING resources to inverse multiplex the multiple switched channels together This option will specify the number of DSOs to use for this switched call If this number is 1 all calls will be directed to the endpoint and not use a BONDING resource Any number other than 1 will use BONDING resources to inverse multiplex the multiple switched channels together Pkt Voice Network Term Ifce Config Write security 3 Read security 5 This menu allows the user to define option parameters for ports configured as network packet voice endpoints Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint DLCI Voice Port Conflict Report Selects the appropriate DLCI for this dial plan entry Identifies the voice port address of the remote unit FSU 5622s support ports 1 and 2 A remote ATLAS supports ports 1 through 255 Describes existing conflicts Potential problems include DLCI unavailable or Voice port already in use 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADT
212. ble when E amp M CONVERSION is ENABLED Description Configures the E amp M trunk as either Immediate start or Wink start This configuration is for the Rx and Tx direction When DNIS delay is set this option only configures the Rx direction Configures the ATLAS 830 to generate Dial Tone out the selected FXS port in response to the 2W going off hook outgoing call Generally dial tone is provided by the Class 5 switch delivering the T1 but in some instances the switch cannot provide dial tone Configures the ATLAS 830 to generate ringback tone to the far end while the selected FXS port is ringing Generally ringback is provided by the Class 5 switch delivering the T1 but in some instances the switch cannot provide ringback tones DelayDefines the time we delay after transmitting a wink in response to the 2W going off hook after ringing before we send off hook in the RBS signaling This field is only valid for E amp M conversion The timing is as follows Rx AB __ E 7 dweht oz eee Tx AB w Off Hook DNIS Delay When DNIS DELAY is ENABLED a wink will be returned to the originating switch after 5 seconds if the FXS does not detect an off hook This option when DISABLED allows the FXS port to ring without winking until the call is answered Trunks can be taken out of service by telco if there is No wink Use caution when disabling this option 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 264 ATLAS 800 Series S
213. blinks Frame Relay on page 216 the IN BAND DELAY MEASUREMENT option for the PVC or if PVC diagnostics are being performed PVC State Change Number of state changes for this PVC for the interval or day 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 242 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Router IP Static Routes 9 ROUTER IP The ATLAS 800 Series router uses the integral 10 100BaseT Ethernet port to transmit local area network LAN traffic over the wide area network WAN to a remote LAN By integrating the router into the network access device you benefit from the cost savings of not requiring an external router All routing functions within the ATLAS are configured and monitored from the ROUTER menu see Figure 15 Session Edit Options Capture Help A A SKIIF P tat c Routes ARP Cache Routes Interfaces Global Ping Telnet Client PE Statistics UDP Rela OSPF Global Figure 15 Router Menu IP Selected Static Routes Write Security 2 Read Security 2 The STATIC ROUTES menu manages static IP routes Use this menu to create modify and delete routes IP Address Defines the IP address of the host or network device being routed to Netmask Determines the number of bits used in the above defined IP address for routing If a host address is desired for the IP address this field must be set to 255 255 255 255 Gateway Defines the IP address of the router to receive the forwarded IP pa
214. cally grounded Instructions for Using Syslog Set Up the ATLAS 1 Login to the system with maximum rights details for login in are in DLP 5 User Access and Password Security Levels on page 331 Once you have logged in to the ATLAS 800 Series go to SYSTEM CONFIG SYSLOG SETUP Set the options as follows TRANSMISSION Enabled e Host IP ADDRESS Enter the IP address of the PC where the Syslog host resides e Host FACILITY Specify the facility destination of log events e OPTIONS LOCALO to LOCAL7 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 344 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Review the Syslog Host 1 On your PC go to START PROGRAMS ADTRAN UTILITIES SYSLOG The Syslog program must be open on your PC to record ATLAS information Atlas SysLog Host File Log Files Help May 08 13 22 20 172 22 12 50 ATLAS 830 ADTRAN Tx Len 3 May 08 13 22 20 172 22 12 50 ATLAS 830 ADTRAN Rx Len 9 C LOCALI C LOCAL2 C LOCAL3 C LOCAL4 C LOCALS LOCALE C LOCAL Cancel Current Event e When the Syslog window opens you will see LOCALO through LOCAL7 listed on the left The selected buttons should correspond with the HOST FACILITY specified in the ATLAS e The Syslog files can be viewed through the Syslog window or by using the ADTRAN Utilities folder LOCALX TXT where X equals 0 through 7 Alternatively you can view the LOCALX TXT file by clicking on EDIT Loc e Any event logged in the ATLAS Event Log SYSTEM STATUS EVENT
215. cancel this command enter N 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 99 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Utility Menu Descriptions System Utilization System Utilization Write security 0 Read security 0 Displays statistics related to the ATLAS 800 Series internal operating system Please check with ADTRAN Technical Support before attempting to use this menu System Selftest Write security 3 Read security 5 Initiates a system self test The self test consists of memory tests and data integrity tests for each installed module UT Self tests disrupt data flow Selftest Activates the self test To confirm self test activation press Y to cancel the self test press N Selected Tests Allows the user to select a system wide test or an individual card test Choose from ALL TESTS SLOT 0 Sys CTRL or any other installed option network module Current Test Status Displays which part of self test is active See View Selftest Log on page 100 for details on individual tests Current Slot Port Displays which slot and port are being tested View Selftest Log Read security 5 Displays time stamped log of the tests conducted and the Pass Fail results Self tests verify data integrity and processor control to each port Each port is looped back and a data pattern is sent and tested The result of the self test on each installed port is listed with Pass Fail results Figure 7 depicts a typical test log AE
216. cations Continued Application Feature Specification IP Routing Route discovery RIP V1 RIP V2 ICMP ARP IARP UDP Relay SNMP support RFCs 1315 1213 1406 Adtran Enterprise MIB Voice Compression Algorithm Voice Compression Module G 723 1 or Netcoder proprietary Number of channels supported Up to 64 compression channels PCM coding u Law Fax support 9600 bps DTMF generation and TIA 464A detection 9 OPTION MODULE PINOUTS Pinouts for all of the available options modules are included here Quad T1 PRI Option Module Each port of the Quad T1 PRI Option Module P N 1200185L3 uses a single eight position modular jack to connect to the T1 or PRI circuit see Pinout 11 Pinout 11 Quad T1 PRI Module USOC RJ 48C Pin Name Description 1 RxData Ring R Receive data from the network 2 RxData Tip T Receive data from the network 3 Unused 4 TxData Ring R1 Send data towards the network 5 TxData Tip T1 Send data towards the network 6 7 8 Unused 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 45 Option Module Pinouts ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines Quad E1 PRA Option Module Using the provided adapter cables the DB 62 port of the Quad E1 PRA Option Module P N 1200264L1 supplies a DB 15 connection see Pinout 12 See Pinout 13 for the DB 62 interface pinout Pinout 12 Quad E1 PRA Module DB 15 Pin Name Desc
217. cket Interface Defines the interface to which IP packets with this address will be routed These are either Ethernet or frame relay DLCIs Hops Defines the number of router hops required to get to the network or host Maximum distance is 15 hops Enabled Adds a static route to the router Advertise When set to YES this static route is advertised over all interfaces on which a route advertisement protocol e g RIP is enabled When set to No this is a private route 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 243 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Router IP ARP Cache ARP Cache Write Security 2 Read Security 2 The ARP CACHE menu displays the contents of the ATLAS Address Resolution Protocol ARP cache All resolved cache entries time out after 20 minutes Unresolved entries time out in 3 minutes IP Address Read Security 2 Displays the IP address used for resolving MAC address MAC Address Read Security 2 Resolves Ethernet address If set to all zeros there is no resolution for that address Time Read Security 2 Displays the minutes since the entry was last referenced Type Read Security 2 Defines this entry as DYNAMIC or STATIC Interface Read Security 2 Displays the interface upon which this entry was found Tx Pending Read Security 2 Displays the number of transmit packets pending a reply Routes Write Security 2 Read Security 2 The ROUTES menu displays the contents of the ATLAS routing table All
218. conflicts with this endpoint Specifies the number of USSI interface ports ATLAS 800 Series uses for this endpoint Specifies the number to dial on an outgoing call Configures the call type either 56K or 64K used for outgoing calls from this endpoint Allows the outgoing call to be treated as the selected call type Options include DIGITAL for 56K or 64K data calls VOICE for speech calls and AUDIO for 3 1kHz audio calls 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 302 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Octal BRI U Network Term Ifce Config Source ID Min DSO s Max DSO s Simplifies the creation of a dial plan in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call e DEFAULT VALUE 0 Zero is the default ID for all endpoints and all accept numbers With default values all calls are routed based only on the dialed number e Multiple endpoints can have the same SOURCE ID When creating the CALL ACCEPT list specify a SOURCE ID s as well as a dialed number or range of dialed numbers to accept For example an application requires that all calls that originate from Port 1 of the ATLAS 800 Series in Slot 1 be switched to Port 2 of that same module Assign a unique SOURCE ID e g 7 to Port 1 of the module and then configure Port 2 to only accept calls from that unique SOURCE ID 7 Set this to 1 for typical single call
219. counter does not include any datagrams discarded while awaiting re assembly The total number of input datagrams successfully delivered to IP user protocols including ICMP The total number of IP datagrams which local IP user protocols including ICMP supplied to IP in requests for transmission Note that this counter does not include any datagrams counted in FORWDATAGRAMS The number of output IP datagrams for which no problem was encountered to prevent their transmission to their destination but which were discarded e g for lack of buffer space Note that this counter would include datagrams counted in FORWDATAGRAMS if any such packets met this discretionary discard criterion The number of IP datagrams discarded because no route could be found to transmit them to their destination This counter includes any packets counted in FORWDATAGRAMS which meet this no route criterion as well as any datagrams which a host cannot route because all of its default gateways are down The maximum number of seconds which received fragments are held while they are awaiting reassembly at this ATLAS 800 Series The number of IP fragments received which needed to be reassembled at this ATLAS 800 Series The number of IP datagrams successfully reassembled The number of failures detected by the IP reassembly algorithm for whatever reason timed out errors etc Note that this is not necessarily a count of discarded IP fragments since so
220. ct calls based on telephone number and substitute a user defined number for the received digits after the call has been processed by the switchboard Substitution templates are created for each entry in the Dial Plan Description Designates the number s to be the search criteria for the substitution template The pattern can be a specific number or wildcards can be used as part of the number specification X Any single digit N Any single digit 2 through 9 Any number of digits of any value 9 This specific number 1 2 3 A single digit in this group Example 963 812 012 would be 963 8120 to 963 8122 Designates the number to be substituted for the number s defined in the ORIGINAL field The pattern can be a specific number or wildcards can be used as a part of the number specification X Any single digit N Any single digit 2 through 9 Any number of digits of any value 9 This specific number 1 2 3 A single digit in this group Punctuation characters are ignored and a comma is interpreted as a 5 second pause in the dial string For example the ORIGINAL field contains and the SUBSTITUTED field contains 256 AII calls routed out this connection will be delayed 5 seconds and contain a 256 prefix Wildcards used in the SUBSTITUTED field are only valid when used in the same position relative to the end of the digit string as the ORIGINAL field 61200780L1 1D 2004 A
221. ctions are permissible Enabled Indicates the selected analog resource is available for use as an analog call resource in the system Disabled Indicates this resource is not available for use as an analog call resource in the system If a call is active on this resource when changing the operation to DISABLED it will be immediately terminated Auto DisabledIndicates this resource will not be available for use as an analog call resource once the current call has been completed Hardware ResetWrite security 3 Read security 5 Reset a specific analog resource on the modem module Any calls currently active will be dropped Write security 5 Read security 5 Displays the configuration parameters for the digital resources available on the option module Description Read security 5 Indicates the resource number of the digital call resource On the Modem 16 Option Module analog resources are numbered 1 16 and digital ISDN resources are numbered 17 32 Read security 5 Indicates the current status of the particular digital call resource The status display values are listed below N A Card is not able to determine the status of the digital call resource Available Indicates this resource is available for use as a digital call In Use Indicates this resource is currently being used in a digital call Testing Indicates this resource is in a test mode and may be unavailable for use Disabled Indicates this resource has been di
222. ctive at a time The TCP IP parameters are not saved or overwritten as part of an ATLAS 800 Series unit s transferred configuration therefore identical configurations can be sent to multiple units For complete details on configuration transfers to from the ATLAS 800 Series please refer to DLP 8 Saving the Current Configuration using TFTP Transfer Method Displays the method used to transfer the configuration file to or from a server Currently TFTP is required TFTP Server IP Address Specifies the IP address of the TFTP server Get this address information from your System Administrator TFTP Server Filename Defines the name of the configuration file that you transfer to or retrieve from the TFTP server The default name is at830 cfg but it is editable Current Transfer Status Read security 5 Indicates the current status of the transfer Previous Transfer Status Read security 5 Indicates the status of the previous transfer Load and Use Config Retrieves the configuration file specified in the TFTP SERVER FILENAME field from the server To start this command enter Y To cancel this command enter N retrieves the configuration file reboots then restarts using the new configuration a If you execute the LOAD AND USE CONFIG command ATLAS CAUT Save Config Remotely Saves the configuration file specified in TFTP SERVER FILENAME to the server identified in TFTP SERVER IP ADDRESS To start this command enter Y To
223. cuit Passed last manual or scheduled test Failed last manual or scheduled test Read security 5 Displays the number of successful and unsuccessful test calls made through this dedicated dial backup circuit Write security 5 Read security 5 Press to initiate a test call on the dedicated dial backup circuit 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 269 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan 12 DIAL PLAN The DIAL PLAN submenus set global ATLAS 800 Series switch parameters as well as individual parameters for each ATLAS 800 Series port handling a switched call see Figure 18 The individual ports are separated into two port types network and user Network ports terminate a connection from the network User ports terminate incoming calls and in turn may be connected to user equipment In applications where two ATLAS 800 Series units are used in a point to point configuration a port in the ATLAS 800 Series at one end would act as the network user termination while the ATLAS 800 Series at the opposite end would be terminating a network connection network termination Session Edit Options Capture Help D D ystem Info er System Status Ter System Config System Utility Modules Dedicated Maps Circuit Status Dial Plan Figure 18 Dial Plan Menu Network Term User Term Global Param n n Global Param Ifce Config Module Slot S vc Slot S vc End of Number Timeout T
224. cumulation of CP bit parity errors ES P Errored Second Path An accumulation of seconds during which any one of the following conditions exist parity errors severely errored frame or AIS signal received SAS P SEF AIS Second An accumulation of seconds during which severely errored frame or AIS signal is received SES P Severely Errored Seconds Path An accumulation of seconds during which parity errors severely errored frames or AIS signal is received UAS P Unavailable Seconds Path An accumulation of one second intervals during which the DS3 path is unavailable i e 10 contiguous SES Ps DS3 Performance 15Min Write security 3 Read security 5 Stores the performance data for the previous 15 minute window Refer to DS3 Performance Current for a detailed description of these fields DS3 Performance 24Hr Write security 3 Read security 5 Stores the performance data for the previous 24 hour window Refer to DS3 Performance Current for a detailed description of these fields DS3 Configuration Write security 3 Read security 5 Includes all of the configurable parameters pertaining to the T3 interface Prt Read security 5 Displays the port number Port Name Enter any text up to 15 characters to uniquely identify the T3 port on the DS3 Option Module 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 145 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 Option Module DS3 Test Frame Tx Clock Options Recovered
225. curity 4 Read security 5 Activates a local loopback toward the S T interface The following options are available Description No active loopback Loops the first B channel of the interface Loops the second B channel of the interface Loops both B channels of the interface Loops the entire physical interface Write security 4 Read security 5 Activates a loopback towards the controller The following options are available Description No active loopback Loops the first B channel of the interface Loops the second B channel of the interface Loops the entire physical interface 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 142 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 Option Module DS3 Info T3 OPTION MODULE The ATLAS system controller automatically detects the presence of the T3 Option Module P N 1200223L 1 when it is installed in the system listed as DS3 To see the menus for the T3 Option Module via the terminal menu use the arrow keys to scroll to the MODULES menu and press lt Enter gt to access the module choices The following menu tree shows the hierarchy of the menus discussed in this section DS3 Performance E Alarm Status DS3 Info Current 15 m 24h DS3 Configuration DS3 Test Part Number Prt Prt Prt Prt Serial Number Alarms Clr Port Name Loopback Board Revision FE Alarms ES_L Frame Remote LB
226. d Remote LB Options AT amp T Inband line ANSI FDL Line ANSI FDL Payload Inband NIU Pattern Options None All ones All zeros QRSS Read security 5 Displays the T1 number Write security 4 Read security 5 Causes loopback on near end local port See Figure 9 on page 152 The following options are available Description No loopback is active Loopback without regenerating framing Payload loopback framing and clocking are regenerated Write security 4 Read security 5 Sends loopback code to remote CSU The following options are available Description Works in ESF and D4 mode Requires ESF mode Requires ESF mode Works in ESF and D4 mode Write security 4 Read security 5 Test pattern to be transmitted out the port The following options are available Description No test pattern transmitted Framed ones Framed zeros Pseudo random pattern with suppression of excess zeros 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 162 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 D amp l Option Module DS1 Test QRSS RLB Results Options None LOS Sync ES Cir Inj Write security 4 Read security 5 Displays current status of T1 tests including information regarding loopbacks and test patterns When displaying test pattern status the display string is composed of pattern sync status and errored seconds Description No sync Sync has been lost Pattern is synchronized Number of seconds with a
227. d If set to REMOTE DTR the value of DSR will track the value of the remote unit s DTR signal This remote feature requires the Inband control channel to be ENABLED Determines whether the ATLAS 800 Series treats a connection as permanent IGNORE or connects only when Data Terminal Ready DTR is active CoNNECT ON DTR Select either IGNORE or CONNECT ON DTR When the port detects an uninterrupted string of Os being transmitted for more than one second setting this parameter to ON will cause the ATLAS 800 Series to send 1s toward the network Creates an inband management channel by robbing 8 kbps bandwidth from the port s allocated bandwidth This channel can be used for management for ADTRAN products that are not co located with the ATLAS Consult the manual for ADTRAN T1 equipment for details on using this feature Sends the state of the DTE leads to the remote unit whenever any of the leads change state If any leads on the remote unit are set to track a remote signal this option must be enabled The DTE lead states are conveyed using the Inband control channel which must be enabled see Table 2 Table 2 DTE Lead States SIGNAL RTS NETWORK ALARM 511 TEST ON SELF NETWORK TEST TEST ACTIVE ACTIVE NO DSO MAPPED V 54 LOOPBACK CTS Follows Off Off Off Off Off Off DCD DSR Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Do not care Force On On under
228. d CRITICAL dad 9UPpIy IS uncuonng normally DC Power Supply has Failed CRITICAL DC power supply is not operating properly DC Power Supply has Exceeded Internal system temperature has exceeded i CRITICAL FERRE Temperature Limit safe operating limit DC Power Supply is Under Temperature Internal temperature has cooled to safe Aree CRITICAL cme ne Limit operating limit Firmware invalid CRITICAL Corrupted firmware Firmware update failed CRITICAL Flash download failed System Configuration Uploaded CRITICAL rdi configuration Me Toaded mtoe system and activated Module Not Responding WARNING Module removed or not responding ACO Switch pressed MINOR ACO switch pressed Login Failure MINOR Console login failure 1 Timing source changed to Internal MINOR Neither the primary nor the backup are valid Timing source changed to Backup MINOR The PA clea es invalid bakip source valid and selected Timing source changed to Primary MINOR The timing source changed to primary Not responding to programming MINOR Unable to program module Cold NORMAL System cold start 2 Firmware update completed INFO Flash download successful Module Found INFO Module found SNMP Authentication Failure INFO SNMP authentication failure 3 1 Three consecutive logins were attempted and failed 2 Generated five seconds after the completion of system initialization 3 Generated if the ATLAS receives an SNMP request from an SNMP manager defined in the ATLAS SNMP communities list but with a c
229. d USSI Option Module 4200261Lx i Octal Basic Rate ISDN U Interface Option Module 1200186L2 5 Octal Basic Rate ISDN S T Interface Option Module 1200343L1 T3 Option Module 1200223L1 3 T3 Option Module with Drop and Insert Interface 1200225L1 Dual Video Option Module 4200773Lx id xi NxT1 HSSI V 35 Option Module 1200771L1 Octal FXS Option Module 1200338L1 3 8 16 24 32 Channel Voice Compression Resource Modules 1200221Lx Nx 56 64 IMUX BONDing Resource Module 1200262L1 ki n HDLC Resource Module 1200222L1 E 7 Modem 16 Resource Module 1200181L1 Modem 24 Resource Module 1200782L1 ui i Async 232 Option Module 1200182L1 i Win Replacing an option module with a different module type results in configuration loss 18 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Option Modules Overview System Description Each option module provides a variety of performance and alarm status information Several features of each module are user configurable although default values reflect the most common configurations All option modules contain an extensive self test as well as tests designed for the technologies they incorporate ATLAS 890 System Controller Module P N 1200322L1 In addition to controlling the shelf and its contents the system controller modules serve as the user interface The user provisions and monitors all modules in the system either locally or remotely via the sy
230. d its associated data communications channel The options include the following LA LB Loopback Off Off No Loopback Active On On Local DTE Loopback is Active On Off Local Line Loopback is Active Off On Remote Line Loopback is Active Displays the status of the data Terminal equipment AVAILABLE signal TA will be asserted by the DTE independently of CA when the DTE is prepared to both send and receive data to and from the DCE Valid data transmission should not commence until CA has also been asserted by the DCE If the data communications channel requires a keep alive data pattern when the DTE is disconnected then the DCE shall supply this pattern while TA is de asserted When using the NXT1 HSSI Module 1200346L2 only in V 35 mode TA displays the status of the Request to Send RTS signal When RTS is active in a V 35 configuration Clear to Send CTS is also active HSSI port number of channels in use 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 176 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual NxT1 HSSI Option Module HSSI V 35 Menus Submenus T1 Tx Chan Rx Rate Tx Rate Config Submenu Port Port Name Tx Clk CTS V 35 DSR V 35 lfce Auto Deact DCD V 35 CA HSSI LC Description Continued HSSI port number of channels in use Displays the current average receive data rate on the HSSI interface Displays the current average transmit data rate on the HSSI interface Read Security 5 Provides configuration param
231. d security 5 Denotes the voice compression algorithm being used by the packet voice device Any packet voice device can use any available compression algorithm When ATLAS 800 Series chooses a packet voice device for a particular call the voice compression algorithm is set to match the dial plan endpoint configuration Refer to the Frame Relay menu section of this manual for more information Description This device has not been assigned a voice compression algorithm CCITT G 723 1 compression 6 3 kbps bandwidth Proprietary NETCODER compression 6 4 kbps bandwidth Voice endpoints continue to originate frame relay traffic during periods of relative silence The ATLAS 800 Series expects to receive such silence frames therefore silence compression is DISABLED by default Some voice endpoints can be configured so that no silence frames are transmitted during periods of relative silence For compatibility with these devices the ATLAS 800 Series can be configured to expect that silence suppression is ENABLED thus no frame relay traffic is generated during periods of silence Both voice endpoints must agree on the silence suppression setting Read security 5 Helps identify a suspect packet voice device if a particular call reports poor quality The displayed packet identifier and the dial plan endpoint identify the call using this packet voice device 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 184 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual VCOM
232. d to execute remote loopbacks on the far end T3 equipment The following options are available Options Description None No remote loopbacks are activated DS3 Line T3 line loopback active DS1 1 DS1 28 Remote individual T1 line loopback is activated DS1 All Line Remote T1 line loopbacks for all 28 T1s is activated Remote Status Write security 3 Read security 5 This field indicates the progress of remote loopbacks The following options will display Options Description Line Loopback Active Remote line loopback is active No Loops Active Remote line loopbacks are inactive DS1 Alarm Status Write security 3 Read security 5 Indicates T1 alarm status Prt Read security 5 Indicates the number of the T1 circuit 1 28 Alarms Read security 5 Displays the alarm status for each of the 28 T1 circuits An asterisk indicates the presence of an alarm and a dash indicates no alarm The following alarms are monitored Alarm Description Red Loss of Frame or Red Alarm Received T1 cannot be frame synchronized A Red Alarm is indicated when the T1 has been out of frame for 2 5 seconds Yellow Remote Alarm Indication or Yellow Alarm Receiving RAI signal from far end equipment indicating that the far end equipment is in red alarm 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 158 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 D amp l Option Module DS1 DSO Status Alarm Description Continued Blue Alarm Indication Signal or Blue Ala
233. de Events Continued Cause Code Event Category Code FACILITY_NOT_SUBSCRIBED MINOR 50 FACILITY _ REJECTED INFO 29 INCOMING_CALL_BARRED MINOR 54 INCOMPATIBLE_DEST MAJOR 88 INTERWORKING_UNSPEC WARNING 127 INVALID CALL REF MAJOR 81 INVALID ELEM CONTENTS MAJOR 100 INVALID MSG UNSPEC MAJOR 95 INVALID NUMBER FORMAT INFO 28 MANDATORY IE LEN ERR MAJOR 103 MANDATORY IE MISSING MAJOR 96 NETWORK CONGESTION WARNING 42 NETWORK OUT OF ORDER WARNING 38 NO CIRCUIT AVAILABLE WARNING 34 NO ROUTE INFO 2 NO USER RESPONDING INFO 18 NONEXISTENT MSG MAJOR 97 NORMAL CLEARING INFO 16 NUMBER CHANGED INFO 22 OUTGOING CALL BARRED MINOR 52 PRE EMPTED WARNING 45 PROTOCOL ERROR MAJOR 111 REQ CHANNEL NOT AVAIL WARNING 44 RESP TO STAT ENQ INFO 30 SERVICE NOT AVAIL MINOR 63 TEMPORARY FAILURE WARNING 41 TIMER EXPIRY MAJOR 102 UNASSIGNED NUMBER INFO 1 UNSPECIFIED CAUSE INFO 31 USER BUSY INFO 17 WRONG MESSAGE INFO 98 WRONG MSG FOR STATE MAJOR 101 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 369 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Cause Code Log Entries System Event Log 5 CAUSE CODE LOG ENTRIES Cause Code IEs that are non Q 931 i e the Coding Standard field is not 0 are logged with the following format lt message gt lt coding standard gt code lt cause code gt The coding standard field is one of the following Reserved National or Loca
234. de information that could prevent damage to the equipment or W ARNING endangerment to human life 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 3 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Safety Instructions Safety Instructions When using your telephone equipment please follow these basic safety precautions to reduce the risk of fire electrical shock or personal injury 1 Do not use this product near water such as a bathtub wash bowl kitchen sink laundry tub in a wet basement or near a swimming pool 2 Avoid using a telephone other than a cordless type during an electrical storm There is a remote risk of shock from lightning 3 Do not use the telephone to report a gas leak in the vicinity of the leak 4 Useonly the power cord power supply and or batteries indicated in the manual Do not dispose of batteries in a fire They may explode Check with local codes for special disposal instructions Save These Important Safety Instructions 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 4 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual FCC Required Information FCC Required Information Product ATLAS 830 1200780L1 1200781L1 and ATLAS 890 1200321L1 FCC regulations require the following information be provided in this manual 1 This equipment complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and requirements adopted by ACTA Each of the registered modules has a label showing the FCC registration number and ringer equivalence
235. der data tables Description Sets the display format for all TRUNK USAGE statistics to either RAW DATA or PERCENT Write security 5 Read security 5 Sets the reset mode for the TRUNK USAGE statistics to one of the following Daily Performs reset daily at 12 00 AM Weekly Performs reset on Saturday night 12 00 AM Manual Disables automatic reset of the trunk usage statistics 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 84 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Status Menu Descriptions Redundancy ATLAS 890 Redundancy ATLAS 890 Write security 5 Read security 5 SCUA SCUB Hardware Compatibility Firmware Compatibility Active Standby Configuration Standby Startup Mode InterController Communications Displays the status of the system controller unit SCU installed in Slot A Displays the status of the system controller unit SCU installed in Slot B Displays the current hardware of the SCUS installed in Slots A and B Provides status for any compatibility issues that exist Indicates whether the firmware revision of SCUs A and B have any incompatibility problems that would affect controller switchover For proper operation the firmware in SCU A should match the firmware in SCU B Compares the configuration of SCUs A and B Displays any discrepancies in the comparison and indicates when the controllers are synchronized Displays the manner in which the standby controller booted In the event that the St
236. digits would be sent toward the network except the leading 9 SrRIP MSD does not affect CALL ACCEPT criteria All of the digits including the MSDs that are subsequently stripped are used as accept criterion Simplifies the creation of a dial plan in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call e DEFAULT VALUE 0 The default ID for all endpoints is O and all accept numbers is 0 With default values all calls are routed based only on the dialed number e Multiple endpoints can have the same SOURCE ID e When creating the CALL ACCEPT list specify a SOURCE ID s as well as a dialed number or range of dialed numbers to accept 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 318 SECTION 5 DETAIL LEVEL PROCEDURES DLP Provides the detailed instruction for performing various unit functions such as upgrading firmware DLP 1 Connecting the Terminal or PC to the ADMIN or CRAFT Port sese 321 DLP 2 System Login and Menu Access ssssssssssssssseseeee nennen nennen entrent nennen nes 323 DLP 3 Setting IP Parameters for the ATLAS 800 Series System ssssssssssssss 326 DLP 4 Verifying Communications Over an IP LAN sse eene 328 DLP 5 User Access and Password Security Levels ssssssssssseeeeneeeenn 331 DLP 6 Updating ATLAS Firmware using TFTP sess nnne 333 DLP 7 Updat
237. discharge Before handling modules wear an antistatic discharge wrist strap to prevent damage to electronic components Place modules in antistatic packing material when transporting or storing When working on modules always place them on an approved antistatic mat that is electrically grounded TFTP Instruction for Saving a Configuration 1 Connect to the ATLAS using the 10 100 BASET interface Telnet to the unit Win The procedures in DLP 1 through DLP 4 must be completed prior to the Telnet login 2 Login to the unit using the read write password see DLP 2 System Login and Menu Access on page 323 for details 3 Goto the SYSTEM UTILITY menu and select the CONFIGURATION TRANSFER menu press Enter 4 Setthe TFTP SERVER IP ADDRESS to the IP address of the machine running the TFTP Server Program 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 339 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual If you are using the ADTRAN TFTP server the IP address displays in the STATUS field For CAUT other TFTP servers please refer to the appropriate documentation 5 Change TFTP SERVER FILENAME to a unique filename This will be the name of the configuration file saved to the remote server Some TFTP servers constrain the format of the filename depending on the operating system of the server For example a TFTP server running on a PC under Windows 3 1 may only permit 8 3 format filenames 8 characters period and three extension characte
238. e 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 195 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modem 16 Resource Module Status Submenus Resource Rscr Status Modulation Rx Bit Rate Tx Bit Rate Error Correction Data Compression Last Disconnect Reason Line Parameters Description Indicates the resource number of the analog call resource On the Modem 16 Option Module analog resources are numbered 1 16 and digital ISDN resources are numbered 17 32 Indicates the current status of the particular analog call resource and displays new activity as it occurs The possible status display values are listed below n a Card is not able to determine the status of the analog call resource Available Indicates this resource is available for use as an analog call In Use Indicates this resource is currently being used in an analog call Testing Indicates this resource is in a test mode and may be unavailable for use Disabled Indicates this resource has been disabled for use as an analog call resource This may be done automatically by the system if a given analog resource does not initialize properly Displays the modulation scheme being used by the analog resource for a currently active call If the analog resource is not in use this field will display N A Displays the receive bit rate of the analog resource for a currently active call If the analog resource is not in use this field will display N A Displays the trans
239. e D channel alarm A hyphen indicates no active channel alarm and D indicates an active D channel alarm 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 140 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Octal BRI S T Option Module Channel Usage Channel Usage Read security 5 Displays the channel status of each of the eight Octal BRI S T module ports Prt Write security 5 Read security 5 Indicates the port number Cha Write security 5 Read security 5 Channel Displays the status of individual channels The following symbols may display Character Description Unallocated channel Inactive channel A Active B channel Active D channel Configuration Write security 5 Read security 5 Allows the user to personally identify each port with an appropriate name Prt Write security 5 Read security 5 Displays the port number Port Name Write security 3 Read security 5 Accepts any alpha numeric name up to 15 characters long to uniquely identify each port on the Octal BRI S T Option Module Test Write security 5 Read security 5 These options initiate different types of tests and display test results Prt Identifies the port number 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 141 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Octal BRI S T Option Module Test Local Loopback Options None Loopback B1 Loopback B2 Loopback B1 B2 Loopback 2B D Remote Loopback Options None Loopback B1 Loopback B2 Loopback 2B D Write se
240. e IP address in their IP header s destination field was not a valid address to be received at this ATLAS 800 Series This count includes invalid addresses e g 0 0 0 0 and addresses of unsupported Classes e g Class E For entities which are not IP Gateways and therefore do not forward datagrams this counter includes datagrams discarded because the destination address was not a local address 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 250 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Router IP Clear Table 9 IP Statistics Continued Name ForwDatagrams InUnknownProtos InDiscards InDelivers OutRequests OutDiscards OutNoRoutes ReasmTimeout ReasmReqds ReasmOKs Reasm Fails FragOKs FragFails FragCreates Description The number of input datagrams for which this ATLAS 800 Series was not their final IP destination as a result of which an attempt was made to find a route to forward them to that final destination In entities which do not act as IP Gateways this counter will include only those packets which were Source Routed via this ATLAS 800 Series and the Source Route option processing was successful The number of locally addressed datagrams received successfully but discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol The number of input IP datagrams for which no problems were encountered to prevent their continued processing but which were discarded e g for lack of buffer space Note that this
241. e Octal BRI S T Option Module P N 1200343L1 when it is installed in the system listed as ST BRI To see the menus for the Octal BRI S T Option Module via the terminal menu use the arrow keys to scroll to the MODULES menu and press lt Enter gt to access the module choices The following menu tree shows the hierarchy of the menus discussed in this section Info Alarms Channel Usage Configuration Test Part Number Prt Prt Prt Prt Serial Number Alarms Cha Port Name Local Loopback Board Revision Channel Remote Loopback Info Write security 5 Read security 5 Provides information about the module part number serial number and assembly revision Part Number Read security 5 Displays the part number of the module Read only Serial Number Read security 5 Displays the serial number of the module Read only Board Revision Read security 5 Displays the board revision of the installed module Read only Alarms Write security 5 Read security 5 Displays the alarm status for the selected Octal BRI S T Option Module Prt Indicates the port number Alarms Displays the current alarm status of each Octal BRI S T interface Alarm Description L1 Down A layer one alarm is indicated by an asterisk when the Octal BRI S T physical layer is not active An L1 alarm is present when problems are detected with the endpoint or a cabling problem Channel Displays the alarm status of th
242. e clock used by the ATLAS 800 Series to accept the transmit TX data from the DTE This is usually set to NORMAL If the interface cable is long causing a phase shift in the data the clock can be set to INVERTED This switches the phase of the clock which compensates for a long cable 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 166 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dual Video Option Module Configuration Data CTS DCD DSR DTR Write security 3 Read security 5 Controls the inverting of the DTE data This inversion can be useful when operating with a high level data link control HDLC protocol often used as a means to ensure 1s density Select either NORMAL or INVERTED Data inversion configuration must match at both ends of the circuit Write security 3 Read security 5 Determines the behavior of the Clear To Send CTS signal If set to NORMAL CTS will follow the value of Request To Send RTS If set to FORCED ON CTS will always be asserted Write security 3 Read security 5 Determines the behavior of the Data Carrier Detect DCD signal also called RLSD on V 35 interfaces If set to NORMAL DCD will generally be asserted when the interface is capable of passing data If set to FORCED ON DCD will always be asserted Write security 3 Read security 5 Determines the behavior of the Data Set Ready DSR signal If set to NORMAL DSR will generally be asserted when the interface is capable of passing data If se
243. e loopback active DS1 1 DS1 28 Remote individual T1 line loopback is activated DS1 All Line Remote T1 line loopbacks for all 28 T1s is activated Remote Status Write security 3 Read security 5 This field indicates the progress of remote loopbacks The following options will display Options Description Line Loopback Active Remote line loopback is active No Loops Active Remote line loopbacks are inactive DS1 Alarm Status Write security 3 Read security 5 Indicates T1 alarm status Prt Read security 5 Indicates the number of the T1 circuit 1 28 Alarms Read security 5 Displays the alarm status for each of the 28 T1 circuits An asterisk indicates the presence of an alarm and a dash indicates no alarm The following alarms are monitored Alarms Description Red Loss of Frame or Red Alarm Received T1 cannot be frame synchronized A Red Alarm is indicated when the T1 has been out of frame for 2 5 seconds 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 147 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 Option Module DS1 DSO Status Alarms Description Yellow Remote Alarm Indication or Yellow Alarm Receiving RAI signal from far end equipment indicating that the far end equipment is in red alarm Blue Alarm Indication Signal or Blue Alarm Receiving alarm indication signal in the T1 payload from far end equipment indicating a problem upstream DSO Alarm Displays per DSO alarm status that is at least one DSO channel is in
244. e number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages received The number of ICMP Source Quench messages received The number of ICMP Redirect messages received The number of ICMP Echo request messages received The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received The number of ICMP Timestamp request messages received The number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received The number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages received The number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages received The total number of ICMP messages which this ATLAS 800 Series attempted to send Note that this counter includes all those counted by ICMPOUTERRORS The number of ICMP messages which this ATLAS 800 Series did not send due to problems discovered within ICMP such as a lack of buffers This value should not include errors discovered outside the ICMP layer such as the inability of IP to route the resultant datagram In some implementations there may be no types of error which contribute to this counter s value The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages sent The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent The number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages sent The number of ICMP Source Quench messages sent The number of ICMP Redirect messages sent The number of ICMP Echo request messages sent The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages sent The number of ICMP Timestamp request messages sent 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 252 ATLA
245. e pattern was synchronized but is currently not synchronized Pattern is synchronized Number of seconds with at least one bit error Write security 4 Read security 4 Clears error counters on test pattern results menu Write security 4 Read security 4 Injects errors into transmitted test pattern Write security 5 Read security 5 Configures the DTE port of the Video Module for the appropriate interface type Select the parameters matching the interface cable being used Prt DTE Interface Mode Options Auto EIA 530 V 35 RS 449 Loopback Current DTE Type Displays the port number Write security 3 Read security 5 Configures the DTE port interface type The following options are available Description The ATLAS 800 Series will automatically detect the interface type The cable must be connected before the interface can be determined Configures the interface for E A 530 use Configures the interface for V 35 use Configures the interface for RS 449 use Configures the interface to emulate a connected loopback cable Write security 5 Read security 3 Displays the current configuration of the Video Module DTE Interface 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 169 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual NxT1 HSSI Option Module Info NXT1 HSSI OPTION MODULE The NxT1 HSSI V 35 Module P N 1200771L1 system controller automatically detects the presence of the NxT1 HSSI Option Module when it is installed
246. e provides no physical interfaces Modem 24 Resource Module P N 1200782L1 The Modem 24 Module contains 24 V 90 compliant modems that interface digitally to the network to allow remote dial in access to the ATLAS 800 Series chassis The Modem 24 module terminates 24 56 Kbps dial up data streams This module allows remote access users to connect to the corporate facility using analog dial up lines Async 232 Option Module P N 1200182L 1 The Async 232 Module combines with the ATLAS 800 Series components to provide solutions for a variety of wide area networking WAN applications Providing 16 asynchronous EIA 232 data terminal equipment DTE ports the Async 232 Module serves as the interface to terminal servers and other DTE equipment Each port of the Async 232 Module can be configured to operate at any standard asynchronous rate up to 115 2 kbps The Async 232 Module is only supported in dial up applications using the Modem 24 Resource Module and is not a valid interface for TDM data 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 21 Option Modules Overview ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Description 22 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D SECTION 2 ENGINEERING GUIDELINES Assists network designers in incorporating the ATLAS 800 Series System into existing networks Includes pinouts Table of Contents ATEAS 830 Description 229r Re eid 6 wee a eee ee ee Rm EE n e 25 EquipmentiDimensioris ce ceed E uel i4 KE tb EEA
247. e serial ports V 35 The protocol passed over the serial port is frame relay RFC 1490 encapsulation e Passes Systems Network Architecture SNA Bisync and other legacy protocols between a public or private frame relay network and an external DTE running frame relay to the ATLAS e Performs voice compression decompression G 723 1 and interfaces to either a Private Branch Exchange PBX or the Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN This feature requires an additional option module the VCOM Module P N 1200221Lx e Supports LMI Annex D or Annex A signaling on frame relay connections 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 17 Option Modules Overview ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Description PPP Switching e Supports up to 100 simultaneous PPP connections e Performs PAP CHAP or EAP authentication methods on a per connection basis e Includes keepalive functionality for PPP connections e Provides capability for numbered or unnumbered PPP interfaces 3 OPTION MODULES OVERVIEW Each option module is hot swappable with configuration restored upon replacement The following option modules are available in an ATLAS chassis Module Name Part Number ATLAS 830 ATLAS 890 ATLAS 890 System Controller 1200322L1 n a s Quad T1 PRI Option Module 1200185L3 bi S Quad E1 PRA Option Module 1200264L1 m ui Quad Nx 56 64 Option Module 1200184L1 Qua
248. eable e Flash memory e TFTP download e XMODEM via control port 16 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Features and Benefits System Description Signaling Support ISDN D Channel e Robbed Bit E amp M Ground Start Loop Start e Convert between Robbed Bit Signaling and ISDN D Channel e Direct Inward Dialing ISDN Switch Types e SESS DMS 100 National ISDN 4ESS Euro ISDN ATLAS 830 only Dedicated Connection Maps e Up to five connection maps e Time of day day of week configurable e Preserves signaling through cross connect e No effect on unconfigured channels Switched Connection Maps e Inbound and outbound call filtering and blocking Testing e Local and remote payload line V 54 depending on installed modules e Patterns 511 QRSS all ones all zeros depending on installed modules Performance Monitoring e Reports Information for the ATLAS is stored for the last 24 hours last 15 minutes and last 5 minutes e ATLAS 830 can store frame relay performance at user specified intervals 5 10 15 20 30 mins e Performance statistics per TR54016 T1 403 RFC1406 e Alarm reporting per TR54016 T1 403 Frame Relay Routes Internet Protocol IP traffic between the Ethernet port and a public frame relay network a private frame relay network or a point to point PPP network e Concentrates IP traffic from a public or private frame relay network to one or mor
249. ed The entry would accept any call Any specific entry will take precedence over a wildcard For example if endpoint A was designated as while endpoint B accepted 963 800X then an incoming call to 965 800X would only be accepted by endpoint B Instructs ATLAS 800 Series in which order to search for an accept number match Normally all searches are set to primary The secondary search selection forces ATLAS 800 Series to only accept a call at this endpoint if all primary endpoints are unavailable Primary Search All long distance calls should go out a PRI directly to an IXC MCI ATT etc and local calls should go out a T1 to the LEC It may be desirable to place long distance calls on the local exchange if all of the IXC trunks are unavailable busy or in alarm In this case the primary accept number for the local exchange would be N and the secondary accept would be 1 Secondary Search The same accept rules apply for all secondary number searches as for primary searches Reflects the bearer capability of the attached user equipment typically a TA If the attached TA can only handle digital calls then a voice call sent to this endpoint would be rejected Allows the incoming call to be treated as the selected call type regardless of the actual incoming call type The default selection As RECEIVED effectively disables the feature by using the actual call type Other options include DATA 64K and DATA 56K
250. ed when the T3 has been out of frame for 2 5 seconds Blue Alarm Indication Signal or Blue Alarm Receiving alarm indication signal in the T3 payload from far end equipment indicating a problem upstream Yellow Remote Alarm Indication or Yellow Alarm Receiving RAI signal from far end equipment indicating that the far end equipment is in red alarm FE Alarms Read security 5 Displays received alarms from the far end equipment Rx Framing Indicates whether Rx framing is being used on the T3 circuit An asterisk indicates the presence of Rx framing and a dash indicates no Rx framing present DS3 Performance Current Write security 3 Read security 5 The performance fields either current 15 minute total or 24 hour total provide status on key performance measures as specified in ANSI T1 231 1993 for DS3 interfaces Prt Displays the port number Clr Clears performance information for the selected port ES L Errored Seconds Line Count of seconds containing excessive zeros LOS or BPVs not due to line code substitutions SES L Severely Errored Seconds Line Count of seconds containing excessive zeros LOS or BPVs not due to line code substitutions above a predetermined threshold 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 155 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 D amp l Option Module DS3 Performance 15Min LOSS L Loss of Signal Second Line Count of seconds of LOS condition CV P Code Violation Path For the M
251. ee inset doa heh io d ay px sige deh ded Se cnc p betwee ima 37 Font Panel LEDs sau siiihilhtlae lime pie a e x e el Baie Ee ae eel Dire ee da Es 37 ATLAS 890 Rear Panel 2 4 levyUEeR M e x m xA a EE Re UTERE ER 40 Admin InsP Ont iue donum tic Gad iL E e hem lee tat de Mah ebbe fpei are eed 40 10 100BaseT Connection 0 0 hh 41 Alarm Relay Gonn ction 2 xo melee emere ER ENCORE GR p ED ieee aga ead Y ded 42 External Input Connection liilseseeeeeseeeeee ehh 42 ATLAS 890 At A Glance Specifications sslsseeseeseeeeee nh 43 Option Module PinoutS 0 002 c eee eee 45 Quad T1 PRI Option Module aseene raa ea a a a a a eee 45 Quad ET PRA Option Module ties desi rte ea hes aa iaa a E niet Ea dais 46 Quad Nx 56 64 Option Module 0 00 eee 47 Quad USSI Option Module oru pee edad Yen oa D ERE sod RAMONA yale Ss oa 49 Octal BRI ISDN U Interface Option Module ilssslssele eere 52 Octal BRI ISDN S T Interface Option Module 0000 else sees 52 Async 232 Option Module lille hh 53 TS Option Module sok seein Boek x ees aie aber nete ed E e n Rl dads ERE ER RUE Eae Re 53 T3 Drop and Insert Option Module 0 00 cect teeta 54 Dual Video Option Mod le roaie zb Repbxr feeds Gs dom XP ELTE oe NAPEP T qa dared 54 NxT1 HSSI V 35 Option Module iisisseseeeseese ete eee 57 Octal FXS Option Module uc rm ecu aes eM EHE EGER REG Pr pared ooh 58
252. efault value is 1 for an approximate BER level of 10E 5 Current 15 minute Path Code Violations PCV parameter when the Line Type is Super Frame AT amp T D4 format DS1 The default value is 72 framing errors for an approximate BER level of 10E 5 Current 15 minute Path Code Violations PCV parameter when the Line Type is Extended Super Frame DS1 The default value is 13 296 CRC errors for an approximate BER level of 10E 5 Current 15 minute Line Errored Seconds LES parameter The default value is 65 for an approximate BER level of 10E 5 Current 15 minute Line Code Violations LCV parameter The default value is 13 340 for an approximate BER level of 10E 5 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 90 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Config Menu Descriptions SNMP DS1 Total Perf Thresholds Submenus Total ES Thrsh Total SES Thrsh Total SEFS Thrsh Total UAS Thrsh Total CSS Thrsh Total PCV Thrsh D4 Total PCV Thrsh ESF Total LES Thrsh Total LCV Thrsh Defines performance threshold values for DS1 Line and Path statistics Refer to the ADTRAN Enterprise MIB and DS1 Extension MIB available on the ADTRAN website at www adtran com for more MIB specific information If a statistic value exceeds its threshold value then the corresponding Alert Trap will be sent if the alert event is armed and Alert Traps are enabled These thresholds apply to all DS1 interfaces in the system Description
253. elay for the current test period Avg Delay Displays the average round trip delay for the current test Reset Counters Resets the counters 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 236 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Packet Cncts Endpt Count Endpts Sort Packet Cncts Read security 5 Displays the total number of packet endpoints configured Provides sorting options for the packet endpoints Sorting By Name sorts packet endpoints alphabetically by name If you do not want to sort packet endpoints set this option to Off Write security 3 Read security 5 After packet endpoints are defined they are connected in the packet connects PACKET CNCTS map PACKET CNCTS connects upper layer protocols from packet endpoint to packet endpoint You can think of it as a dedicated map for virtual ports rather than physical ports From PEP Sublink To PEP Sublink Protocol Config Config Submenus Conflict Selects one packet endpoint for the packet connection Packet endpoints created in the packet endpoint configuration are visible on a pull down menu which includes the ROUTER option This router is the internal ATLAS 800 Series router and can be used multiple times within the PACKET CNCTS menu If the packet endpoint selected in FRom PEP supports sublinks they are available in this menu In Frame Relay this is the PVC from which you are selecting to groom data Selects the other packet endpoi
254. em on an approved antistatic mat that is electrically grounded 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 354 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Connect to the ATLAS 1 If you are not already connected to the unit s ADMIN or CRAFT interfaces either with a VT100 compatible terminal or with a PC running VT100 emulation software use the procedure in DLP 1 Connecting the Terminal or PC to the ADMIN or CRAFT Port to connect to the ADMIN or CRAFT interface Alternatively if the unit is part of a management cluster connected to the local network you may use a PC connected to the network to Telnet into the unit Use the procedures in DLP 4 Verifying Communications Over an IP LAN to connect to the 10 100 BASET interface 2 Logon to the unit using the read write password see DLP 2 System Login and Menu Access on page 323 for details Configure the Alarm Relay 1 Go to the SYSTEM CONFIG menu and press the right arrow key to access the right pane menus 2 Select the ALARM RELAY THRESHOLD menu and choose the appropriate threshold level The ALARM RELAY will set for this threshold and all other alarms of greater importance Refer to the section called System Event Log in this system manual for a listing of all alarms and levels of importance ne Setting the threshold to Normal will not set the Alarm Relay for Normal events No Normal events will set the Alarm Relay Clearing the Alarm Relay Remotely 1 Goto the SYSTEM CONFIG menu
255. ent Bit Oriented Protocol TBOP and PPP for Point to Point Protocol 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 222 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Packet Endpnts Status Submenus Sig Role Sig Type Sig State Frame Relay Description Continued Displays the Frame Relay signaling role for this packet endpoint These settings are not applicable for PPP User Indicates the user side of the User to Network Interface UND Network Indicates the network side of the UNI Both Indicates the packet endpoint is operating in Network to Network Interface NNI mode Off Indicates no LMI signaling is generated or expected All DLCT s are considered active Displays the Frame Relay signaling type used on this packet endpoint These settings are not applicable for PPP Annex A Signaling using ITU T Q 933 A Annex D Signaling using ANSI T1 617 D LMI Signaling using Group of Four Indicates the Frame Relay signaling state on this packet endpoint Up Indicates that there is active Frame Relay signaling on this endpoint The packet endpoint must be defined by the Frame Relay configuration settings to show active Frame Relay signaling Down The packet endpoint stays in this state only when the physical line is down 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 223 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Packet Endpnts Status Submenus Description Continued Sig State PPP Indicates the status of the
256. ent call This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Read security 5 Displays the number of framing errors detected by the analog resource during the current call This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Read security 5 Displays the number of received PPP frames by the analog resource from the remote client modem during the current call This is used only when the analog resource is performing Sync to Async PPP conversion This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Write security 5 Read security 5 Resets the input and output statistics for the given analog resource This option resets the transmit and receive statistics for the analog resource 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 199 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modem 16 Resource Module Status Digital Rscr Session Status Submenus Rsrc Status Bit Rate Write security 5 Read security 5 Displays the session status information for the digital resources available on the Modem 16 Option Module Description Read security 5 Indicates the resource number of the digital call resource On the Modem 16 Option Module analog resources are numbered 1 16 and digital ISDN resources are numbered 17 32 Read security 5 Indicates the current status of the particular digital call resource The status display values are listed below N A Card is not able to determine the status of the digital call resource Available Ind
257. ents lisse rn 364 Table 8 DP Outgoing Signaling Events 00 0 ee 365 Table 9 ISDN Cause Code EventS 0 00 cent eee n eee eae 365 Table 10 Cause Code Log Entry Location Designations 0 cc eee eee eee 367 Table 11 ISDN L2 Messages ssssssseees ehh 367 Table 12 ISDN Call Control Messages sssssee ern 367 Table 13 Source ISDN Information Elements 000 c cece ee ene ees 367 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 357 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Event Log Setting the Event Log Category 1 SETTING THE EVENT LOG CATEGORY The following steps outline the procedure for setting up the event CATEGORY thresholds for the Event Log 1 From the MAIN MENU go to the SYSTEM CONFIG menu and press the right arrow key to enter the right pane menus C1 HyperTerminal File Edit View Call Transfer Help 15 x Timing System Info Primary Timing Source System Status Backup Timing Source System Config ADLP Address System Utility Session Timeout Modules Max Telnet Sessions Packet Manager Ethernet Port Router Admin Port Dedicated Maps Craft Port Circuit Status SNMP Dial Plan Event Logging Syslog Setup Real Time Clock Access Passwords Licenses BONDING Config Alarm Relay Reset Alarm Relay State Alarm Relay Threshold SYS OK CSU ONLN 1 ALRM 2 ALRM 3 System timing source Source INTERNAL INTERNAL 9999 eo N
258. er up The unit shall be installed in accordance with Article 400 and 364 8 of the NEC NFPA 70 when installed outside of a Restricted Access Location i e central office behind a locked door service personnel only area e Power to the ATLAS DC system must be from a reliably grounded 48 VDC source which is electrically isolated from the AC source CAUT The branch circuit overcurrent protection shall be a fuse or circuit breaker rated minimum 60 VDC maximum 10A e A readily accessible disconnect device that is suitably approved and rated shall be incorporated in the field wiring e Maximum recommended ambient operating temperature is 45 C 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 62 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Mounting Options Network Turnup Procedures 6 MOUNTING OPTIONS The ATLAS 830 may be used on a tabletop or installed in a 19 inch or 23 inch rackmount configuration The ATLAS 890 must be rackmounted For rackmount installations the ATLAS allows flush face mount face forward mount and center mount see Figure 1 QO ADRAN MODULES ATLAS 830 DINE SEU cow w w w 00000000000000000q 9 8 gt OOOOOOOOOOOOO0O0O00 0 Brackets are provided Optional Four screws are provided MADESIUDIRERE Mid Mounting holes with shipment 446 32 5 16 length Figure 1 Mounting Brackets shown with ATLAS 830 d Be careful not to upset the stability of
259. erview 20 DS1 Performance 24Hr 161 pinout BNC pair female 53 DS1 Performance Current 160 shipping contents 66 DS1 Sig Status 160 terminal menus DS1 Test 162 features 73 DS3 Alarm Status 155 help 75 DS3 Configuration 156 keyboard strokes 73 74 75 DS3 Info 154 moving through 71 74 DS3 Performance 15Min 156 security levels 76 DS3 Performance 24Hr 156 views 71 DS3 Performance Current 155 training 10 12 DS3 Test 157 Mux Configuration 154 U overview 20 USSI Option Module pinout BNC pair female 54 dial plan user term 302 shipping contents 66 menus 128 T3 Option Module Alarm Status 129 dedicated map 262 Configuration 132 dial plan Data Rate 130 network term NFAST3 D amp I Option Module Dial 134 dial plan DTE Interface 136 network term NFAS 286 DTE Status 129 network term PRI 280 Inband Stats 131 network term RBST3 D amp I Option Module Info 128 dial plan PLL FIFO 132 network term RBS 283 Test 134 user term NFAST3 D amp I Option Module dial plan V user term NFAS 294 VCOM Option Module user term PRIT3 D amp I Option Module menus 183 dial plan Config 186 user term PRI 290 Info 183 user term RBST3 D amp I Option Module Statistics 187 dial plan Status 183 user term RBS 292 Voice Compression Resource Modules menus 143 overview 20 DS1 Alarm Status 147 shipping contents 67 DS1 Configuration 150 DS1 DSO Alarm 149 W DS1 DSO Status 148 C warranty 10 DS1 Performance 15Min 150 DS1 Performance 24Hr 150 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc
260. es System Manual Alarm Relay Connector External Input Connector c Um ONLY Figure 2 ATLAS 890 Rear View Follow up Procedures Once this procedure is complete return to the procedure which referred you to this DLP and continue with the tasks indicated there To connect the ATLAS 890 External Input Connector see DLP 12 Connecting to the Won ATLAS 890 External Input on page 351 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 350 DLP 12 Connecting to the ATLAS 890 External Input Introduction This DLP explains how to connect other equipment to the external input on the ATLAS 890 The external input connector can sense a relay closure or the presence of 48 VDC Prerequisite Procedures Before making this connection the unit should be mounted in its permanent location Tools and Materials Required Wire strippers Small straight slot screwdriver 220r 24 AWG 2 conductor twisted pair cross connect wire To prevent electrical shock do not install equipment in a wet location or during a Ww ARNING lightning storm Electronic modules can be damaged by static electrical discharge Before handling modules wear an antistatic discharge wrist strap to prevent damage to electronic components Place CAUT modules in antistatic packing material when transporting or storing When working on modules always place them on an approved antistatic mat that is electrically grounded Connecting the Exte
261. es the creation of a DIAL PLAN in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call e DEFAULT VALUE 0 Zero is the default ID for all endpoints and all accept numbers With default values all calls are routed based only on the dialed 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 293 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan T3 and T3 D amp I User Term Ifce Config NFAS Dial on OffHook DSO Alignment number e Multiple endpoints can have the same SOURCE ID e When creating the CALL ACCEPT list specify a SOURCE ID s as well as a dialed number or range of dialed numbers to accept For example an application requires that all calls that originate from Port 1 of the ATLAS 800 Series in Slot 1 be switched to Port 2 of that same module Assign a unique SOURCE ID e g 7 to Port 1 of the module and then configure Port 2 to only accept calls from that unique SOURCE ID 7 Defines a number that is automatically sent to the switchboard when a call on this endpoint is initiated goes off hook The DIAL ON OFFHOOK number must be specific i e no wildcards DSO ALIGNMENT is typically enabled when a user needs the ability to maintain alignment between T1s as if they were in dedicated map mode This scenario requires DSO ALIGNMENT enabled on both interfaces usually on User Term and on Net Term An interface that has DSO ALIGNMENT enabled will only proc
262. ess a call from the switchboard on the same DSO that the incoming call was received For example the unit receives an incoming call on DSO 17 The switchboard looks for an interface who has matching accept criteria to the number it received A match is found on interface Z that has DSO ALIGNMENT enabled This causes interface Z to only process the call if it has DSO 17 available If all matching interfaces have DSO ALIGNMENT enabled and none of those interfaces have DSO 17 available then a busy or fast busy will be returned to the calling party T3 and T3 D amp I User Term Ifce Config NFAS Write security 3 Read security 5 This menu allows the user to define option parameters for ports which emulate an NFAS connection Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint Secondary Interfaces Submenu Slot The following SECONDARY INTERFACES submenus allow the user to define the slot and port locations of the secondary interfaces in the NFAS group Description Displays the entry number Configures the slot that the interface is physically connected to 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 294 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan T3 and T3 D amp I User Term Ifce Config NFAS Submenu Port Interface Number Backup D Channel Switch Type First DSO Number of DSOs Strip MSD Description Continued Configures the port that the interface is physically connected to Configu
263. eters for the HSSI interface including data clocking Description Indicates port number Select port name from drop down list Controls the clock used by the NXT1 HSSI V 35 Module to accept the transmit TX data from the DTE This is usually set to NORMAL If the interface cable is long causing a phase shift in the data the clock can be set to INVERTED This switches the phase of the clock which compensates for a long cable Clear to send Normal Forced On Data set ready Normal Forced On Remote DTR Interface auto deactivation Off On Data carrier detect Normal forced On Remote RTS Not applicable in V 35 mode Asserts the data Communications equipment AVAILABLE signal from the DCE CA will be asserted by the DCE independently of TA when the DCE is prepared to both send and receive data to and from the DTE This indicates that the DCE has obtained a valid data communications channel Data transmission should not commence until TA has also been asserted by the DTE Not applicable in V 35 mode Enables the Loopback Circuit C signal from the DCE LC is an optional loopback request signal from the DCE to the DTE requesting the DTE provide a loopback path to the DCE When using the NxT1 HSSI V35 Module in V 35 mode Data Set Ready DSR and Data Carrier Detect DCD are always active 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 177 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual NxT1 HSSI Option Module HSSI V 35 Menus Test Select te
264. ew 20 pinout 8 pin modular 58 shipping contents 66 P Packet Manager menus 222 Cncts Sort 238 Frame Relay IQ 238 Packet Cnets 237 Packet Endpnts 222 Packet Voice dial plan network term 315 dial plan user term 317 pinout Async 232 Option Module DB 25 53 ATLAS 830 admin port DB 9 30 alarm relay connector 31 craft port DB 9 26 Ethernet RJ 45 31 TI PRI 32 ATLAS 890 admin in RJ 48C 41 alarm relay connection 42 craft port RJ 48C 37 Ethernet RJ 48C 41 external input connection 42 Dual Video Option Module EIA 530 56 RS 366 DB 25 54 RS 449 56 V 35 Winchester 55 NxT1 HSSI V 35 Option Module 50 pin SCSI II and V 35 Winchester 57 RJ 48C 57 Octal BRI S T Option Module RJ 45 52 Octal BRI U Option Module RJ 45 52 Octal FXS Option Module 8 pin modular 58 Quad E1 PRA Option Module DB 15 46 DB 62 46 Quad Nx56 64 Option Module DB 78 47 V 35 Winchester 47 Quad T1 PRI Option Module USOC RJ 48C 45 Quad USSI Option Module CCITT X 21 V 11 51 DB 78 49 EIA 530 50 RS 232 51 RS 449 V 36 50 T3 D amp I Option Module BNC pair female 54 T3 Option Module BNC pair female 53 product support 10 Q Quad EI PRA Option Module dedicated map 260 dial plan network term PRA 297 user term PRA 299 menus 115 Alarm Status 116 Configuration 119 Info 115 Performance 15Min 118 Performance 24Hr 118 Performance Current 118 Sig Status Port 1 4 117 Test 120 TSO Alarms 117 TSO Status 117 overview 19 pinout
265. ge FAX data reception of 2400 bps using protocol V 27ter FAX data reception of 4800 bps using protocol V 27ter FAX data reception of 7200 bps using protocol V 29 FAX data reception of 9600 bps using protocol V 29 V 33 12000 bps FAX data reception of 12000 bps using protocol V 33 FAX data reception of 14400 bps using protocol V 33 Some voice compression standards may be used only under specific licensing arrangements due to existing patents The ATLAS 830 provides complete management of these licensed resources therefore users are not required to take additional steps to ensure conformance with licensing provisions For example the ATLAS 830 manages its resources so users never exceed the maximum licensed number of simultaneous connections 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 185 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual VCOM Option Module Config Config Write security 4 Read security 5 Provides diagnostic tools for suspected problems under normal operation users do not configure the packet voice devices Configure VCOM Devices Write security 4 Read security 5 Contains configuration parameters for individual VCOM devices Submenu Description Device Read security 5 Indicates the resource number of the packet voice device listed On the ATLAS 800 Series packet voice devices are numbered 1 32 State Write security 4 Read security 5 Controls the configuration state of the individual packet voice device The ATLA
266. get PLL FIFO Name Mode Loopback Poll Skips Clk Dial 511 Rx Overflow Data Src ID 511 Result Tx Reset CTS Number Inject Link Verify DCD CLR Remote Fail DSR Link Verify Ack IDIR Reset Stats lOlnh EDEN Inband Send Leads Info Read security 5 Provides information about the module part number serial number and assembly revision Part Number Displays the part number of the module Serial Number Displays the serial number of the module Board Revision Displays the board revision of the installed module Alarm Status Read security 5 Displays the current alarm status Port Indicates the port number 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 121 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad Nx56 64 Option Module DTE Status Alarms Displays an alarm condition on the ATLAS 800 Series unit Condition Description Slip A rate mismatch exists between the DTE clock and the network side clock as set by DSO assignment Pll The Nx port is not able to lock onto the clock provided by the network interface Zero The DTE is sending an excessive number of consecutive zeroes to the network interface No Ext Clk The DTE is not providing an external transmit clock This alarm displays only if the Nx port is configured to get its transmit clock from the DTE Pkt Ep Alm A packet endpoint has detected missing or incorrect framing DTE Status Read security 5 Shows the status of key DTE interface signals An asterisk indicates the p
267. get to the network or host Ranges from 0 to 16 If set to 16 the route is defined as infinite and cannot be used Read Security 2 Displays the number of seconds until the address is removed from table A value of 999 means the route is static 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 245 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Router IP Interfaces Interfaces Write Security 2 Read Security 2 The INTERFACES menu configures and monitors all interfaces connected to the ATLAS router These include the Ethernet and frame relay DLCIs connected in the PACKET MANAGER PACKET CNCTS Network Name Interface ENO IP Endpoint Name Address Subnet Mask IARP Option Enable Disable Far End Address MTU Read Security 2 Displays the name of the interface connected to the ATLAS router as follows Description ATLAS Ethernet port DLCI Number Defines the individual interface IP address If this field is left as 0 0 0 0 it is treated as an unnumbered interface Defines the subnet mask applied to the address defined for this link If the interface IP address is unnumbered leave as 0 0 0 0 FR NI only The Inverse ARP IARP menu is only present when this interface is a frame relay network interface ATLAS sends Inverse ARP packets to determine the IP address on the other end of the virtual circuit ATLAS always responds to Inverse ARP requests with its IP address for the requested DLCI Description Causes ATLA
268. gure 13 on page 178 The following options are available Line Metallic loopback Payld Payload loopback framing and clocking are regenerated IMUX Menus Read Security 5 Contains the inverse muxing configuration parameters for the NXT1 HSSI Option Module Status Submenu Description Least Dly Port Link relative delay in milliseconds Max Diff Dly Maximum difference in delay in milliseconds T1 FE State Far end state T1 NE state Near end state T1 FE Fail Far end failure state T1 NE Fail Near end failure state T1 FE Fail Number of far end failures T1 NE Fail Number of near end failures Tx Active Number of transmit active links Rx Active Number of receive active links T1 PM Ticks Number of PM ticks T1 TX Cell Rate Transmit cell rate T1 Tx Cell Rate Receive cell rate 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 173 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual NxT1 HSSI Option Module IMUX Menus Port Status Submenu Port T1 Clr Link State Link Delay NE Tx State NE Rx State NE Tx Fail NE Rx Fail NE Tx Fail NE Rx Fail OCD LOC CBO UEH CEH Rx cells Facility Lpbk Description Port number Link status active or inactive Link relative delay in milliseconds Link near end transmit state Not in Group Link near end receive state Not in Group Link near end transmit failure state No failure Link near end receive failure state No failure Number of near end transmit failures Number of near end
269. he PoRT PEP field has backup sublinks SuPPoRT DBU HANDSHAKE enables disables the generation and acceptance of ADTRAN frame relay handshake upon connection If the endpoint is configured to route incoming calls based on the handshake information this option is automatically enabled If another call routing method is in effect however this option can be enabled to support the use of handshake information at the far end of the link The SuPPoRT DBU HANDSHAKE submenu DLCI TRANSLATION controls contents of the ADTRAN frame relay handshake upon connection of a backup PVC Normally this field should be set to AuTO The FORCED mode is present for compatibility with older IQ units Set this to 1 for typical single call connections A value greater than 1 will restrict connections to endpoints supporting aggregation e g BONDING of the specified number of DSOs Set this to 1 for typical single call connections A value greater than 1 will accommodate connections to endpoints supporting aggregation e g BONDING of up to the specified number of DSOs This also sets the number of DSOs presented in the negotiation of outgoing aggregate calls This table is only visible if GROUP is selected in the PRT PEP field The table format changes based on the selected routing option For each case CALL PARAMS contain OUTDIAL CALLER ID SOURCE ID and MIN Max DSOs as described above 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 312 ATLAS 800 Series System
270. he ATLAS 800 Series in Slot 1 be switched to Port 2 of that same module Assign a unique SOURCE ID e g 7 to Port 1 of the module and then configure Port 2 to only accept calls from that unique SOURCE ID 7 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 311 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Pkt Endpt User Term Ifce Config Route Incoming Call Submenu Using Incoming Num Using Calling Party Num Using DBU Handshake Support DBU Handshake Min DSO s Max DS0 s Call Routing Table Use the three submenus to define a method for associating incoming calls to the packet endpoints Descriptions Endpoint selection based on the incoming number Selection based on the Caller ID as presented by the calling party If this option is selected the CALL PARTY NUMBER field is made available to the interface configuration This number allows you to configure the calling part number used to select this packet endpoint Selection based on a proprietary protocol This option is only available to packet endpoints with backup sublinks DBU HANDSHAKE is required to interoperate with ADTRAN IQ and Express family products It enables the association of incoming calls with packet endpoints in cases where there is a single call in number hunt group and no Caller ID information available DBU HANDSHAKE must be disabled for DBU between two ATLAS products This option is only available when the packet endpoint selected in t
271. he number of ping requests that were lost n LOST Resets all ping statistics to zero If the ping client is active this menu will stop it If the ping client is currently idle this menu sends pings to the specified address If the ping client is active the menu either starts or stops sending pings Write security 5 Read security 5 Allows a user to remotely configure ADTRAN TSUs using ADLP over the inband management channel on a V 35 port This feature only allows for remote sessions through the ATLAS 800 Series to the TSUs not vice versa ATEL Address Connect Defines the ADLP address Unit ID assigned to the remote unit you are trying to connect to The valid range is 2 to 65520 Activator used to start an ATEL client session to the remote unit configured in the ATEL ADDRESS field 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 102 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Utility Menu Descriptions Telnet Client Telnet Client Write security 5 Read security 5 Allows a user to open a Telnet session to any device listed in the ATLAS 800 Series route table Address Defines the IP address assigned to the remote unit you are trying to connect to Escape Char Defines the Telnet client escape character Typing the combination characters will close the active telnet session to the remote unit specified in the ADDRESS field Option Keystroke A lt Ctrl gt N Ctrl gt AT lt Ctrl gt NA Ctrl gt Shift g
272. he same access level This way users with the same access privileges can have individual passwords Tools and Materials Required VT100 terminal or PC with VT100 terminal emulation software To prevent electrical shock do not install equipment in a wet location or during a Ww ARNING lightning storm Electronic modules can be damaged by static electrical discharge Before handling modules wear an antistatic discharge wrist strap to prevent damage to electronic components Place UT C modules in antistatic packing material when transporting or storing When working on modules always place them on an approved antistatic mat that is electrically grounded Modifying User Access and Passwords Connecting to the ATLAS If you are not already connected to the ATLAS follow the procedure in DLP 1 Connecting the Terminal or PC to the ADMIN or CRAFT Port Ifthe ATLAS is part of a management cluster connected to the local network you may use a PC connected to the network to Telnet into the unit Use the procedures in DLP 3 Setting IP Parameters for the ATLAS 800 Series System on page 326 to connect to the 10 100 BASET interface 1 Login to the unit using the read write password see DLP 2 System Login and Menu Access on page 323 for details 2 Goto the SYSTEM CONFIG menu select ACCESS PASSWORDS and press Enter 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 331 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Adding a New User
273. he sending of appropriate information to the PSTN The default for this option is NORMAL and in this case no Network Specific Facility Information Element is sent Unless one of the services listed below is subscribed to the selection should remain set to NORMAL The list below indicates services that may be subscribed to from the PSTN These services require that specific information such as a Network Specific Facility Information Element be sent to the network during call setup e AT amp T Accunet e AT amp T Dial It 900 Multiquest e AT amp T International 800 e AT amp T Long Distance e AT amp T Megacom 800 e AT amp T Megacom 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 295 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan T3 and T3 D amp I User Term Ifce Config NFAS e Nortel InWats e AT amp T SDN e Nortel Foreign Exchange e National ISDN INWATS e Nortel OutWats e Nortel Private Network e Nortel Tie Trunk Called Digits TransferredSome PRI switches may be provisioned to send only a portion of the called Outgoing Caller ID Source ID Swap ANI DNIS number like DID This menu item allows the ATLAS 800 Series to know how many digits to expect choose from NONE THREE FOUR SEVEN and ALL The default is ALL and would almost always be correct If less than ALL digits are sent then the PREFIX is defined as follows Defines the number for the ATLAS 800 Series to use to provide Caller ID to the network for outgoi
274. her system parameters for the ATLAS 830 see Table 2 on page 28 Power Indicates the status of the power supply System Indicates the status of the unit controller and other system parameters Ethernet Indicates the status of the Ethernet port Remote Indicates whether a user Telnet or VT100 is logged into the unit 26 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual ATLAS 830 Front Panel Engineering Guidelines Table 1 ATLAS 830 Front Panel LEDs Purpose Continued LED Purpose Network Displays the status of the two built in T1 PRI interfaces on the rear panel of the unit These are referred to in the menus as Slot 0 Ports 1 and 2 OK Indicates that the network interface has passed self test and is operating correctly Test Indicates that there is an active test on the T1 PRI interface Error Blinks to indicate the occurrence of error events such as clock slip seconds CSS bipolar violations BPV errored seconds ES etc Alarm Indicates an active alarm condition on the T1 PRI interface ACO Indicates the status of the ACO switch Modules Displays by row the operational condition of each module installed in the option slots All LEDs will be off if no option module is installed or configured Status Indicates the operational condition of modules installed in the option slots Online Indicates whether the module is available for use or is currently in
275. hh 16 Signaling SUpport a 22 nck eee Baa ee aes ha EC ROSE ER Re ee wh a Rr UN e ne DR RUD 17 ISDN Switch Type Sirenin arie cen a rae a a a E hh mh hh 17 Dedicated Connection Maps 0 0 0 c cette tenes 17 Switched Connection Maps 0 0 cece rmn 17 TeStlrigi d ook eI ee eg pU we ER dte ed eee eed ol E e 17 Performance Monitoring lliseeseeeelee hm rh 17 Frame Relay eed ene mete et ree Ye ee e o e bmc reb eee bb eee 17 PPP Switching 5 5 o LEM e Mut eet Ee erst tet s Sad os ise T 18 Option Modules Overview eree llleeeleeee eem hm 18 ATLAS 890 System Controller Module P N 1200322L1 ilsslleesesllslees else 19 Quad T1 PRI Option Module P N 1200185L3 0 0 00 cee 19 Quad E1 PRA Option Module P N 1200264L1 lsssssssess eee 19 Quad Nx 56 64 Option Module P N 1200184L1 slsesselseese seh 19 Quad USSI Option Module P N 4200261Lx lsslssesssseeeel eh 19 Octal Basic Rate ISDN U Interface Option Module 1200186L2 0 0 0 0 eee 19 Octal Basic Rate ISDN S T Interface Option Module 1200343L1 anuanua auauna anaana 19 T3 Option Module P N 1200223L1 llli 20 T3 Option Module with Drop and Insert Interface P N 1200225L1 200 cee eee 20 Dual Video Option Module P N 4200773Lx issssssssselee s 20 NxT1 HSSI V 35 Option Module 1200771L1 sisse eh 20 Octal FXS Option Module P N 1200338L1 0
276. icates services that may be subscribed to from the PSTN These services require that specific information such as a Network Specific Facility Information Element be sent to the network during call setup e AT amp T Accunet e AT amp T Dial It 900 Multiquest e AT amp T International 800 e AT amp T Long Distance e AT amp T Megacom e AT amp T Megacom 800 e AT amp T SDN e National ISDN INWATS e Nortel Foreign Exchange e Nortel InWats e Nortel OutWats e Nortel Private Network e Nortel Tie Trunk Called Digits Transferred Some PRI switches may be provisioned to send only a portion of the called number like DID This menu item allows the ATLAS 800 Series to know how many digits to expect choose from NONE THREE FOUR SEVEN and ALL The default is ALL and would almost always be correct If less than ALL digits are sent then the PREFIX is defined as follows PREFIX displays only if CALLED DiGITS TRANSFERRED is not set to ALL Enter the prefix for the digits received For example if the number of digits is four and the number called is 963 8615 the telco s PRI switch sends only 8615 and the prefix is set to 963 This entire number is then used to determine which ATLAS 800 Series user port endpoint should receive the call Outgoing Caller ID Defines the number to use to provide Caller ID to the network for outgoing calls sent through this endpoint Choose from SEND AS PROVIDED SUBSTITUTE IF NOT PRESENT or SUBSTITUTE ALWAYS
277. icates this resource is available for use as a digital call In Use Indicates this resource is currently being used in a digital call Testing Indicates this resource is in a test mode and may be unavailable for use Disabled Indicates this resource has been disabled for use as a digital call resource Displays the bit rate of the digital resource for a currently active call If the digital resource is not in use this field displays N A 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 200 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modem 16 Resource Module Status Digital Rscr Connection Stats Submenus Rsrc Attempts Completed Failures 56K Connects 64K Connects Reset Stats Write security 5 Read security 5 Displays the connection statistics for the digital resources available on the Modem 16 Option Module Description Read security 5 Indicates the resource number of the digital call resource On the Modem 16 Option Module analog resources are numbered 1 16 and digital ISDN resources are numbered 17 32 Read security 5 Displays the number of connections attempted for this digital resource since the last reset Read security 5 Displays the number of successful connections for this digital resource Read security 5 Displays the number of unsuccessful connections for this digital resource It is defined as the number of connection attempts minus the number of successful connections Read security 5 Displays
278. ide Two DB 78 to Octal RS 232 cables ADTRAN P N 31251030 Dual Video Option Module P N 4200773Lx e Dual Video Option Module e Dual Video Option Module Quick Start Guide And one of the following V 35 System P N 4200773L1 Cable P N 1200774L1 e EIA 530 System P N 4200773L2 Cable P N 1200774L2 e RS 449 System P N 4200773L3 Cable P N 1200774L3 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 67 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Installing Network and Option Modules Network Turnup Procedures 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 68 SECTION 4 USER INTERFACE GUIDE Provides detailed descriptions of all menu options and configuration parameters for the ATLAS 800 Series System This section is designed for use by network administrators and others who will configure and provision the system It contains information about navigating the VT100 user interface configuring the unit and modules and using the menus Table of Contents Navigating the Terminal Menus 0 0c eee eee eee eee 71 Terminal Menu Window oak EE AEAEE m mrs 71 Navigating using the Keyboard Keys 00 c cece nh 73 Terminal Menus and System Control 0 00 cee eee eee eens 76 Selecting the Appropriate Menu 0 0 6 nes 76 Security LEVElS nrn eicere dx eee ea ee a vr es eee a dme 76 System Info Menu Descriptions 000 2c e eee eee 77 System Status Menu Descriptions 000 c eee eee eee 79 Sy
279. igits are sent preferred to the network Leading ones if present are stripped out and the area code set in ISDN National As Dialed Strip MSD global parameters is added if only seven digits are supplied This action may be required in areas with ten digit local dialing Sends the digits provided as National number type When SWITCH TYPE is set to 4ESS many installations require the National form where possible this may also be the preferred form in 10 digit calling areas Strips a selected quantity choose from NONE 1 2 and 3 of the most significant digits MSD of a dialed number prior to being forwarded out of the port For example a network port could be set to accept all calls beginning with 9 9 and then with STRIP MSD set to 1 all digits would be sent toward the network except the leading 9 SrRIP MSD does not affect CALL ACCEPT criteria All of the digits including the MSDs that are subsequently stripped are used as accept criterion 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 287 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan T3 and T3 D amp l Network Term Ifce Config NFAS Network Specific Facility Voice and Data Enables the sending of appropriate information to the PSTN The default for this option is NORMAL and in this case no Network Specific Facility Information Element is sent Unless one of the services listed below is subscribed to the selection should remain set to NORMAL The list below ind
280. iguration for the To connection The selections displayed in this field are based on the type of module selected in the To SLT option For detailed information on submenus for a particular module type please refer to the DEDICATED MAPS menu discussion for the appropriate network option or resource module Specifies whether the ATLAS 800 Series uses active RBS on the connection Selecting ON allows the ATLAS 800 Series to preserve signaling bits between the two endpoints of the connection Selecting OFF ignores the signaling bits of the connection This selection is automatically set to OFF when RBS does not apply For example a T1 to Nx connection is set to OFF Sets the time when the map becomes active if you have selected AUTO in the ACTIVATE MAP field Enter this time in hh mm ss 24 hour format Specifies which days of the week the map is active 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 258 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dedicated Maps Create Edit Maps T1 PRI Connects Menu To From Config Create Edit Maps T1 PRI Connects Menu To From Config Write security 3 Read security 5 Specifies the configuration for the To FROM connection The following selections may apply to the Quad T1 PRI Option Module depending on the application DSO Selection Defines DSOs for a T1 port Use this field to define the DSOs for this connection You can enter the DSOs in several ways For example to enter DSOs one through five enter 1 5 For
281. igured for voice service A Speech call type does not guarantee and end to end digital connection with some local and long distance providers Write security 3 Read security 5 Configures an allocated modem for incoming and outgoing analog modem calls Selected options are issued to the modem when it is allocated to answer an incoming call or initiate an outgoing call Some options imply a negotiation with the remote modem These modem options may also be specified through the AT command interface if enabled Description Write security 3 Read security 5 Selects the highest bit rate the allocated modem will attempt to connect with to the remote modem Modulation scheme is automatically selected based on the connection speed Write security 3 Read security 5 Selects the lowest bit rate the allocated modem will attempt to connect with to the remote modem If the lowest bit rate or higher cannot be negotiated with the remote modem the call is disconnected Modulation scheme is automatically selected based on the connection speed 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 219 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Async 232 Option Module Test Submenus Error Correction Data Compression Test Description Write security 3 Read security 5 Configures the error correction for the allocated modem The following options are available Disabled No error correction is requested If the remote modem refuses to support the opt
282. igures the dialing mode The following options are available Description Redial whenever the call is cleared or if the call fails Attempt the call only once Write security 0 Read security 0 Signals the USSI port to dial clear the call Indicates the SOURCE ID of the number to be dialed Configure this field in the USSI INTERFACE CONFIGURATION section of the DIAL PLAN Indicates the number to be dialed Configure this field in the USSI INTERFACE CONFIGURATION section of the DIAL PLAN Write security 4 Read security 5 These options initiate different types of tests and display test results Port Loopback Write security 5 Read security 5 Displays the port number Write security 4 Read security 5 Test pattern to be transmitted out the port The following options are available 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 134 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual USSI Option Module Test Options No Loopback Local Loopback Remote Loopback Loopback Status 511 511 Result Results None LOS Sync ES Inject CLR Description No active loopback Activates both a local loopback back toward the DTE and a port loopback toward the network V 54 loopback code to be sent to the far end and if the device at the far end supports V 54 the device activates a loopback on detection of the V 54 code Read security 5 This read only option indicates a port s current loopback status by displaying
283. imately 2 seconds between the call dialing of a BONDING session Alarm Relay Reset Write security 3 Read security 5 Clears the Alarm Relay located on the rear panel of the ATLAS 890 Activating the software Alarm Relay Reset functions the same as manually pressing the ACO Switch located on the ATLAS 890 front panel Alarm Relay State Write security 3 Read security 5 Configures the alarm relay response during an active alarm The following sections are available Energized In an alarm condition the Normally Open NO relay is closed and the Normally Closed NC relay is opened De Energized In an alarm condition the NO relay is opened and the NC relay is closed Alarm Relay Threshold Write security 3 Read security 5 Defines the event log category for the message associated with the alarm For more details on Event Log categories refer to System Event Log on page 357 Ext Input Threshold ATLAS 890 Write security 3 Read security 5 Defines the alarm level and text for external switch contacts If the external switch contact is closed the alarm is thrown and the event text is sent to the event log Name Read security 5 Displays the name External Input to identify the entry for the external input alarm Description Write security 3 Read security 5 Contains the user defined text that will be sent to the ATLAS 800 Series event log when the alarm is triggered 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 95 ATLAS 80
284. in dB received on the port Write security 3 Read security 5 The performance fields either current previous 15 minute total or 24 hour total provide status on key performance measures as specified in ANSI T1 403 and AT amp T TR54016 for the T1 PRI port All fields except CLR are read only The monitored parameters include the following Description Displays the port number Clears performance information for the selected port Errored Second ES is a second with one or more error events OR one or more Out Of Frame events OR one or more Controlled Slips Bursty Errored Second BES is a second with more than one but less than 320 error events 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 171 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual NxT1 HSSI Option Module T1 Menus Status SES SEFS LOFC CSS UAS LCV PCV LES Configuration Submenu Port Port Name Frame Code Tx Yel LBO Description Continued Severely Errored Second SES is a second with 320 or more error events OR one or more Out Of Frame events Severely Errored Frame Second is a second that contains four consecutive errored framing patterns Loss of Frame Count is a count of seconds in which a valid framing pattern could not be obtained Controlled Slip Second Unavailable Second Line Code Violation Path Code Violation Line Errored Second Write security 3 Read security 5 All of the following configurable parameters apply to whether the po
285. indow Refer to Performance Current on page 118 for a detailed description of these fields Performance 24Hr Write security 5 Read security 5 Stores the performance data for the previous 24 hour window Refer to Performance Current on page 118 for a detailed description of these fields 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 118 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad E1 PRA Option Module Configuration Configuration Write security 5 Read security 5 All of the following configurable parameters apply whether the port is connected to a Primary Rate Access circuit or a channelized E1 circuit Prt Displays the port number Name Accepts any alpha numeric name up to 15 characters long to uniquely identify each port on the Quad E1 PRA Option Module FAS2 If enabled resync if FAS or bit 2 of non FAS frame is received in error three consecutive times If disabled rSesync if FAS is received in error three consecutive times TS16 MF Must be enabled for CAS common associated signaling to be used If disabled CCS common channel signaling is used CRC 4 Transmits the CRC 4 checksum bits in the outgoing E1 data stream when enabled Also checks the received signal for errors Auto Alarm Transmits a remote alarm when framing is lost when Red Alarm Generation is on and transmits an AIS alarm when all ones are received when RCM AIS Generation is on Code Allows selection of line coding HDB3 is normally the only coding method u
286. ing so it will retain its value until it is changed To temporarily force an endpoint into backup or to force a restore try the Manual activator 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 313 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Ckt Backup User Term Ifce Config Backup Criteria Submenus Net Data Fail Restore Criteria Startup Delay Backup Delay Restore Delay Max Num Redials Redial Timer Criteria for automatic backup Note that this setting affects the available options for RESTORE CRITERIA Description DBU is initiated when either the network fails possible causes include Red Yellow Blue or LOS alarms or when the Nx56 64 module detects a loss of data transitions on the V 35 interface If Net Data Fail is selected the V 35 Nx INBAND option must be ON The remote TSU INBAND option must also be enabled When BACKUP CRITERIA is configured for NET DATA FAIL the RESTORE CRITERIA must be MANUAL ONLY Net Fail DBU is initiated when there is a network failure Possible causes include LOS RED Yellow or Blue alarms Manual The ATLAS will never initiate DBU until it is manually set to do so This only applies to originating endpoints These are criteria for automatically coming out of backup Note that NETWORK SUCCESS network is out of alarm is only available when a backup criterion is not NET DATA FAIL Select MANUAL ONLY for manual activator The amount of time to wait after creating or
287. ing ATLAS Firmware using XMODEM seen rennen nnne 336 DLP 8 Saving the Current Configuration using TFTP ssssssssssssseeeeeeeenne nnns 339 DLP 9 Connecting the ATLAS to an External Modem sse 341 DLP 10 Using the Event Log Syslog iu rte rre teet p b ee ea bere ER Eni Pete 344 DLP 1 1 Connecting the Alarm Contacts ssssssssssssssseseeeee enne nnne nensi nnne nnns 348 DLP 12 Connecting to the ATLAS 890 External Input 351 DLP 13 Using the Alarm Connections and ACO Button ssssssssseeeeeeeeen 354 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 319 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual ATLAS 830 System Manual 320 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D DLP 1 Connecting the Terminal or PC to the ADMIN or CRAFT Port Introduction This section describes how to connect a VT100 terminal or PC to the ATLAS 800 Series System Shelf management and provisioning for the ATLAS 800 Series System is facilitated by a series of intuitive menus that are viewable on a computer screen To access to the menus and management features of the ATLAS 800 Series System connect the ATLAS either to a VT100 terminal or to a PC emulating a VT100 terminal Make the connection using one of the following ports ATLAS 830 ADMIN port DB 9 connector located on the rear of the unit CRAFT interface DB 9 connector located on the unit faceplate ATLAS 890 ADMIN port RJ 45 connector located in the middle of
288. ing spaces and special characters such as an underbar System Contact Write security 3 Read security 5 Provides a user configurable text string for a contact name Use this field to enter the name phone number or e mail address of a person responsible for the ATLAS system Enter up to 40 alphanumeric characters in this field including spaces and special characters such as an underbar Firmware Revision Read security 5 Displays the current firmware revision level of the controller 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 77 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Info Menu Descriptions System Uptime System Uptime Read security 5 Displays the length of time the ATLAS system has been running Resetting the system resets this value to 0 days 0 hours 0 min and 0 secs Startup Mode Read security 5 Displays details about the last system startup For example this field reads Warm Reboot when rebooting the ATLAS from the SYSTEM UTILITY menu Current Time Date 24Hr Write security 3 Read security 5 Displays the current date and time including seconds To edit this field place the cursor on the field and press lt Enter gt Then enter the time in a 24 hour format such as 23 00 00 for 11 00 pm and the date in mm dd yyyy format for example 10 30 2003 Press Enter to exit the menu Installed Memory Read security 5 Displays the type and amount of memory in use including Flash memory and DRAM
289. ion the call is disconnected Although no error correction is used this mode still allows speed matching data buffering and flow control Auto Reliable Link Mode Modem will attempt to negotiate LAPM MNO or no error correction with the remote modem This is the default setting Force LAPM Mode Modem will attempt to negotiated LAPM error correction with the remote modem If it cannot the call is disconnected Force MNP Mode Modem will attempt to negotiate MNO error correction with the remote modem If it cannot the call is disconnected Write security 3 Read security 5 Error correction must be enabled to use data compression data compression is automatically disabled if error correction is disabled The following data compression options are available Disabled Both MNP5 and V 42bis data compression methods are disabled MNP5 MNPS5 data compression is enabled V 42bis V 42bis data compression is enabled V 42bis and MNP5 Both MNP5 and V 42 bis data compression are enabled This is the default setting Write security 4 Read security 5 These options initiate different types of tests and display test results Port DTE Local Loopback Read security 5 Displays the port number Loopback can be Enabled or Disabled for a port with this field When Enabled all data received from the DTE by the Async 232 Module port is transmitted back to the DTE Loopback state is not saved in the module configuration and
290. ipment grounding conductors serving these receptacles are to be connected to earth ground at the service equipment A supplementary equipment grounding conductor shall be installed between the product or system and ground that is in addition to the equipment grounding conductor in the power supply cord The supplemen tary equipment grounding conductor shall not be smaller in size than the ungrounded branch circuit supply conductors The supplementary equipment grounding conductor shall be connected to the product at the terminal provided and shall be connected to ground in a manner that will retain the ground connection when the product is unplugged from the receptacle The connection to ground of the supplementary equip ment grounding conductor shall be in compliance with the rules for terminating bonding jumpers at Part K or Article 250 of the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA 70 Termination of the supplementary equip ment grounding conductor is permitted to be made to building steel to a metal electrical raceway system or to any grounded item that is permanently and reliably connected to the electrical service equipment ground The supplemental grounding conductor shall be connected to the equipment using a number 8 ring terminal and should be fastened to the grounding lug provided on the rear panel of the equipment The ring terminal should be installed using the appropriate crimping tool AMP P N 59250 T EAD Crimping Tool or equivalent
291. ipment in a wet location or during a W ARNING lightning storm Electronic modules can be damaged by static electrical discharge Before handling modules wear an antistatic discharge wrist strap to prevent damage to electronic components Place CAUT modules in antistatic packing material when transporting or storing When working on modules always place them on an approved antistatic mat that is electrically grounded Instructions for Connecting to an External Modem 1 Mount the modem in its permanent position 2 Connect power to the modem using manufacturer instructions 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 341 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Configure the modem as follows e 9600 baud rate e 8 data bits e No parity e 1 stop bit e Flow control Hardware e Auto Answer On e DTR Idle when Off normal on the modem with ATLAS in dial mode on logoff and authentication failure will be lost n The unit may be left in direct mode with DTR set to IGNORE however automatic disconnect 10 ATLAS 830 Connect the male DB 9 connector of the data cable to the female DB 9 connector labeled ADMIN located on the back of the unit ATLAS 890 Connect the male RJ 45 connector of the data cable to the female RJ 45 connector labeled ADMIN located on the back of the unit in the middle of the SYSTEM CONTROLLER module Route the data cable to the modem ATLAS 830 Connect the other end of the cable to the
292. is connection and is currently activated S This DSO is used in the switched DIAL PLAN S This DSO is used in the switched DIAL PLAN and conflicts with this connection n This DSO is already used in this DEDICATED MAP N This DSO is already used in this DEDICATED MAP and conflicts with this connection Signaling Method Defines the mode of operation of the selected voice port The signaling on the T1 mapped to this voice port must match The options include LOOPSTART GROUNDSTART and PLAR 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 263 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dedicated Maps Create Edit Maps FXS 8 Connects Menu To From Config Answer Supervision E amp M Conversion Submenu E amp M Supervision Dial Tone Ringback DNIS DNIS Wink Timeout Configures answer supervision for the appropriate voice port Answer supervision when the far end answers the call is indicated by using reverse battery polarity This is valid for an outbound call only On an FXS interface type we respond to LSAS Line Side Answer Supervision signaling on the T1 Our response is to reverse battery polarity on T R Telco must configure their T1 for LSAS if this is not a point to point T1 Configures the selected voice port for E amp M signaling conversion By enabling this option other selections become available that are E amp M trunk specific This option is sometimes referred to as TANDEM conversion The following submenu items become visi
293. itoring Active The connection is up and running Inactive The connection is down due to configuration i e DTR is down Data Alarm The FROM endpoint is in data alarm Network Alarm The To endpoint is in network alarm Net Data Alarm Both the FROM endpoint and the To endpoint are in alarm Data Unknown The status of the FROM endpoint is unknown Delay When present this indicates that one ATLAS 800 Series has detected a change in state and is counting down to delay restore Test Write security 1 Read security 5 Contains a test activator and test status displays for dedicated dial backup circuits Last Run Time Read security 5 Displays the date and time of the last test call made through this dedicated dial backup circuit Not seen until circuit is tested Next Run Time Read security 5 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 268 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Circuit Status Test Last Test Status Message Idle Passed Failed Pass Fail Test Now Displays the date and time of the next schedule test call to be made through this dedicated dial backup circuit Not seen unless TEST CALL is configured for something other than manual in the INTERFACE CoNFIG for the CIRCUIT BACKUP ENDPOINT Read security 5 Displays the status of the last test call made through this dedicated dial backup circuit The following status messages may display Description No current test call on this dedicated dial backup cir
294. ity 5 Stores the performance data for the previous 24 hour window Refer to DS1 Performance Current for a detailed description of these fields DS1 Configuration Write security 3 Read security 5 All of the following configurable parameters apply to whether the port is connected to a Primary Rate ISDN circuit or a channelized T1 circuit Prt Read security 5 Displays the T1 number Port Name Accepts any alpha numeric name up to 15 characters long to uniquely identify each T1 in the T3 circuit Frame Write security 2 Read security 5 This field must be set to match the frame format of the circuit to which it is connected available from the network supplier Choose either D4 or ESF Tx Yel Controls the transmission of yellow alarms Choose either ON or OFF Tx Prm Controls the sending of performance report messaging PRM data on the facility data link FDL The PRM data continues to be collected even if XMIT PRM is turned off possible only with ESF format Choose either ON or OFF LB Accept Sets unit to accept or reject the in band loop up and loop down codes as defined in ANSI T1 403 This is a line loopback Choose either ACCEPT or IGNORE 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 161 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 D amp l Option Module DS1 Test DS1 Test Write security 3 Read security 5 These options initiate different types of tests and display test results Prt Loc LB Options None Line Payl
295. l Engineering Guidelines Pinout 17 Quad USSI Module EIA 530 Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 Shield Ground 10 Carrier Detect B 19 Request to Send B 2 Transmit Data A 11 Ext Transmit Clock B 20 DTE Ready A 3 Received Data A 12 Transmit Clock B 21 Remote Loopback 4 Request to Send A 13 Clear to Send B 22 DCE Ready B 9 Clear to Send A 14 Transmit Data B 23 DTE Ready B 6 DCE Ready A 15 Transmit Clock A 24 Ext Transmit Clock A 7 Signal Ground 16 Received Data B 25 Test Mode 8 Carrier Detect A 17 Receive Clock A 9 Received Clock B 18 Local Loopback Pinout 18 Quad USSI Module RS 449 V 36 Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 Shield Ground 14 Remote Loopback 27 Clear to Send B 2 Signaling Rate 15 Ring Indicator 28 Terminal in Service Indicator 3 Not Used 16 Select Frequency 29 DCE Ready B 4 Transmit Data A 17 Ext Transmit Clock A 30 DTE Ready B 5 Transmit Clock A 18 Test Mode 31 Carrier Detect B 6 Received Data A 19 Signal Ground 32 Select Standby 7 Request to Send A 20 Receive Common 33 Signal Quality 8 Receive Clock A 21 Not Used 34 New Signal 9 Clear to Send A 22 Transmit Data B 35 Ext Transmit Clock B 10 Local Loopback 23 Transmit Clock B 36 Standby Indicator 11 DCE Ready A 24 Receive Data B 37
296. l Each Cause Code IE log entry ends with a location designation Table 10 shows these designations Table 11 through Table 13 provide listings of system events Table 10 Cause Code Log Entry Location Designations Code Location INOTL International network INWK Network beyond internetworking point LN Public network serving the local user LPN Private network serving the local user RLN Public network serving the remote user RPN Private network serving the remote user TN Transit network U User Table 11 ISDN L2 Messages Console Log String Category Event lt message contents gt INFO ISDN Layer 2 LAPD Message 1 Provides a hex dump of the entire LAPD frame Table 12 ISDN Call Control Messages Console Log String Category Event Host gt gt CC tag gt call ID gt message INFO ISDN Call Control Messages CC gt gt Host tag gt call ID gt message INFO ISDN Call Control Messages Table 13 Source ISDN Information Elements Console Log String Category Event message contents gt INFO ISDN Information Element 1 Provides a hex dump of the ISDN IE sent with a call control message 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 370 SECTION 7 ADTRAN UTILITIES Provides instructions for configuring and using the ADTRAN utilities Telnet VT100 Syslog and TFTP ADTRAN delivers several PC software
297. l plan must use the ANI number not the DNIS number The following B CHANNEL SELECTION submenus determine how the ATLAS 800 Series switchboard uses B channels for call routing The Circular method can be used for call load balancing among the available B channels on this interface Descriptions Always start with the last channel configured i e for a full PRI channel 23 would be used if available Contiguous channels from last to first The following BUSY OPTION submenus define the response propagated to the CPE upon receipt of a DISCONNECT UsER BUsY message from the network Descriptions Send a Progress message to the CPE and map busy tones Send a DISCONNECT USER Busy message to the User Term CPE device 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 289 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan T3 and T3 D amp l User Term Ifce Config PRI T3 and T3 D amp I User Term Ifce Config PRI Write security 3 Read security 5 This menu allows the user to define option parameters for ports which emulate a PRI connection Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint Switch Type First DSO Number of DSOs Strip MSD Defines the type of PRI switch that the ATLAS 800 Series emulates If connected to another ATLAS 800 Series both need to be set to the same switch type The following options are available AT amp T 4ESS LUCENT 5E NORTHERN DMS 100 and NATIONAL ISDN Defines to the ATLAS 800 Series the first
298. ld for each of the ATLAS 800 Series system event types When a system event occurs the event is logged if the event s severity level is equal to or more severe than the event type s current threshold setting See System Event Log on page 357 for detailed information on the system events Syslog Setup Write security 3 Read security 3 Configures the ATLAS 800 Series Syslog client for use with a Syslog server supplied with ADTRAN Utilities or available on most UNIX platforms Transmission Write security 3 Read security 3 Enables or disables the transmission of log events to the external Syslog server Host IP Address Write security 3 Read security 3 Lists the IP address of the external server that is running the Syslog host daemon 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 92 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Config Menu Descriptions Real Time Clock Host Facility Write security 3 Read security 3 Specifies the facility destination of log events Facilities are located on the host and are managed by the Syslog host daemon running on either a UNIX machine or a PC For details on the ADTRAN syslog server host facilities please refer to Section 7 ADTRAN Utilities on page 371 Real Time Clock Write security 3 Read security 5 Provides access to the two options listed below You can review and edit these options Current Time Date Displays the current date and time including seconds To edit this field enter the
299. ld indicates the physical port this packet endpoint is connected to in the DEDICATED MAP If the port is a channelized interface such as a T1 the DSO assignment is also provided Performance Write security 3 Read security 5 Displays performance information for each packet endpoint including the endpoint name the protocol used link stats and sublink stats Performance Description Submenus Endpnt Name Read security 5 Displays the packet endpoint name as defined in the PACKET ENDPNTS CONFIG menu see also Config on page 213 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 224 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Packet Endpnts Performance Description Continued Submenus Protocol Prot Read security 5 Displays the Layer 2 protocol for this packet endpoint FR indicates this packet endpoint is configured for Frame Relay TBOP indicates this packet endpoint is configured for Transparent Bit Oriented Protocol TBOP PPP indicates this packet endpoint is configured for the Point to Point Protocol Link Stats Frame Displays Layer 2 performance statistics The statistics fields for Frame Relay reflect Relay the total count since last cleared Tx Packets Total number of Frame Relay packets transmitted through this packet endpoint including both user data on all PVCs and signaling Rx Packets Total number of Frame Relay packets received through this packet endpoint on all PVCs State Changes Total number of times that Fr
300. led controller module 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 37 ATLAS 890 Front Panel ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines Table 4 ATLAS 890 Front Panel LEDs Purpose Continued LED Purpose Option Module Displays by row the operational condition of each module installed in the option slots All LEDs will be off if no option module is installed See Table 5 on page 38 Status Indicates the operational condition of modules installed in the option slots Online Indicates whether the module is available for use or is currently in use If the module is manually taken offline this LED is turned off Test Indicates that one or more ports within a module are in test Table 5 ATLAS 890 LED Description For These Leds This Color Light Indicates That Fans Red solid Fan speed is too low or fan is disconnected Amber solid Fan speed is too high Green solid All fans are functioning properly Alarm Red solid A fan external input or power supply error has occurred LED will remain red until the ACO button is pressed ACO Amber ACO button is being pressed Stand by coniroller Status Green slow blink Stand by controller is present Online Green solid Stand by controller operational for redundancy Red fast blink Controller cannot automatically become the active controller while the current acti
301. led the ATLAS 800 Series will transmit a wink after ANI DNIS digits are transmitted Defines whether Direct Inward Dialing DID is being used by the network If DID is ENABLED then the following information must be defined Defines the number of digits sent to ATLAS 800 Series from the network if DID is used This option only displays if DID is set to ENABLED Defines the prefix digits which are not received as a part of the DID number The ATLAS 800 Series uses the combination of prefix and DID number to determine the user endpoint that should receive the incoming call This option only displays if DID is set to ENABLED If DID is DISABLED then you must define the trunk number If FEATURE GROUP D is used DID only refers to DNIS digits Defines the number the ATLAS 800 Series uses to provide caller ID to the network for outgoing calls sent through this endpoint This item is optional The Caller ID number must be specific i e no wildcards Strips a selected quantity choose from NONE 1 2 and 3 of the most significant digits MSD of a dialed number prior to being forwarded out of the port For example a network port could be set to accept all calls beginning with 9 9 and then with STRIP MSD set to 1 all digits would be sent toward the network except the leading 9 SrRIP MSD does not affect CALL ACCEPT criteria All of the digits including the MSDs that are subsequently stripped are used as accept criterion Simplifi
302. les or disables Proxy ARP on this interface Allows the network portion of a group of addresses to be shared among several physical network segments When ENABLED and an ARP address resolution protocol request is received on the Ethernet port the address is looked up in the IP routing table If the forwarding port is not on the Ethernet port and the route is not the default route the router answers the request with its own hardware address When DISABLED default the router only responds to ARP request received for its own address The ARP protocol itself provides a way for devices to create a mapping between physical i e Ethernet addresses and logical IP addresses PROXY ARP uses the mapping feature by instructing a router to answer ARP requests as a proxy for the IP addresses behind one of its ports The device which sent the ARP request then correctly assumes that it can reach the requested IP address by sending packets to the physical address that was returned This technique effectively hides the fact that a network has been further subnetted Global Write Security 2 Read security 2 Provides a way to configure various settings for the Ethernet port The following menus are available for review and editing Default Gateway Defines or changes the default gateway Enter the default gateway address by entering a decimal number into the appropriate field and then pressing lt Enter gt to move to the next field You will need
303. letters will display Characters Descriptions D Dropped available for use in the ATLAS 800 Series system P Pass through to the drop and insert secondary T3 interface DS1s Dropped Read security 5 This field shows the number of T1s from the T3 circuit in the primary interface that are available for use in the ATLAS 800 Series system DS1s Passed Thru Read security 5 This field shows the number of T1s from the T3 circuit in the primary interface that are being passed out the drop and insert secondary interface to other equipment DS1 Pair 1 2 through DS1 Pair 27 28 Write security 3 Read security 5 These fields indicate which pairs of T1s of the T3 circuit connected to the primary interface are selected to be dropped or passed through to the secondary interface 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 154 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 D amp l Option Module DS3 Alarm Status DS3 Alarm Status Read security 5 Displays the current alarm status of the primary and secondary T3 interfaces Prt Read security 5 Indicates the port number Alarms Read security 5 Displays the alarm status for the T3 circuit An asterisk indicates the presence of an alarm and a dash indicates no alarm The following alarms are monitored Alarm Description LOS Loss of Signal There is no T3 signal detected on the port interface Red Loss of Frame or Red Alarm Received T3 cannot be frame synchronized A Red Alarm is indicat
304. link integrity only frames transmitted The number of single PVC status frames received Discard Frame The number of frames discarded by the IQ unit Aborts CRC Error Octet Align Length Error EA Violation Inactive DLCI Invalid DLCI The number of frames received without proper flag termination The number of frames received with CRC errors The number of frames received with a bit count not divisible by eight The number of frames received that are less than 5 bytes or greater than 4500 bytes The number of frames received with errors in the EA field of the Frame Relay header The number of frames received while the PVC is in the inactive state The number of frames received with a DLCI value less than 16 or greater than 1007 not including PVC signaling frames 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 240 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Frame Relay IQ View IQ Statistics Submenus Sublink Description Continued Provides statistics available for a particular DLCI or PVC by Interval or Day Rx Frames Rx Bytes Max Rx Thru Avg Rx Thru Max Rx Util The number of frames the PVC received for the interval or day The number of bytes the PVC received for the interval or day The maximum throughput the PVC received for the interval or day The average throughput the PVC received for the interval or day The maximum utilization the PVC received for the interval or day
305. ll to lt called number gt ringing INFO Call ringing Dialing lt called number gt INFO Dialing number Incoming call to lt called number gt accepted INFO Incoming call accepted Incoming call to lt called number gt refused INFO Incoming call refused Restored Table 7 Circuit Backup Events Console Log String Category Event Circuit Backup Attempt Failed MAJOR Outgoing backup call was unsuccessful Circuit Backup Test Call Failed MAJOR Suigomne backup testcail was unsuccessful Attempting Circuit Backup MINOR Circuit Backup call attempted to restore data circuit Circuit Backup Active MINOR Port is currently in backup Circuit Backup Deactivated Primary MINOR Port was in backup but primary data function was restored 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 367 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual ISDN Cause Codes System Event Log Table 7 Circuit Backup Events Continued Console Log String Category Event Circuit Backup Data Alarm Active MINOR band RESP AIVE MESSAJESWENE disrupted or corrupted Circuit Backup Data Alarm Cleared MINOR gang keep aliyemessages are functioning properly Circuit Backup Test Call Originated INFO ree ae pst oan wasatempIed Dy Circuit Backup Test Call Connected INFO Circuit Backup test call was successfully connected to backup site Circuit Backup Test Call Passed INFO Sirei Backup eet a Was successiully maintained for test period
306. llocated resource will be either an analog modem or an ISDN digital call resource Read security 5 This field indicates the reason for the last call disconnect or dialout failure for this port If no call has been attempted for the given port this field will indicate NONE This information is also available in the system log if Async 232 module events are enabled Write security 3 Read security 5 Activator used to hangup the current active call on the port 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 215 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Async 232 Option Module Configuration Configuration Write security 5 Read security 5 All of the following configurable parameters apply to the individual Async 232 ports Prt Read security 5 Displays the port number Port Name Write security 3 Read security 5 Accepts any alpha numeric name up to 15 characters long to uniquely identify each port on the Async 232 Option Module Bit Rate Write security 3 Read security 5 Configures the fixed DTE port bit rate Changing this field hangs up an active call and requires confirmation Options include the following 300 1200 2400 4800 9600 19 2K 38 4K 57 6K and 115 2K Flow Ctr Write security 3 Read security 5 Configures the flow control for the Async 232 port Options are Submenus Description Hardware Hardware flow control monitors RTS from the DTE and controls CTS to indicate flow control status Hardware flow control should
307. llowing configurable parameters apply to whether the port is connected to a Primary Rate ISDN circuit or a channelized T1 circuit Prt Read security 5 Displays the T1 number Port Name Write security 3 Read security 5 Accepts any alpha numeric name up to 15 characters long to uniquely identify each T1 in the T3 circuit Frame Write security 2 Read security 5 This field must be set to match the frame format of the circuit to which it is connected available from the network supplier Choose either D4 or ESF Tx Yel Write security 3 Read security 5 Controls the transmission of yellow alarms Choose either ON or OFF Tx Prm Write security 3 Read security 5 Controls the sending of performance report messaging PRM data on the facility data link FDL The PRM data continues to be collected even if XMIT PRM is turned off possible only with ESF format Choose either ON or OFF 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 150 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 Option Module DS1 Test LB Accept DS1 Test Write security 3 Read security 5 Sets unit to accept or reject the in band loop up and loop down codes as defined in ANSI T1 403 This is a line loopback Choose either ACCEPT or IGNORE Write security 3 Read security 5 These options initiate different types of tests and display test results Prt Loc LB Options None Line Payld Remote LB Options AT amp T Inband line ANSI FDL Line ANSI FDL Payload
308. m Cleared Nx 56 64 PLL Alarm Active MAJOR PLL Alarm Active Nx 56 64 PLL Alarm Cleared MAJOR PLL Alarm Cleared Nx 56 64 CTS Asserted INFO CTS Asserted Nx 56 64 CTS Dropped INFO CTS Dropped Nx 56 64 DCD Asserted INFO DCD Asserted Nx 56 64 DCD Dropped INFO DCD Dropped Nx 56 64 DTR Asserted INFO DTR Asserted Nx 56 64 DTR Dropped INFO DTR Dropped Nx 56 64 RTS Asserted INFO RTS Asserted Nx 56 64 RTS Dropped INFO RTS Dropped 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 364 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Events System Event Log Table 4 T1 Events Console Log Siring Category Event T1 Curr CSS Thrs Exceeded WARNING Current T1 Controlled Slip Seconds Threshold Exceeded T1 Curr ES Thrs Exceeded WARNING Current T1 Errored Seconds Threshold Exceeded T1 Curr LCV Thrs Exceeded WARNING Current T1 Line Code Violations Threshold Exceeded T1 Curr LES Thrs Exceeded WARNING Current T1 Line Errored Seconds Threshold Exceeded T1 Curr PCV Thrs Exceeded WARNING Current T1 Path Code Violations Threshold Exceeded T1 Curr SEFS Thrs Exceeded WARNING Current T1 Severely Errored Framing Seconds Threshold Exceeded T1 Curr SES Thrs Exceeded WARNING M Severely Errored Seconds Threshold T1 Curr UAS Thrs Exceeded WARNING Current T1 Unavailable Seconds Threshold Exceeded T1 Line Loopback Active WARNING Line Loopback Active T1 Loopback Cleared WARNING Loopback Cleared T1 Payload Loopback Active WARNI
309. me algorithms notably RFC 815s can lose track of the number of fragments by combining them as they are received The number of IP datagrams that have been successfully fragmented at this ATLAS 800 Series The number of IP datagrams that have been discarded because they needed to be fragmented at this ATLAS 800 Series but could not be e g because their Don t Fragment flag was set The number of IP datagram fragments that have been generated as a result of fragmentation at this ATLAS 800 Series 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 251 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Router IP Clear Table 9 IP Statistics Continued Name Clear Description Clears the accumulated statistics Table 10 ICMP Statistics Name InMsgs InErrors InDestUnreachs InTimeExcds InParmProbs InSrcQuenchs InRedirects InEchos InEchoReps InTimestamps InTimestampReps InAddrMasks InAddrMaskReps OutMsgs OutErrors OutDestUnreachs OutTimeExcds OutParmProbs OutSrcQuenchs OutRedirects OutEchos OutEchoReps OutTimestamps Description The total number of ICMP messages which the ATLAS 800 Series received Note that this counter includes all those counted by INERRORS The number of ICMP messages which the ATLAS 800 Series received but determined as having errors bad ICMP checksums bad length etc The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages received Th
310. mer Revision D51 Pair 27 28 LOSS L LBO M13 Rev CV P ES P SAS P SES P UAS P DS3Test DS1 Alarm Status DS1DS0 Status DS1 DSO Alarm DS1 Sig Status Prt Prt Loopback Alarms Remote LB Remote Status DS1 Performance Current 15M 24H DS1 Configuration DS1 Test Prt Prt Prt Clr Port Name Loc LB ES Frame Remote LB BES Tx Yel Pattern SES Tx Prm QRSS RLB SEFS LB Accept Results LOFC Clr CSS Inj UAS PCV 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 153 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 D amp l Option Module DS3 Info DS3 Info Read security 5 Displays general information about the Option Module Part Number Displays the part number of the option module Serial Number Displays the module s serial number Board Revision Displays the board revision of the module DS1s Dropped Displays the number of T1 circuits configured for use in the ATLAS 800 Series system and not passed through to the drop and insert interface DS1 Framer Revision Displays the revision of the DS1 framer on the installed module M13 Rev Displays the revision of the M13 mux on the installed module Mux Configuration Write security 3 Read security 5 Allows users to define which T1s should be dropped for use in the ATLAS 800 Series system or passed on to the drop and insert interface T1s are dropped in pairs DS1 Disposition Read security 5 This field has 28 letters each corresponding from left to right to T1s 1 28 delivered on the T3 primary interface The following
311. mit bit rate of the analog resource for a currently active call If the analog resource is not in use this field will display N A Displays the error correction mode being used by the analog resource for a currently active call If the analog resource is not in use this field will display N A Displays the data compression mode being used by the analog resource for a currently active call If the analog resource is not in use this field will display N A Displays the reason for the previous disconnect which occurred on this analog resource If no disconnect has occurred on this analog resource this field will display N A Displays technical details about the analog resource for the currently active call This information may be used when troubleshooting modem connection problems with the Modem 16 Option Module See Table 6 on page 197for a complete listing 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 196 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modem 16 Resource Module Status Table 6 Analog Resource Session Status Line Parameters Submenu Description Resource Status This field indicates the current status of the analog resource The following states are valid n a Module is not able to determine the status of the analog resource Available This resource is available for use as an analog call resource In Use This resource is currently being used in an analog call Testing This resource is in a test mode and may be unavailable for u
312. module Serial Number Displays the serial number of the module Board Revision Displays the board revision of the installed module Firmware Revision Displays the current firmware revision of the selected module Status Read security 5 Displays the status of each of the voice compression resources Device Read security 5 Indicates the resource number of the packet voice device listed On the ATLAS 800 Series packet voice devices are numbered 1 32 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 183 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual VCOM Option Module Status Status Options N A Available Pending Busy Testing Failed Reloaded Algorithm Options N A G 723 1 Netcoder Silence Connection Read security 5 Indicates the condition of the individual packet voice device This field may display the following Description This device is not populated on the selected VCOM Resource Module This resource is available for voice compression and functioning properly If a VCOM 8 Option Module is installed 8 voice compression resources will be AVAILABLE and the rest will display N A The same principle applies to the VCOM 16 24 and 32 Option Modules This resource is currently changing state This resource is currently in use This resource is currently being tested and is not available for use This resource has failed testing and is not available for use This resource was reinitialized after excessive errors Rea
313. mp T International 800 e AT amp T SDN e AT amp T Long Distance e AT amp T Megacom 800 e AT amp T Megacom e Nortel Foreign Exchange e Nortel InWats 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 290 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan T3 and T3 D amp l User Term Ifce Config PRI Called Digits Transferred Outgoing Caller ID Source ID Swap ANI DNIS B Channel Selection Submenu Normal Circular e National ISDN INWATS e Nortel OutWats e Nortel Private Network e Nortel Tie Trunk Defines the number of digits to forward from the called number When attached to a PBX the PBX may be provisioned to expect to receive fewer than all of the called digits of the incoming call however this option would normally be set to ALL Choose from NONE THREE FOUR SEVEN or ALL Defines the number to use to provide Caller ID to the Network for outgoing calls sent through this endpoint Choose from SEND AS PROVIDED SUBSTITUTE IF NOT PRESENT or SUBSTITUTE ALWAYS The Caller ID number must be specific i e no wildcards Simplifies the creation of a dial plan in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call e DEFAULT VALUE 0 Zero is the default ID for all endpoints and all accept numbers With default values all calls are routed based only on the dialed number e Multiple endpoints can have the same SOURCE ID e When creating
314. mulated statistics Table 12 UDP Statistics Name Description InDatagrams The total number of UDP datagrams delivered to UDP users NoPorts The total number of received UDP datagrams for which there was no application at the destination port InErrors The number of received UDP datagrams that could not be delivered for reasons other than the lack of an application at the destination port OutDatagrams The total number of UDP datagrams sent from this ATLAS 800 Series Clear Clears the accumulated statistics Table 13 IP Fast Cache Statistics Name Description Hits Total number of times the ATLAS 800 Series went into the Fast Cache and successfully retrieved an IP address Misses Total number of times the ATLAS 800 Series went into the Fast Cache and failed to retrieve an IP address Clear Clears the accumulated statistics UDP Relay Write Security 2 Read security 2 Allows the router to act as a relay agent for UDP User Datagram Protocol broadcast packets Normally a router will not forward UDP broadcast packets However many network applications use UDP broadcasts to configure addresses host names and other information If hosts using these protocols are not on the same network segment as the servers providing the information the client programs will not receive a response without enabling the UDP relay agent Enable Enables disables the router to act as a relay agent Relay Table Lists up to four relay destination servers RELAY TABL
315. n 0 9 This port is available The digit that displays in this field represents the last digit of the port number This port is requesting this port for this connection but the port is not yet activated This port is used by this endpoint S This port is used elsewhere in the switched dial plan S This port is in the switched dial plan and conflicts with this endpoint Specifies the number of Async 232 ports ATLAS 800 Series uses for this endpoint Simplifies the creation of a dial plan in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call e DEFAULT VALUE 0 Zero is the default ID for all endpoints and all accept numbers With default values all calls are routed based only on the dialed number e Multiple endpoints can have the same SOURCE ID e When creating the CALL ACCEPT list specify a SOURCE ID s as well as a dialed number or range of dialed numbers to accept For example an application requires that all calls that originate from Port 1 of the ATLAS 800 Series in Slot 1 be switched to Port 2 of that same module Assign a unique SOURCE ID e g 7 to Port 1 of the module and then configure Port 2 to only accept calls from that unique SOURCE ID 7 Number of milliseconds that passes before this Async 232 endpoint is set to permanently busy and will no longer be available for use Number of seconds that passes before this Async 232 endpoin
316. n CONNECTS FROM CONFIG and CONNECTS TO CONFIG You can also turn OFF this option The sort feature is helpful when you are attempting to find a particular connection in a large connection list Connects Enters the dedicated map connections Press lt Enter gt to activate the submenus You must return to DEDICATED Maps in the MAIN MENU for changes to take effect Some of the CONNECTS options change depending on the type of modules selected in the FROM or To fields For more information on these submenus refer to the individual module discussions e Create Edit Maps TI PRI Connects Menu To From Config on page 259 e Create Edit Maps EI PRA Connects Menu To From Config on page 260 e Create Edit Maps V35Nx Connects Menu To From Config on page 261 e Create Edit Maps USSI Connects Menu To From Config on page 261 e Create Edit Maps Octal BRI Connects Menu To From Config on page 261 e Create Edit Maps DS3 and DS3 D amp I Connects Menu To From Config on page 262 e Create Edit Maps NxT1 HSSI Connects Menu To From Config on page 262 e Create Edit Maps FXS 8 Connects Menu To From Config on page 263 e Create Edit Maps Connects Menu Pkt Endpt on page 265 e Create Edit Menus Connects Menu Pkt Voice on page 265 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 257 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dedicated Maps Create Edit Maps Submenu From Sit Port To Slot Service Port From Config To Config SIG Activate
317. n applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call e DEFAULT VALUE 0 Zero is the default ID for all endpoints and all accept numbers With default values all calls are routed based only on the dialed number e Multiple endpoints can have the same SOURCE ID e When creating the CALL ACCEPT list specify a SOURCE ID s as well as a dialed number or range of dialed numbers to accept 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 282 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan T3 and T3 D amp l Network Term Ifce Config RBS Swap ANI DNIS B Channel Selection Submenu Circular Normal Busy Option Submenu Normal Pass Thru For example an application requires that all calls that originate from Port 1 of the ATLAS 800 Series in Slot 1 be switched to Port 2 of that same module Assign a unique SOURCE ID e g 7 to Port 1 of the module and then configure Port 2 to only accept calls from that unique SOURCE ID 7 Swaps the ANI and DNIS numbers received from the network ANI Automatic Number Identification is the billing number of the calling party and DNIS Dialed Number Identification Service is the called party number With this swap the ATLAS 800 Series switchboard uses ANI to route the call The accept number in the dial plan must use the ANI number not the DNIS number The following B Channel Selection submenus determine how the ATL
318. nada logo or the IC in front of the certification registration number signifies that the Industry Canada technical specifications were met Notice The Ringer Equivalence Number REN for this terminal equipment is supplied in the documentation or on the product labeling markings The REN assigned to each terminal device indicates the maximum number of terminals that can be connected to a telephone interface The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all the devices should not exceed five 5 Canadian Emissions Requirements This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class A limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus as set out in the interference causing equipment standard entitled Digital Apparatus ICES 003 of the Department of Communications Cet appareil num rique respecte les limites de bruits radioelectriques applicables aux appareils num riques de Class A prescrites dans la norme sur le materiel brouilleur Appareils Num riques NMB 003 edictee par le ministre des Communications 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 9 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Product Warranty Product Warranty ADTRAN will repair and return this product within the warranty period if it does not meet its published specifications or fails while in service Warranty information can be found at www adtran com Product Registration
319. nal Defines the number of digits sent to ATLAS from the network if DIRECT INWARD DIALING is ENABLED Defines to ATLAS the prefix digits which are not received as a part of the DID number ATLAS uses the combination of prefix and DID number to determine the user endpoint that should receive the incoming call Determines which user endpoint should receive the incoming call when the network connection does not provide DID digits This field only displays if DIRECT INWARD DIALING is set to DISABLED Strips a selected quantity choose from NONE 1 2 and 3 of the most significant digits MSD of a dialed number prior to being forwarded out of the port For example a network port could be set to accept all calls beginning with 9 9 and then with STRIP MSD set to 1 all digits would be sent toward the network except the leading 9 SrRIP MSD does not affect CALL ACCEPT criteria All of the digits including the MSDs that are subsequently stripped are used as accept criterion 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 316 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Pkt Voice User Term Ifce Config Source ID Simplifies the creation of a dial plan in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call e DEFAULT VALUE 0 Zero is the default ID for all endpoints and accept numbers With default values all calls are routed based only on the dialed number
320. nd be correctly configured Out ISDN Call Type Write security 3 Read security 5 When CALLOUT PROTOCOL has been set to ISDN PPP this field determines what type of ISDN call will be made when a call is attempted The value must match the network services provisioned for the PRI or BRI interface that the call will be carried on This field is not present and ignored when the CALLOUT PROTOCOL is ANALOG MODEM Data 64K Directs the call control software to request an unrestricted 64 kbps circuit The default call type for ISDN service is Data 64 kbps Data 56K Directs the call control software to request a 64 kbps data circuit that is rate adapted to 56 kbps It is intended for use in circumstances where interoperability with Switched 56 service is desired 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 218 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Async 232 Option Module Configuration Submenus Out ISDN Call Type continued Modem Submenus Highest Tx Bit Rate Lowest Bit Rate Description Continued Audio Directs the call control software to request a 3 1 kHz audio circuit as the bearer capability for outgoing calls The Audio option is used with an ISDN line configured for voice service Selecting an Audio call type guarantees a digital end to end ISDN connection Speech Speech direct the call control software to request a Law speech circuit as the bearer capability for outgoing calls The Speech option is used with an ISDN line conf
321. ne A System Config 1 1T1 PRI n a nza ONLINE No Response System Utilit 2 U35Nx n a nza ONLINE No Response Modutes rrr 3 U BRI n a nza ONLINE No Response acket Manager 4 DS3 n a n a ONLINE No Response Router 5 NXTTHSSI C n a n a ONLINE No Response Dedicated Maps 6 UIDEO n a n a ONLINE No Response Circuit Status 7 IMUR n a ONLINE No Response Dial Plan 8 UCOM n a n a ONLINE No Response Figure 8 Modules Menu If you install a module in a slot then want to install a different type of module in the slot you must set this field to Empty before selecting another module type q If a module is installed the module type automatically shows the name of the installed module and it cannot be set to any other option Sit Read security 5 ATLAS 830 Displays the eight module slots and the system controller slot which includes the two built in T1 PRI ports located on the rear panel ATLAS 890 Display the four types of slots system controller option module option module or power supply and power supply only e The two controller slots are designated SCUA and SCUB for system controller units A and B e The 13 option module slots are designated 1 through 13 The three hybrid option module or power supply slots are designated 14 through 16 e Slot 17 is used for power supplies only 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 105 ATLAS 800 Series System
322. nections PRI Connections 766 DSO connections RBS T1 Connections 766 DSO connections 27 simultaneous dial tones 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 43 ATLAS 890 At A Glance Specifications ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines Table 6 ATLAS 890 Specifications Continued Application Feature Specification Frame Relay Packet throughput 11 700 pkts sec 64 1500 size packets Management signaling interfaces UNI user and network NNI Management signaling types ANSI T1 617 D Annex D ITU T Q 933 A Annex A LMI Group of four Auto Encapsulation RFC 1490 PVC support 990 PVCs per packet endpoint Congestion control Quality of service QOS FECN BECN Discard eligible DE Prioritization on a per PVC basis Testing ADTRAN PVC loopback proprietary Round trip delay measurement SNMP support RFC 1315 PPP Connection support 35 PPP connections to the internal router not exceeding 11 700 packets per second 100 PPP connections to the internal router requires HDLC Module and cannot exceed 11 700 packets per second Authentication support PAP CHAP EAP Keepalive support On Off Interface support Numbered interfaces Unnumbered interfaces 44 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines Option Module Pinouts Table 6 ATLAS 890 Specifi
323. ng Source Write security 1 Read security 5 Selects the secondary timing source You can select either Internal or any port available that is capable of providing timing Please refer to the specific module information to determine whether a port can provide timing for the system ATLAS 800 Series uses the backup timing source if the primary timing source goes into alarm The backup timing source should be different from the primary timing source for the most reliable operation ADLP Address Write security 2 Read security 5 Shows the system ADTRAN Data Link Layer Protocol ADLP address for connecting remote devices to ADTRAN management software The allowable range is between 2 and 65520 Enter a value not used by any other ADTRAN units controlled by the management software Session Timeout Write security 3 Read security 5 Defines the number of seconds the terminal session must remain idle before the session times out valid range 0 to 65535 You can enter zero to deactivate this option the session will never time out 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 86 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Config Menu Descriptions Max Telnet Sessions Max Telnet Sessions Write security 3 Read security 5 Defines the maximum number of Telnet sessions that can be active at the same time Enter a number between 0 and 12 in this field If you enter zero in MAX TELNET SESSIONS you will not be able to use Telnet Only enter dips
324. ng calls sent through this endpoint Choose from SEND AS PROVIDED SUBSTITUTE IF NOT PRESENT or SUBSTITUTE ALWAYS The Caller ID number must be specific i e no wildcards Simplifies the creation of a dial plan in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call e DEFAULT VALUE 0 Zero is the default ID for all endpoints and all accept numbers With default values all calls are routed based only on the dialed number e Multiple endpoints can have the same SOURCE ID e When creating the CALL ACCEPT list specify a SOURCE ID s as well as a dialed number or range of dialed numbers to accept For example an application requires that all calls that originate from Port 1 of the ATLAS 800 Series in Slot 1 be switched to Port 2 of that same module Assign a unique SOURCE ID e g 7 to Port 1 of the module and then configure Port 2 to only accept calls from that unique SOURCE ID 7 Swaps the ANI and DNIS numbers received from the network ANI Automatic Number Identification is the billing number of the calling party and DNIS Dialed Number Identification Service is the called party number With this swap the ATLAS 800 Series switchboard uses ANI to route the call The accept number in the dial plan must use the ANI number not the DNIS number 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 296 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan E1 PRA Network
325. nt firmware update or any errors encountered during the download process Select BEGIN FIRMWARE UPDATE to start the update process Enter Y to confirm the transfer and set up the module to receive the XMODEM upload When the ATLAS is ready to receive the XMODEM upload the menu screen clears and displays Awaiting XMODEM Upload Ctrl X gt to Cancel If this does not appear please review the steps above for possible configuration errors From the terminal emulation software begin the XMODEM upload by using the appropriate command sequence This may take several minutes If necessary refer to the terminal emulation software documentation for help Also when specifying the filename ensure that the file transferred is the one provided by ADTRAN Otherwise the update will not complete successfully During the upload the ATLAS VT100 menus will be inoperable from the ADMIN or CRAFT interfaces because XMODEM data is being transferred in band through the menu interface You can cancel the update at any time within the terminal emulation software Please consult the documentation provided by the terminal emulation software to determine how to do this When the update process has successfully completed IDLE displays in the CURRENT UPDATE STATUS field and MODULE UPDATE COMPLETE displays in the PREVIOUS UPDATE STATUS field Depending on your selection in step 6 the ATLAS either restarts immediately and resumes operation or restarts at the s
326. nt for the packet connection Refer to FROM PEP above for more detail If the To PEP packet endpoint supports sublinks the available sublinks are shown within this menu which includes the ROUTER option Selects the protocols for this packet connection Selecting the protocols on each individual connection allows the mixing of data from multiple sources onto a single PVC Available protocols include the following ALL IP BRIDGE IP PACKET VOICE SNA SNAP and TRANSPARENT PROTOCOLS TBOP and TASYNC If ALL is selected additional connections from that PVC are not allowed If ROUTER is selected as one packet endpoint IP is automatically set as the PROTOCOL If a TBOP packet endpoint is selected as one packet endpoint TRANSPARENT is automatically set as the PROTOCOL Determines data source and destination The protocol selected determines which of the following options are available Description Indicates DLCI mismatch 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 237 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Cncts Sort Config Submenus Description From Indicates data source To Indicates data destination Cncts Sort Write Security 3 Read Security 5 Determines the order in which connections are displayed within PACKET CNCTS Options include FROM PKT ENDPT SUBLINK To PKT ENDPT SUBLINK CONNECTION PROTOCOL and OFF Frame Relay IQ Write Security 2 Read Security 5 Gathers and stores statistical information
327. nts within ATLAS 830 Force Inactive Reports status as Down to all packet endpoints within ATLAS 830 Diagnostic Mode Controls operation of PVC testing options To allow the far end to measure delay select Echo Far End Loopbacks To continuously measure in band delay select In band delay Measurement To turn off continuous diagnostic functions select Pass through Diagnostic Packets Echo Far End Loopbacks Generates and transmits a response on this DLCI to the remote equipment if an ADTRAN proprietary diagnostic message is received on this DLCI In Band Delay Measurement Generates a diagnostic packet to measure delay through the frame relay network This process requires that the equipment at the remote site be ADTRAN IQ compatible Pass Through Diagnostic Packets Used when ATLAS is acting as a frame relay switch Transmits a diagnostic packet out the packet endpoint connected to this DLCI if a diagnostic packet is received on this packet endpoint Primary Backup Selection Allows you to define a sublink as a primary or a backup sublink Primary defines a normal sublink and includes the menus ENABLE BACKUP SUPPORT BACKUP PACKET ENDPT and BACKUP SUBLINK Backup defines a backup sublink and includes the menus PRIMARY PACKET ENDPT and PRIMARY SUBLINK Enable Backup Support Visible only if the sublink type is PRIMARY YES displays the backup menus No hides the backup menus Backup Packet Endpt Visible only if
328. o System Status System Config System Utility Modules Packet Manager Router Dedicated Maps pe m Ae i UK Hii EINE ETSI 6 8 SCB ONLN 10 ALRM 11 ALRM 12 ALRM 13 ALRM 14 ALRM 15 splays the status of backup circuit Figure 17 Circuit Status Menu From Read security 5 Indicates the slot port and name of the endpoint configured for backup MAN Manual Backup Write security 3 Read security 5 This activator forces a link in out of backup Select FB to force a backup and FR to force a restore BKUP Status Backup Status Read security 5 The displayed string indicates the current status of the dedicated line The following selections are available for the BACKUP STATUS menu item FB Backup was forced through the interface menu FR Restore was forced through the interface menu Primary The link is active Dialing Attempting to dial the backup link 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 267 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Circuit Status Line Status Backup Failed Exceeded MAx NUM REDIALS Retry Dial num Will retry backup dialing in num seconds Primary Down The link is in error and waiting on backup Answering The link is answering a backup endpoint Backup The link is in backup Line Status Read security 5 Displays the overall status of the connection The following selections are available for the LINE STATUS menu item Unknown Endpoints do not support or are not configured for mon
329. o insert a new entry and lt D gt to delete any entry Sets the prefix for the number type Only digits 0 and 1 are allowed maximum of six characters Modifies an entry when you press lt Enter gt maximum of 40 characters A pattern for a normal long distance call for example would be 1 NXX NXX XXXX Note that the symbols and space are not required and are only used to improve the readability of this example Lists valid selections when you press Enter Selections include LOCAL NATIONAL INTERNATIONAL PRIVATE and UNKNOWN 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 279 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan T3 and T3 D amp l Network Term Ifce Config PRI Automatic Routeback Rejection Write security 1 Read security 5 When enabled AuTOMATIC ROUTEBACK REJECTION prevents calls entering through network termination interfaces from being forwarded out another network interface Such an event could happen if an incoming call specifies a number that has no endpoint configured to accept it and another network interface has a call acceptance entry which could accept it such as Without automatic rejection such a call would be forwarded back to the network The network would in turn resend the call to the unit until all incoming resources are consumed COLLISION RESPONSE Use extreme caution when disabling AUTOMATIC ROUTEBACK REJECTION or UT Collision Response Global Tone Type Write
330. o Nx to Nx or Nx to Pkt Endpt connections DSO Rate Sets the DSO rate to either 56 or 64 kbps Create Edit Maps USSI Connects Menu To From Config Write security 3 Read security 5 Specifies the configuration for the To FROM connection The following selections may apply to the Quad USSI Option Module depending on the application DSO Selection Defines DSOs for an USSI port Use this field to define the DSOs for this connection This field only applies to USSI to USSI USSI to Nx or USSI to Pkt Endpt connections DSO Rate Sets the DSO rate to either 56 or 64 kbps Create Edit Maps Octal BRI Connects Menu To From Config Write security 3 Read security 5 Specifies the configuration for the To FROM connection The following selections may apply to the Octal BRI Option Module depending on the application DSO Selection Defines DSOs for an BRI port Use this field to define the DSOs for this connection This field only applies to BRI to BRI BRI to USSI BRI to Nx or BRI to Pkt Endpt connections DSO Rate Sets the DSO rate to either 56 or 64 kbps 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 261 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dedicated Maps Create Edit Maps DS3 and DS3 D amp I Connects Menu To From Config NT LT Configures the BRI U interface to be network termination or line termination Create Edit Maps DS3 and DS3 D amp l Connects Menu To From Config Write security 3 Read security 5 The following selection
331. o the modem When you select this command the following message displays Please verify a modem is connected to the Admin port before continuing Confirm y n Ensure that a modem is connected before selecting Y Flow Control This option sets the flow control for the ADMIN port You may configure the ADMIN port flow control for NONE or HARDWARE Craft Port Write security 2 Read security 5 Accepts input for configuring the CRAFT port located on the front of the unit Port Name Defines the name of the CRAFT port You can leave this field blank Port Speed Specifies the baud rate of the port Select either 2400 9600 19200 or 38400 to match the VT100 terminal or emulator settings 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 88 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Config Menu Descriptions SNMP SNMP Write security 3 Read security 5 Provides a way to configure SNMP access for the ATLAS The following options are available for review and editing SNMP Access SNMP Communities Submenus IP Address Privileges Get Name Set Name Trap Transmission Authen Trap Transmission Traps Destination Submenus IP Address Community Name Trap Filtering Station Type Defines whether SNMP access to the ATLAS is enabled or disabled Select the appropriate option Defines SNMP manager s characteristics as follows Description Specifies the IP address of the network manager Defines the GET read only and
332. odule with Drop and Insert Interface Quick Start Guide e Four 6 ft coaxial BNC cables ADTRAN P N 31251054 NxT1 HSSI V 35 Option Module P N 1200771L 1 e NxTI HSSI V 35 Option Module e NxTI HSSI V 35 Option Module Quick Start Guide e Four 15 ft RJ 48 to RJ 48 cables ADTRAN P N 3125M008 A SCSI II to V 35 adapter cable is available P N 1200763L1 for applications requiring a Win V35 interface Octal FXS Option Module P N 1200338L 1 e Octal FXS Option Module e Octal FXS Option Module Quick Start Guide 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 66 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Installing Network and Option Modules Network Turnup Procedures 8 16 24 32 Channel Voice Compression Resource Modules P N 1200221Lx e 8 16 24 32 Channel Voice Compression Resource Modules e 8 16 24 32 Channel Voice Compression Resource Modules Quick Start Guide Nx 56 64 BONDing Resource Module P N 1200262L1 Nx 56 64 BONDing Resource Module Nx 56 64 BONDing Resource Module Quick Start Guide HDLC Resource Module P N 1200222L 1 e HDLC Resource Module e HDLC Resource Module Quick Start Guide Modem 16 Resource Module P N 1200181L 1 e Modem 16 Resource Module e Modem 16 Resource Module Quick Start Guide Modem 24 Resource Module P N 1200782L 1 e Modem 24 Resource Module e Modem 24 Resource Module Quick Start Guide Async 232 Option Module P N 1200182L 1 e Async 232 Option Module e Async 2232 Option Module Quick Start Gu
333. olved and when zeroing the various counters would make observing future events easier Resetting these performance counters has no effect on the performance values accessible via the SNMP network management interface 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 188 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual VCOM Option Module Statistics Reloads Write security 4 Read security 5 Number of times since module reboot that this device has been reloaded due to a failure 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 189 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Nx 56 64 BONDing Resource Module Info NX 56 64 BONDING RESOURCE MODULE The ATLAS 800 Series system controller automatically detects the presence of the Nx 56 64 BONDing Resource Module P N 1200262L1 when it is installed in the system listed as IMUX To see the menus for the Nx 56 64 BONDing Resource Module via the terminal menu use the arrow keys to scroll to the MODULES menu and press Enter to access the module choices The following menu tree shows the hierarchy of the menus discussed in this section Info Status Configuration Part Number Status TXINIT Timer sec Serial Number NumB Channels TXFA Timer sec Board Revision Data Rate TXADDO 1 Timer sec Firmware Revision Bonded EP TXDEQ Timer sec TANULL Timer sec TCID Timer sec Call Stagger Info Read security 5 Provides information about the module part number serial number and assembly
334. ommunity name that does not match the community name defined in the SNMP communities list 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 363 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Event Log System Events Table 2 Switchboard Events Console Log String Category Event lt number gt rejected No such number WARNING Call rejected 1 lt number gt rejected Outgoing reject list NORMAL Call rejected 2 lt number gt rejected Busy NORMAL Call rejected 3 lt number gt accepted lt slot gt lt port gt NORMAL Call successfully routed 1 No such number in dial plan 2 Number is on outgoing reject list 3 All endpoints busy Table 3 Nx 56 64 Events Console Log String Category Event Nx 56 64 511 Test Pattern Active WARNING 511 Test Pattern Activated Nx 56 64 511 Test Pattern Cleared WARNING 511 Test Pattern Deactivated Nx 56 64 Bilateral Loopback Active WARNING Bilateral Loopback Activated Nx 56 64 Bilateral Loopback Cleared WARNING Bilateral Loopback Deactivated Nx 56 64 Excessive Zeros Alarm WARNING Excessive Zeros from DTE Nx 56 64 Excessive Zeros Alarm Cleared WARNING Excessive Zeros condition cleared Nx 56 64 Clock Slip Alarm Active MAJOR Clock Slip Alarm Active Nx 56 64 Clock Slip Alarm Cleared MAJOR Clock Slip Alarm Cleared Nx 56 64 External Clock Alarm Active MAJOR External Clock Alarm Nx 56 64 External Clock Alarm Cleared MAJOR External Clock Alar
335. on Module PLL FIFO PLL FIFO Read security 5 Displays the Phase Lock Loop PLL and FIFO status Port Indicates the operating port PLL FIFO Displays the state of the PLL and FIFO systems State Description Lock PLL is locked This is required to transfer data RXE Receive data FIFO empty RXF Receive data FIFO full TXE Transmit data FIFO empty TXF Transmit data FIFO full Configuration Write security 3 Read security 5 All of the following configurable parameters apply to the individual USSI ports Prt Read security 5 Displays the port number Name Accepts any alpha numeric name up to 15 characters long to uniquely identify each port on the Quad USSI Option Module Clk Controls the clock used by the ATLAS 800 Series to accept the transmit TX data from the DTE This is usually set to NORMAL If the interface cable is long causing a phase shift in the data the clock can be set to INVERTED This switches the phase of the clock which compensates for a long cable Data Controls the inverting of the DTE data This inversion can be useful when operating with a high level data link control HDLC protocol often used as a means to ensure 1s density Select either NORMAL or INVERTED Data inversion configuration must match at both ends of the circuit CTS Determines the behavior of the Clear To Send CTS signal If set to NORMAL CTS will follow the value of Request To Send RTS If set to FORCED ON CTS will always
336. ond setting this parameter to ON will cause the ATLAS 800 Series to send 1s toward the network Write security 3 Read security 5 Creates an inband management channel by robbing 8 kbps bandwidth from the port s allocated bandwidth This channel can be used for management for ADTRAN products that are not co located with the ATLAS Consult the manual for ADTRAN T1 equipment for details on using this feature Write security 3 Read security 5 Sends the state of the DTE leads to the remote unit whenever any of the leads change state If any leads on the remote unit are set to track a remote signal this option must be enabled The DTE lead states are conveyed using the Inband control channel which must be enabled see Table 1 on page 130 Table 3 USSI Module Send Leads SIGNAL RTS V 54 LOOPBACK 511 TEST ON SELF NETWORK TEST TEST ACTIVE ACTIVE NO DSO MAPPED NETWORK ALARM CTS Follows Off Off Off Off Off Off DCD E Off Off Off Off DSR Do not care Off Off Off Off Off Force On On under all conditions 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 133 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual USSI Option Module Dial Dial Write security 3 Read security 5 Dials a USSI port that is configured to ignore DTR Prt Mode Options Persistent One Time Dial Src ID Number Test Read security 5 Displays the port number Conf
337. onfigured for dial mode Follow Up Procedures Once this procedure is complete return to the procedure which referred you to this DLP and continue with the tasks indicated there 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 343 DLP 10 Using the Event Log Syslog Introduction The ATLAS Event Log is used to log various message types at settable threshold levels The Event Log is a useful tool for troubleshooting switchboard or call connection activities including the viewing of digits received digits transferred and ISDN Messages The Event Log can maintain the most recent 350 lines of data in a first in first out buffer To ensure that important data is not lost save the Event Log messages to an external Syslog server The ATLAS ships with an ADTRAN provided Syslog server Prerequisite Procedures This procedure assumes that the ATLAS unit is connected to an IP network and is powered up Tools and Materials Required Syslog Server provided on the ATLAS System CD in ADTRAN Utilities To prevent electrical shock do not install equipment in a wet location or during a N ARNING lightning storm Electronic modules can be damaged by static electrical discharge Before handling modules wear an antistatic discharge wrist strap to prevent damage to electronic components Place modules in antistatic packing material when transporting or storing When working on modules always place them on an approved antistatic mat that is electri
338. onging to this session that are up If just a number is displayed then all calls are up and the number displayed is the number of BONDING resources in use for this session Data Rate Displays the data rate for this BONDING session The number in the parenthesis is the data rate of the individual bearer channels Bonded EP Displays the slot and port of the terminating endpoint that is using this BONDING session Configuration Write security 3 Read security 5 All of the following configurable parameters apply to the Nx 56 64 BONDing Resource Module In most applications the default values will be correct TXINIT Timer sec Specifies the length of time the originating endpoint attempts to detect the BONDING negotiation pattern from the answering endpoint before deciding the BONDING call has failed 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 191 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Nx 56 64 BONDing Resource Module Configuration TXFA Timer sec TXADDO1 Timer sec TXDEQ Timer sec TANULL Timer sec TCID Timer sec Call Stagger Option No Stagger 500 ms 1 sec 2 sec Specifies the length of time both endpoints attempt to detect the BONDING frame pattern when a call is connected before deciding the BONDING call has failed When interoperating with other manufacturers BONDING equipment it may be necessary to change this time so that it matches TXADD01 Specifies the length of time both endpoints wait for addi
339. onnected before the interface can be determined EIA 530 RS 449 V 36 Configures the interface for E A 530 RS 449 or V 36 use X 21 V 11 RS 232 Current DTE Type Configures the interface for X 21 or V 11 use Configures the interface for RS 232 use Read security 5 Displays the current configuration of the Quad USSI Module DTE Interface 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 136 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Octal BRI U Option Module Info OCTAL BRI U OPTION MODULE The ATLAS 800 Series system controller automatically detects the presence of the Octal BRI Option Module P N 1200186L2 when it is installed in the system listed as U BRI To see the menus for the Octal BRI Option Module via the terminal menu use the arrow keys to scroll to the MODULES menu and press lt Enter gt to access the module choices The following menu tree shows the hierarchy of the menus discussed in this section Info Alarms Channel Usage Performance Current Configuration Test Part Number Prt Prt Prt Prt Prt Serial Number Alarms Cha Reset PortName Local Loopback Board Revision NEBE Remote Loopback FEBE Info Read security 5 Provides information about the module part number serial number and assembly revision Part Number Displays the part number of the module Serial Number Displays the serial number of the module Board Revision Displays the board revision of the installed module
340. onnection alerts the user when a pre selected external alarm condition exists and could be used for example to monitor a UPS with dry contacts or another ATLAS 890 The three pin removable terminal block connects with external wiring see Pinout 10 Refer to DLP 12 Connecting to the ATLAS 890 External Input for detailed instructions Clear the alarm condition by pressing the ACO switch located on the ATLAS 890 front panel Pinout 10 ATLAS 890 External Relay Monitor Connector Pin Name Description 1 Input Monitors for the presence or absence of 48 VDC 2 Vout 48 VDC 1 mA 3 GND Chassis Ground 42 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual ATLAS 890 At A Glance Specifications Engineering Guidelines 8 ATLAS 890 AT A GLANCE SPECIFICATIONS Table 6 lists the specifications for the ATLAS 890 system Table 6 ATLAS 890 Specifications Application Feature Specification TDM Applications TDM bandwidth 49 Mbps Full duplex Dedicated map connections 766 dedicated DSO map connections in each of the 5 maps Switching Applications ISDN signaling types National ISDN Lucent 5E AT amp T 4ESS PRI Only Northern DMS 100 Nortel Custom ETSI DSS1 T1 signaling types Loop Start Ground Start E amp M Wink E amp M Immediate Feature Group D DSP Features DTMF MF tones support Progress tone generation 32 available DSP channels BRI Connections 128 con
341. opriate DLCI from the drop down list Identifies the voice port address of the remote unit Express units support ports 1 and 2 A remote ATLAS supports ports 1 through 255 Describes existing conflicts Potential problems include DLCI unavailable or Voice port already in use 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 265 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dedicated Maps Create Edit Menus Connects Menu Pkt Voice Submenu Voice Compression Silence Suppression Signaling Description Configures the compression algorithm used on the selected packet voice endpoint Older FSUs use G 723 1 at 6 3kbps and newer FSUs use 6 4K Netcoder The compression algorithm must match at both endpoints Reduces the total system bandwidth load by preventing ATLAS from sending frames containing a special silence code during periods of silence Both endpoints must agree to use silence suppression By default silence suppression is ENABLED to prohibit silence frames from transmitting and to decrease the total system bandwidth Signaling method on the packet voice endpoint Both endpoints must agree about the compression algorithm choice 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 266 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Circuit Status From 11 CIRCUIT STATUS The CiRCUIT STATUS menu allows the user to view the status of all circuits configured for dedicated circuit backup see Figure 8 Session Edit Options Capture Help ystem Inf
342. or a period after each number in the IP address to move to the next field If you press Return or more EE a while the cursor is located in each IP oK C field the next field is cleared and the Lz m cursor advanced into it Unit Name S ample Host Machine 1 IP Address 198 za 126 23 Use DNS Add New Prompts you for the same information as the EDIT ENTRY dialog box for new host When enabled the USE DNS Domain Name Server feature allows users to request DOMAIN LOOK UP via a DNS server on the network rather than specifying an IP address The name then appears in the HOST NAME field Delete Removes a host name from the list simply select the host name you want to remove and at the prompt click DELETE Connect Establishes the Telnet session 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 373 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Telnet Utility ADTRAN Utilities Edit Menu Disconnect Transfer Cfg Exit Edit Menu Terminates the Telnet session To re establish the session select CONNECT from SESSION MENU or press ENTER three times This action restores the previous connection This feature is used with ADTRAN products primarily for sending configuration files to the unit Ends the Telnet session and closes the Telnet screen Provides COPY and PASTE commands Options Menu Provides viewing alternatives for the terminal screen Colors Local Echo Auto Repeat Capture Menu Three options change
343. or the analog resources available on the Modem 16 Option Module Submenu Description Rsrc Indicates the resource number of the analog call resource On the Modem 16 Option Module analog resources are numbered 1 16 and digital ISDN resources are numbered 17 32 Attempts Displays the number of connections attempted for this analog resource since the last reset Completed Displays the number of successful connections for this analog resource Failures Displays the number of unsuccessful connections for this analog resource It is defined as the number of connection attempts minus the number of successful connections Reset Stats Resets the connection statistics for the given analog resource This option resets the connection attempts connection completions and the connections failures fields for the analog resource Rate Stats Displays connection rate statistics for selected data rates for the given analog Analog Rsrc I O Stats resource The number of connections at a rate or range of rates is displayed Write security 5 Read security 5 Displays the input and output statistics for the analog resources available on the module All statistics are for the current active call and are reset once the call becomes disconnected Submenu Description Rsrc Read security 5 Indicates the resource number of the analog call resource On the Modem 16 Option Module analog resources are numbered 1 16 and digital ISDN resources are numbered 17 32
344. ort If additional pre sales support is needed the ADTRAN Support web site provides a variety of support services such as a searchable knowledge base latest product documentation application briefs case studies and a link to submit a question to an Applications Engineer All of this and more is available at http support adtran com When needed further pre sales assistance is available by calling our Applications Engineering Department Applications Engineering 800 615 1176 Post Sales Support Your reseller should serve as the first point of contact for support If additional support is needed the ADTRAN Support web site provides a variety of support services such as a searchable knowledge base updated firmware releases latest product documentation service request ticket generation and trouble shooting tools All of this and more is available at http support adtran com When needed further post sales assistance is available by calling our Technical Support Center Please have your unit serial number available when you call Technical Support 888 4ADTRAN Installation and Maintenance Support The ADTRAN Custom Extended Services ACES program offers multiple types and levels of installation and maintenance services which allow you to choose the kind of assistance you need This support is available at http www adtran com aces For questions call the ACES Help Desk ACES Help Desk 888 874 ACES 2237
345. ource Module Write security 4 Read security 5 Counts every frame successfully sent to or received from the ATLAS 800 Series system controller This is an indication of activity but does not indicate the actual amount of packet data exchanged The following equation gives the total number of frames handled for this packet voice device by the ATLAS 800 Series FramesycomTotal Framesycom Framesycompropped See VCOM Drop on page 172 for a description of the term Framesycompropped Write security 4 Read security 5 Counter that measures each frame dropped or discarded by ATLAS 800 Series during communication with the ATLAS 800 Series system controller about a packet voice device The exchange protocol is designed so that no frames should be discarded during this operation A consistent pattern of dropped frames by a given packet voice device may indicate a faulty packet voice device or an overloaded ATLAS 800 Series system The discarded frame indicated by this value does not reflect network level performance management but indicates an anomalous condition within the ATLAS 830 unit Persistently dropped frames may indicate a problem with the ATLAS 830 unit or the VCOM module Write security 4 Read security 5 Resets the elapsed usage time and frame counters for this packet voice device Ordinarily users won t reset these performance measurements However this feature can be useful when testing that a suspected problem has been res
346. pecified time and day of the week Alternatively if the unit is part of a management cluster connected to the local network you may use a PC connected to the network to Telnet into the unit By using the ETHERNET port the ATLAS may be quickly upgraded using TFTP provided there is a TFTP server on the local network The ATLAS ships with ADTRAN Utilities software which includes a TFTP server See DLP 6 Updating ATLAS Firmware using TFTP on page 333 for more details 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 337 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Follow up Procedures Once this procedure is complete return to the procedure which referred you to this DLP and continue with the tasks indicated there 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 338 DLP 8 Saving the Current Configuration using TFTP Introduction The ATLAS supports configuration transfers from the unit via the 10 100 BASET Ethernet port to a TFTP server located on the network This DLP provides the steps to follow for a successful configuration transfer using the 10 100 BASET Ethernet port and a TFTP Server Tools and Materials Required e A PC with a Telnet client software e A TFTP Server accessible on the local network A TFTP server is provided with the unit as part of the ADTRAN Utilities software To prevent electrical shock do not install equipment in a wet location or during a W ARNING lightning storm Electronic modules can be damaged by static electrical
347. pically the Ping program will respond by indicating that the remote IP Address has responded in a certain amount of time or that no response was received Some versions of Ping will continue running until you explicitly tell them to stop If the program does not terminate on its own type lt Ctrl C gt to stop the program 1 Using a remote computer system connected to the LAN perform an ICMP Ping on the IP Address of the ATLAS Verify that the unit responds properly if the ATLAS fails to respond try the following e Verify that the proper IP Address Subnet Mask and Default Gateway are provisioned in the unit see DLP 3 Setting IP Parameters for the ATLAS 800 Series System on page 326 for details e Verify that the ATLAS is properly cabled into the LAN and that the Ethernet cable is properly seated in the Ethernet port labeled ETHERNET or 10 100BASET on the back of the unit e If the ATLAS is connected to a hub or other network device that provides a carrier sense light for each port verify that the carrier sense light for the port to which the ATLAS is connected is lit If this light is not on check the cabling between the hub and the shelf e Verify the IP Address Subnet Mask and Default Gateway on the remote computer system 2 Ifnone of these steps are successful contact the LAN Administrator for assistance 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 329 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Telnet to the ATLAS Telnet is a
348. plays if DID is set to ENABLED If DID is DISABLED then you must define the trunk number If Feature Group D is used DID only refers to DNIS digits When the network connection does not provide DID digits the ATLAS 800 Series must be given a number to use to determine which user endpoint should receive the incoming call TRUNK NUMBER displays only when DID is set to DISABLED The trunk number must be specific i e no wildcards For example to connect an incoming DSO trunk to an endpoint with the accept number of 963 8615 set the trunk number to 963 8615 Strips a selected quantity choose from NONE 1 2 and 3 of the most significant digits MSD of a dialed number prior to being forwarded out of the port For example a network port could be set to accept all calls beginning with 9 9 and then with STRIP MSD set to 1 all digits would be sent toward the network except the leading 9 SrRIP MSD does not affect CALL ACCEPT criteria All of the digits including the MSDs that are subsequently stripped are used as accept criterion Simplifies the creation of a DIAL PLAN in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call e DEFAULT VALUE 0 Zero is the default ID for all endpoints and all accept numbers With default values all calls are routed based only on the dialed number e Multiple endpoints can have the same SOURCE ID When creating
349. pment is registered for voice applications the affidavit requirements for subrate services are waived 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 7 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Affadavits Affidavit for Connection of Customer Premises Equipment to 1 544 Mbps and or Subrate Digital Services For the work to be performed in the certified territory of telco name State of County of L name business address telephone number being duly sworn state Ihave responsibility for the operation and maintenance of the terminal equipment to be connected to 1 544 Mbps and or subrate digital services The terminal equipment to be connected complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules except for the encoded analog content and billing protection specifications With respect to encoded analog content and billing protection Iattest that all operations associated with the establishment maintenance and adjustment of the digital CPE with respect to analog content and encoded billing protection information continuously complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and Regulations The digital CPE does not transmit digital signals containing encoded analog content or billing information which is intended to be decoded within the telecommunications network The encoded analog content and billing protection is factory set and is not under the control of the customer Iattest that the operator s maintainer s of the digital CPE
350. port Frame Relay signaling Auto Detects the role of the device on the other end of the circuit and automatically sets this packet endpoint to the appropriate value Both Operates in NNI mode Network Acts as the network side of the UNI interface User Acts as the user side of the UNI interface Signaling Type Displays the Frame Relay signaling type for this packet endpoint The following options indicate the signaling type for this packet endpoint Auto Detects the signaling type of the device on the other end of the circuit and automatically sets this packet endpoint to the same signaling type Annex A Transmits and responds to ITU T Q 933 A standards Annex D Transmits and responds to ANSI T1 617 D standards LMI Transmits and responds to Group of Four specifications 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 228 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Packet Endpnts Config Description Continued Submenus Config Frame Relay For most applications leave the following configuration parameters in the default state Use continued caution when changing these parameters User Poll timer User Polls Per Status User Bad Event Threshold and User Event Window Size User Poll Timer T391 Sets the polling interval to the network in seconds User Polls Per Status N391 Controls how many link integrity polls occur between full status polls User Bad Event Threshold N392 Sets the number of bad
351. provide a bridged access jack for nonintrusive monitoring of the incoming T1 When connected to this jack configure the test equipment for bridged termination T1 PRI Connections Each of the T1 PRI ports NTWK1 and NTWKO2 uses a single eight position modular jack to connect to the T1 or PRI circuit Pinout 5 shows the pinout for this connector 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 31 ATLAS 830 At A Glance Specifications ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines Pinout 5 ATLAS 830 T1 PRI Pin Name Description 1 RxData Ring R Receive data from the network RxData Tip T Receive data from the network Unused 2 3 4 TxData Ring R1 Send data towards the network 5 TxData Tip T1 Send data towards the network 7 6 7 8 Unused 4 ATLAS 830 AT A GLANCE SPECIFICATIONS Table 3 lists the specifications for the ATLAS 830 system Table 3 ATLAS 830 Specifications Application Feature Specification Operating Specifications Temperature Operation 0 C to 45 C Storage 40 C to 70 C Relative Humidity To 95 noncondensing TDM Applications TDM bandwidth 46 Mbps Full duplex Dedicated map connections 766 dedicated DSO map connections in each of the 5 maps 32 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual ATLAS 830 At A Glance Specifications Engineering Guidelines Table 3 ATLAS 830 Specifications Continued
352. ps SF and B8ZS 60N 04DU9 DN RJ 48C 1200185L3 HDCUSA 31934 DE N 1 544 Mbps ESF 04DU9 1KN 1200771L1 US HDCDENAN1200346L1 1 544 Mbps ESF and B8ZS 04DU9 1SN 1200186L2 HDCUSA 32227 DE N Basic Rate ISDN 6 0 N 02185 RJ 49C 1200343L1 US HDCXDNAN1200343L1 ISDN BRI S T 6 0F N A N A 8 The REN is useful in determining the quantity of devices you may connect to your telephone line and still have all of those devices ring when your number is called In most areas the sum of the RENS of all devices should not exceed five To be certain of the number of devices you may connect to your line as determined by the REN call your telephone company to determine the maximum REN for your calling area This equipment may not be used on coin service provided by the telephone company Connection to party lines is subject to state tariffs Contact your state public utility commission or corporation commission for information 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 5 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual FCC Required Information FCC Radio Frequency Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance
353. ps Menu Activate Map Write security 3 Read security 5 Activates a dedicated map automatically or manually You can have up to five different dedicated maps each with an optionally specified name The configuration choices are Auto Automatically activates a particular dedicated map at the time and day specified in the ACTIVATE TIME field Maps 1 through 5 Allows you to manually activate a specific dedicated map To manually activate a dedicated map highlight the ACTIVATE Map field and press lt Enter gt Choose the desired dedicated map from the popup menu list Current Map Read security 5 Displays the name of the currently active dedicated map read only 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 256 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dedicated Maps Create Edit Maps Create Edit Maps Write security 3 Read security 5 Creates new maps and defines settings as well as edits existing maps To add a new map position the cursor in the index column and press lt I gt ATLAS 800 Series automatically names the maps in the sequence in which they are created You can change the names with MAP NAME Displays the index number of the available maps Map Name Displays the name of the dedicated map The name can contain up to 57 alpha numeric characters including spaces and special characters To edit the name press lt Enter gt and type in the new name Sort To From Specifies sort order based on the end points set i
354. pt numbers With default values all calls are routed based only on the dialed number e Multiple endpoints can have the same SOURCE ID When creating the CALL ACCEPT list specify a SOURCE ID s as well as a dialed number or range of dialed numbers to accept For example an application requires that all calls that originate from Port 1 of the ATLAS 800 Series in Slot 1 be switched to Port 2 of that same module Assign a unique SOURCE ID e g 7 to Port 1 of the module and then configure Port 2 to only accept calls from that unique SOURCE ID 7 Swaps the ANI and DNIS numbers received from the network ANI Automatic Number Identification is the billing number of the calling party and DNIS Dialed Number Identification Service is the called party number Octal BRI U User Term Ifce Config Write security 3 Read security 5 This menu allows the user to define option parameters for ports which emulate a BRI connection Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint Switch Type SPID List Submenu Phone Number SPID Number Calls Defines the type of BRI switch the ATLAS 800 Series emulates If connected to another ATLAS 800 Series both need to be set to the same switch type The following options are available LucENT 5E NoRTHERN DMS 100 and NATIONAL ISDN The port acting as the network must use a Service Profile Identifier SPID and phone number s in order to satisfy the ISDN connection protocol e
355. put 7 RTS Request to Send input 3 TD Transmit Data input 8 CTS Clear to Send output 4 DTR Data Terminal Ready input 9 RI Ring Indicate output not connected 5 SG Signal Ground 30 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual ATLAS 830 Rear Panel Engineering Guidelines 10 100BaseT Connection The 10 100BaseT port RJ 45 provides a 10 100BaseT Ethernet LAN connection which is used for IP Routing TFTP SNMP and Telnet connections see Pinout 3 Pinout 3 ATLAS 830 Ethernet RJ 45 Pin Name Description 1 TXI Transmit Positive 2 TX2 Transmit Negative 3 RXI Receive Positive 4 5 Unused 6 RX2 Receive Negative 7 8 Unused Alarm Relay Connection This connection alerts the user when a pre selected alarm condition exists see Pinout 4 The four pin removable terminal block connects with external wiring Refer to DLP 11 Connecting the Alarm Contacts on page 348 for detailed instructions Clear the alarm condition by pressing the ACO switch located on the front panel of the ATLAS 830 Pinout 4 ATLAS 830 Alarm Relay Connector Pin Name Description 1 NC Normally closed but opens when a pre selected alarm condition is present 2 NO Normally open but closes when a pre selected alarm condition is present 3 COM Common connection between external circuitry and NC or NO terminal 4 GND The chassis ground MON The MON IN and OUT Bantam test jacks
356. r detect to DTE 9 19 21 23 25 Unused n a 20 DTR Data terminal ready from DTE 22 RI Ring indicator to DTE T3 Option Module Using the provided RG 59 75 Ohm cables P N 31251054 each T3 Option Module P N 1200223L1 provides BNC connectors for transmit and receive connections see Pinout 24 Pinout 24 T3 Module BNC pair female Name Description RX IN Receive data from the network 75 ohms 5 unbalanced TX OUT Transmit data to the network 75 ohms 5 unbalanced 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 53 Option Module Pinouts ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines T3 Drop and Insert Option Module Using the provided RG 59 75 Ohm cables P N 31251054 each T3 Drop and Insert Option Module P N 1200225L1 provides BNC connectors for primary and secondary transmit and receive connections see Pinout 25 Pinout 25 T3 Drop and Insert Module BNC pair female Name Description Primary RX IN Primary receive data from the network 75 ohms 5 unbalanced Primary TX OUT Primary transmit data to the network 75 ohms 5 unbalanced Secondary RX IN Secondary receive data from the network 75 ohms 5 unbalanced Secondary TX OUT Secondary transmit data to the network 75 ohms 5 unbalanced Dual Video Option Module The Dual Video Option Module P N 4200773Lx provides a standard RS 366 dialing interface DB 25 and a DTE interface provided through adapter cables
357. r the analog resources available on the module All statistics are for the current active call and are reset once the call becomes disconnected Description Read security 5 Indicates the resource number of the analog call resource On the Modem 24 Option Module analog resources are numbered 1 24 Read security 5 Displays the number of data bytes transmitted by the analog resource to the remote client modem during the current call This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Read security 5 Displays the number of data bytes received by the analog resource from the client modem during the current call This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Read security 5 Displays the number of data frames transmitted by the analog resource to the remote client modem during the current call This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Read security 5 Displays the number of data frames received by the analog resource from the remote client modem during the current call This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Read security 5 Displays the number of receiver overruns which occurred on the analog resource during the current call A receiver overrun occurs when the client modem transmits data too fast for the analog resource to keep up This causes data to be lost This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Read security 5 Displays the number of bytes received by the analog re
358. r to use to provide Caller ID to the network for outgoing calls sent through this endpoint Choose from SEND AS PROVIDED SUBSTITUTE IF NOT PRESENT or SUBSTITUTE ALWAYS The Caller ID number must be specific i e no wildcards Simplifies the creation of a dial plan in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call e DEFAULT VALUE 0 Zero is the default ID for all endpoints and all accept numbers With default values all calls are routed based only on the dialed number e Multiple endpoints can have the same Source ID e When creating the CALL ACCEPT list specify a SOURCE ID s as well as a dialed number or range of dialed numbers to accept For example an application requires that all calls that originate from Port 1 of the ATLAS 800 Series in Slot 1 be switched to Port 2 of that same module Assign a unique SOURCE ID e g 7 to Port 1 of the module and then configure Port 2 to only accept calls from that unique SOURCE ID 7 Swaps the ANI and DNIS numbers received from the network ANI Automatic Number Identification is the billing number of the calling party and DNIS Dialed Number Identification Service is the called party number With this swap the ATLAS 800 Series switchboard uses ANI to route the call The accept number in the dial plan must use the ANI number not the DNIS number Determines how the ATLAS 800 Series switchboard uses
359. rames Number of lost frames on the PVC for the interval or day Rmt Lost Frms Number of remote lost frames on the PVC for the interval Only applies if IN BAND SEQUENCE NUMBER is ENABLED on the PVC Rx Burst Sec Number of bursty seconds the PVC received for the interval or day Tx Burst Sec Number of bursty seconds the PVC transmitted for the interval or day Min Rx Frame Minimum frame size the PVC received for the interval or day Max Rx Frame Maximum frame size the PVC received for the interval or day Avg Rx Frame Average frame size the PVC received for the interval or day Min Tx Frame Minimum frame size the PVC transmitted for the interval or day Max Tx Frame Maximum frame size the PVC transmitted for the interval or day Avg Tx Frame Average frame size the PVC transmitted for the interval or day Min Frame Dly Minimum delay in milliseconds on the PVC IN BAND DELAY MEASUREMENT is ENABLED see Sublinks Frame Relay on page 216 the IN BAND DELAY MEASUREMENT option for the PVC or if PVC diagnostics are being performed Max Frame Dly Maximum delay in milliseconds on the PVC for the interval or day Only applies if INNBAND DELAY MEASUREMENT is ENABLED see Sublinks Frame Relay on page 216 the IN BAND DELAY MEASUREMENT option for the PVC or if PVC diagnostics are being performed Avg Frame Dly Average delay in milliseconds on the PVC for the interval or day Only applies if IN BAND DELAY MEASUREMENT is ENABLED see Su
360. rameters for the ATLAS 800 Series System on page 326 Tools and Materials Required Access to a PC or other computer connected to the LAN To prevent electrical shock do not install equipment in a wet location or during a W ARNING lightning storm Electronic modules can be damaged by static electrical discharge Before handling modules wear an antistatic discharge wrist strap to prevent damage to electronic components Place modules in antistatic packing material when transporting or storing When working on modules always place them on an approved antistatic mat that is electrically grounded CAUT 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 328 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Testing the ATLAS for Proper Network Communication Obtain IP Address If you do not already have the IP Address for the ATLAS do one of the following e Obtain the ATLAS IP address from your Network Administrator e Manually check for the address in the SYSTEM CONFIG ETHERNET PORT IP ADDRESS menu of the Network Management interface Win You must login with maximum rights to modify the IP parameters on the ATLAS Ping the ATLAS unit from a remote computer on the network Refer to the computer system s documentation if you are unsure how to perform a Ping command Most computers running a networked version of Microsoft Windows or UNIX allow a Ping to be performed by simply typing ping IP Address gt at a command line prompt Ty
361. rded The NxT1 HSSI Module requires the use of all 24 DSOs on a T1 for proper operation 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 262 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dedicated Maps Create Edit Maps FXS 8 Connects Menu To From Config DSOs Available Indicates which DSOs of the T1 are assigned DSO assignment is based on the following items Item Description Digit 0 9 This DSO is available The digit that displays in this field represents the last digit of the DSO number This DSO has been requested for this connection but the DSO is not yet activated for this port This DSO is used by this port in this connection and is currently activated S This DSO is used in the switched DIAL PLAN S This DSO is used in the switched DIAL PLAN and conflicts with this connection n This DSO is already used in this DEDICATED MAP N This DSO is already used in this DEDICATED MAP and conflicts with this connection Create Edit Maps FXS 8 Connects Menu To From Config Write security 3 Read security 5 it Ports Defines ports to be used for this connection Ports Available Indicates which ports of the module are assigned Port assignment is based on the following items Item Description Digit 0 9 This DSO is available The digit that displays in this field represents the last digit of the DSO number This DSO has been requested for this connection but the DSO is not yet activated for this port This DSO is used by this port in th
362. re Selects the type of signaling that the remote port is configured to expect Available options include the following E amp M IMMEDIATE E amp M WINK and LooP START 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 317 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Pkt Voice User Term Ifce Config Direct Inward Dialing Submenu Caller ID Source ID DID Digits Transferred Caller ID Number Strip MSD Source ID Defines whether or not Direct Inward Dialing DID is used by the remote equipment If DID is enabled then the following options must be configured Description Defines the number ATLAS uses to provide Caller ID to the network for outgoing calls sent through this endpoint Setting this menu item is optional Defines the SOURCE ID Setting this menu item is optional Defines the number of digits ATLAS 800 Series send to the user equipment This field only displays if DiRECT INWARD DIALING is ENABLED Defines the number ATLAS uses to provide Caller ID to the network for outgoing calls sent through this endpoint This field only displays if DIRECT INWARD DIALING is set to DISABLED and USER TERM is selected Setting this menu item is optional Strips a selected quantity choose from NONE 1 2 and 3 of the most significant digits MSD of a dialed number prior to being forwarded out of the port Example A network port could be set to accept all calls beginning with 9 9 and then with STRIP MSD set to 1 all
363. read only The unlabeled field in the center of the screen displays prompts about the status of active transfers such as bytes transferred and received Meter Field The XMIT meter provides a visual record of the transfer process 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 379 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual TFTP Server ADTRAN Utilities Help Log Field This field displays a record of all of the events that occur during the time the TFTP Server is enabled Use the scroll bar to move up and down the list To clear the information in this field select CLEAR LOG from the PRINT LoG menu Save this information to a file before deleting it with the TO CLIPBOARD command 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 380 A ADTRAN Utilities 371 Async 232 Option Module dial plan user term 310 menus Configuration 216 I O Status 214 Info 213 Session Status 215 Signal Status 214 Test 220 overview 21 pinout DB 25 53 shipping contents 67 ATLAS grounding instructions 61 installing modules 64 mounting options 63 power AC 62 power DC 62 shipping contents 60 system overview 16 ATLAS 830 alarm relay connection 31 equipment dimensions 25 front panel description 25 LED colors meaning of 28 LEDs 26 overview 16 pinout alarm relay connector 31 craft port DB 9 26 DB 9 30 Ethernet RJ 45 31 T1 PRI 32 power requirements AC 25 power requirements DC 25 rear panel 29 specifications at a glance 32 ATLAS 890 alarm relay connection 4
364. res the NFAS Interface ID associated with the interface The configure ID must match the ID configured by the provider Backup D channel is not supported on User Term NFAS interfaces Only one backup D channel can be configured per NFAS interface group Defines the type of PRI switch to which the port is connected If connected to another ATLAS 800 Series both need to be set to the same switch type The following options are available AT amp T 4ESS LUCENT 5E NORTHERN DMS 100 and NATIONAL ISDN Defines to the ATLAS 800 Series the first DSO for this endpoint The ATLAS 800 Series uses DSOs starting with this selection to send and receive calls to and from the network The outgoing calls which are allowed or restricted over these DSOs are set by OUTHACCEPT see Out Accept on page 271 and OUTZREJECT see Submenus on page 277 Specifies the number of DSOs ATLAS 800 Series uses for this endpoint Strips a selected quantity choose from NONE 1 2 and 3 of the most significant digits MSD of a dialed number prior to being forwarded out of the port Example A network port could be set to accept all calls beginning with 9 9 and then with Strip MSD set to 1 all digits would be sent toward the network except the leading 9 SrRIP MSD does not affect CALL ACCEPT criteria All of the digits including the MSDs that are subsequently stripped are used as accept criterion Network Specific Facility Voice and Data Enables t
365. resence of a signal and a hyphen indicates no signal present Prt Operating port number Dte Status The following signals are monitored these options are read only Option Description RTS Request to send from DTE CTS Clear to send to DTE DTR Data terminal ready from DTE DSR Data set ready to DTE DCD Data carrier detect to DTE RI Ring indicate to DTE TD Transmit data from the DTE RD Receive data toward the DTE EC External clock present 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 122 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad Nx56 64 Option Module Data Rate Data Rate Read security Displays the data rate at which each Nx port is currently operating A port s data rate is determined by the number of DSOs assigned to it and the rate per DSO associated with the active maps Port Rate Inband Stats Read security 5 Operating port number This read only field displays the data rate for the selected port Provides information on the following inband channel statistics Port Rx Frames Tx Frames Rx Bytes Tx Bytes Tx Accept Flow Budget Poll Skips Rx Overflow Tx Reset Link Verify Remote Fail Link Verify Ack Reset Stats Operating port number The number of frames received on the operating port since system startup The number of frames transmitted from the operating port since system startup The number of bytes received from the operating port since system startup The number of bytes transmitted
366. responsible for the establishment maintenance and adjustment of the encoded analog content and billing information has have been trained to perform these functions by successfully having completed one of the following check appropriate blocks A Atraining course provided by the manufacturer grantee of the equipment used to encode analog signals or B Atraining course provided by the customer or authorized representative using training materials and instructions provided by the manufacturer grantee of the equipment used to encode analog signals or C An independent training course e g trade school or technical institution recognized by the manufacturer grantee of the equipment used to encode analog signals or D Inlieu of the preceding training requirements the operator s maintainer s is are under the control of a supervisor trained in accordance with circle one above I agree to provide telco s name with proper documentation to demonstrate compliance with the information as provided in the preceding paragraph if so requested Signature Title Date Transcribed and sworn to before me This day of 4 Notary Public My commission expires 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 8 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Industry Canada Compliance Information Industry Canada Compliance Information Notice The Industry Canada label applied to the product identified by the Industry Ca
367. revision Part Number Displays the part number of the module Serial Number Displays the serial number of the module Board Revision Displays the board revision of the installed module Firmware Revision Displays the current firmware revision of the Nx 56 64 BONDing Resource Module 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 190 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Nx 56 64 BONDing Resource Module Status Status Read security 5 Indicates the current status of a particular BONDING session Status Displays the current status of the BONDING session Options Description Idle Indicates the number of Idle BONDING resources for a particular BONDING engine Reserved BONDING resources reserved for a BONDING session that is in the process of coming up Negotiating A single channel is connected and negotiating the BONDING call for a particular BONDING session Add Channels The initial BONDING negotiation was successful and the ATLAS 800 Series is in the process of adding channels to the BONDING session BONDING The remaining channels were brought up successfully and the BONDING session is now ready to pass data Terminated The BONDING session has been terminated for some reason and is in the process of freeing BONDING resources NumB Channels Displays the number of bearer channels used in this BONDING session When the number is displayed in the format X Y Y is the number of BONDING resources reserved for this session and X is the number of calls bel
368. ription 1 RT Receive Tip 2 GND Ground 3 TT Transmit Tip 4 GND Ground 5 GND Ground 7 GND Ground 9 RR Receive Ring 11 TR Transmit Ring Pinout 13 Quad E1 PRA Module DB 62 Pin Name Description Pin Name Description 1 PA TT Port 4 Transmit Tip 42 GND Ground 2 P4 TR Port 4 Transmit Ring 43 P4 RT Port 4 Receive Tip 3 GND Ground 44 P4 RR Port 4 Receive Ring 6 GND Ground 45 GND Ground 7 P3 TT Port 3 Transmit Tip 48 GND Ground 8 P3 TR Port 3 Transmit Ring 49 P3 RT Port 3 Receive Tip 9 GND Ground 50 P3 RR Port 3 Receive Ring 12 GND Ground 51 GND Ground 13 P2 TT Port 2 Transmit Tip 54 GND Ground 14 P2 TR Port 2 Transmit Ring 55 P2 RT Port 2 Receive Tip 15 GND Ground 56 P2RR Port 2 Receive Ring 18 GND Ground 57 GND Ground 19 P1 TT Port 1 Transmit Tip 60 GND Ground 20 P1 TR Port 1 Transmit Ring 61 P1 RT Port 1 Receive Tip 21 GND Ground 62 P1 RR Port 1 Receive Ring 1 Pins that are not identified are not used P 1 4 indicates the Port 46 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines Option Module Pinouts Quad Nx 56 64 Option Module Using the provided adapter cables each DB 78 port of the Quad Nx 56 64 Option Module P N 1200184L1 supplies a V 35 Winchester style connection see Pinout 14 Pinout 15 shows the DB 78 interface pinout Pinout 14 Quad Nx 56 64 Module V 35 Winchester Pin CCITT Description Pin CCITT Description
369. rm Receiving alarm indication signal in the T1 payload from far end equipment indicating a problem upstream DSO Alarm Displays per DSO alarm status that is at least one DSO channel is in alarm if an asterisk appears These alarms usually indicate the failure to receive the protocol that has been configured for the DSO DS1 DSO Status Read security 5 Indicates usage on a DSO basis for each T1 in the T3 circuit These options are read only Character Description Unallocated period Inactive T Signaling mismatch Active B Channel Active D Channel Maintenance Dedicated nailed Off hook originate RBS Ringing RBS Restart ISDN U O Z Z U o Waiting dial tone 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 159 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 D amp l Option Module DS1 DSO Alarm DS1 DSO Alarm Read security 5 Displays per DSO alarm status for each T1 in the T3 circuit These alarms usually indicate the failure to receive the protocol that has been configured for the DSO Character Description No Alarm DSO D D Channel Alarm ISDN F Frame Alarm packet T TBOP Alarm packet P PPP Alarm packet DS1 Sig Status Read security 5 Read only field that indicates signaling of all 24 DSOs for each T1 in the T3 circuit The A B bits for Rx receive and Tx transmit DSOs are shown when the T1s are configured for D4 and ESF framing Dashes display for those DSOs where robbed bit signaling R
370. rnal Input 1 To sense the relay closure connect VOUT 48VDC limited to 1 mA to the COM of the relay to be monitored see Figure 3 on page 352 Connect INPUT to the normally open NO contact of the device to detect when the relay is energized or the normally closed NC to detect when the relay is de energized see Table 2 2 To sense the presence of 48 VDC connect INPUT to the source to be sensed 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 351 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Alarm Relay Connector External Input Connector Instructions Figure 3 ATLAS 890 Rear View 1 Using standard Telco cross connect wire or equivalent determine and cut the length required to reach from the external input header to the equipment to be sensed 2 Using wire strippers strip 4 inch from both ends of each wire 3 Remove the external input 3 pin terminal block by gently prying it loose 4 Using the small straight slot screwdriver loosen the screws in the terminal block 5 Insert the wires in the terminal block as determined in steps 1 and 2 and tighten the screws A chassis ground connection is also provided 6 Replace the terminal block Table 2 External Input Connector Pinout Pin Name Description Alarm Out Outputs EIA 232 level signal for connection to external alarm contacts Alarm In Monitors signal coming from external alarm contacts Chassis Ground 61200780L1 1D 2004 A
371. rom DTE W 113 ETC B External TX clock from DTE NN TM Test mode to DTE Not Supported 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 55 Option Module Pinouts ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines Pinout 28 Dual Video Module EIA 530 Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 Shield Ground 10 Carrier Detect B 19 Request to Send B 2 Transmit Data A 11 Ext Transmit Clock B 20 DTE Ready A 3 Received Data A 12 Transmit Clock B 21 Not Used 4 Request to Send A 13 Clear to Send B 22 DCE Ready B 9 Clear to Send A 14 Transmit Data B 23 DTE Ready B 6 DCE Ready A 15 Transmit Clock A 24 Ext Transmit Clock A 7 Signal Ground 16 Received Data B 25 Not Used 8 Carrier Detect A 17 Receive Clock A 9 Received Clock B 18 Not Used Pinout 29 Dual Video Module RS 449 Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 Shield Ground 14 Remote Loopback 27 Clear to Send B Not Supported 2 Not Used 15 Ring Indicator 28 Not Used 3 Not Used 16 Not Used 29 DCE Ready B 4 Transmit Data A 17 Ext Transmit Clock A 30 DTE Ready B 5 Transmit Clock A 18 Test Mode 31 Carrier Detect B Not Supported 6 Received Data A 19 Signal Ground 32 Not Used 7 Request to Send A 20 Not Used 33 Not Used 8 Receive Clock A 21 Not Used 34 Not Used 9 Clear
372. rs 6 Select the SAVE CONFIG REMOTELY menu field and press Enter Enter Y to confirm the request 7 View CURRENT TRANSFER STATUS to verify the progress of the current transfer 8 When the transfer process has successfully completed IDLE displays in the CURRENT TRANSFER STATUS field and TFTP DOWNLOAD COMPLETE displays in the PREVIOUS TRANSFER STATUS field TFTP is not secure No passwords are required for client access Anyone can access T W ARNING files through the IP port on the server machine if they know the target filename Follow up Procedures Once this procedure is complete return to the procedure which referred you to this DLP and continue with the tasks indicated there 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 340 DLP 9 Connecting the ATLAS to an External Modem Introduction The ATLAS can be accessed and managed via a modem allowing the same capabilities to the user as if connected to the local ADMIN port ATLAS 830 Access is provided by a female DB 9 connector labeled ADMIN located on the back of the unit ATLAS 890 Access is provided by an RJ 45 ADMIN port on the System Controller card Prerequisite Procedures The ATLAS should be mounted in its permanent location before connecting to an external modem Tools and Materials Required Modem e Null Modem Full Handshake Cable e Female RJ 45 to Male DB 25 Connector shipped with ATLAS 890 unit To prevent electrical shock do not install equ
373. rt is connected to a Primary Rate ISDN circuit or a channelized T1 circuit Description Displays the port number Accepts any alpha numeric name up to 15 characters long to uniquely identify each port on the ATLAS 800 Series Write security 2 Read security 5 This field must be set to match the frame format of the circuit to which it is connected available from the network supplier Choose either D4 or ESF Write security 2 Read security 5 Set this field to match the line code of the circuit to which it is connected this information is available from the network supplier Choose either AMI or B8ZS Controls the transmitting of yellow alarms Choose either ON or OFF Write security 2 Read security 5 Selects the Line Build Out LBO for the network interface The LBO setting determines the amplitude of the transmitted signal For short haul intra building applications choose from the ft options For long haul out of plant applications choose from the dB options When you select this item a list of choices displays Select the appropriate option 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 172 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual NxT1 HSSI Option Module IMUX Menus Test Write security 3 Read security 5 These options initiate different types of tests and display test results Submenu Description Prt Displays the port number Loc LB Write security 4 Read security 5Causes loopback on near end local port see Fi
374. rtial llle 270 List of Tables Table 1 Password Security Levels 0000 ccc eect e 76 Table 2 DTEiL ad States 225 o peer LR T XLI LL LA EA LE Ls 125 Table 3 USSI Module Send Leads iiiliiisisleelleeesle en 133 Table 4 DIRDesciptions ene emeret ep rit em ime ete ete ELE Rad 167 Table 5 FXS 2W State Table 0 181 Table 6 Analog Resource Session Status Line Parameters 0 0 00 cece eee eee ee 197 Table 7 Analog Resource Session Status Line Parameters 0 0000 cece eee eens 208 Table 8 DLCI Configuration Parameters 000 cece eee 232 Table 9 IP StatisticS 2c tet oa evo eee n E one xe eau bear aad 250 Table 10 ICMP Statistics 2lsliisssselseele mr 252 Tabledi TCP Statistics e eue iR ERE Deed d Ree RE ew RUE d uad 253 Table 12 UDP Statistics liiis 254 Table 13 IP Fast Cache Statistics liliis 254 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 70 1 NAVIGATING THE TERMINAL MENUS Log in to the ATLAS 800 Series by connecting a standard straight through serial cable to a VT100 terminal or PC with VT100 emulator and the DB 9 CRAFT port located on the front panel of the unit or the ADMIN port on the rear panel of the unit Configure the terminal settings for 9600 data rate no parity 8 data bits 1 stop bit and no flow control After you connect to the unit a login screen appears The default password for the ATLAS 800 Series is password
375. runks are unavailable busy or in alarm In this case the primary accept number for the local exchange would be N and the secondary accept would be 1 Secondary Search The same accept rules apply for all secondary number searches as for primary searches Reflects the bearer capability the network has provisioned for this line If the ISDN lines were purchased with different services provisioned then ATLAS 800 Series would send the call out of the port which supports the type of service the call requires For example the network termination is on a pair of BRIs with the same phone number with one provisioned for data and the other for voice By enabling data in one and not the other ATLAS 800 Series ensures that calls bearing data will be sent out the proper BRI interface Allows the incoming call to be treated as the selected call type regardless of the actual incoming call type The default selection As Received effectively disables the feature by using the actual call type Other options include DATA 64K and DATA 56K 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 272 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Network Term Out Rej the network Submenus Reject Number Data 64K Data 56K Audio Speech Ifce Config Defines parameters for outgoing calls that ATLAS 800 Series will not send to Description Identifies which numbers this endpoint will not pass on toward the network The reject list may consist of
376. s Info 193 Status 193 overview 21 shipping contents 67 M Modem 16 Resource Module menus Configuration 203 Info 195 Status 195 Modem 24 Option Module menus 206 Modem 24 Resource Module menus Configuration 211 Info 206 Status 206 overview 21 shipping contents 67 modules information chart 18 installing 64 menu descriptions 105 Alarm 106 Menu 106 Rev 107 Slt 105 State 107 Status 107 Test 106 Type 106 shipping contents 65 Nx 56 64 BONDing Resource Module menus 190 Configuration 191 Info 190 Status 191 overview 20 shipping contents 67 NxT1 HSSI V 35 Option Module dedicated map 261 262 dial plan user term 300 menus HSSI V 35 Menus 176 IMUX Menus 173 overview 20 pinout 50 pin SCSI II and V 35 Winchester 57 RJ 48C 57 shipping contents 66 Octal BRI S T Option Module dedicated map 261 dial plan user term 307 menus 140 Alarms 140 Channel Usage 141 Configuration 141 Info 140 Test 141 overview 19 pinout RJ 45 52 shipping contents 66 Octal BRI U Option Module dial plan network term 302 dial plan user term 305 menus 137 Alarms 137 Channel Usage 138 Configuration 138 Info 137 Performance Current 138 Test 139 overview 19 pinout RJ 45 52 shipping contents 66 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 382 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Index Octal FXS Option Module dedicated map 263 dial plan user term 308 menus 179 Config 182 Info 179 Status 179 Test 180 overvi
377. s apply to the T3 and the T3 with Drop and Insert modules depending on the application DSO Selection Defines DSOs for a specific T1 in the T3 circuit Use this field to define the DSOs for this connection You can enter the DSOs in several ways For example to enter DSOs one through five enter1 5 For DSOs one and five enter 1 5 DSO Available Indicates which DSOs of the T1 are assigned DSO assignment is based on the following items Item Description Digit 0 9 This DSO is available The digit that displays in this field represents the last digit of the DSO number This DSO has been requested for this connection but the DSO is not yet activated for this port This DSO is used by this port in this connection and is currently activated S This DSO is used in the switched DIAL PLAN S This DSO is used in the switched DIAL PLAN and conflicts with this connection n This DSO is already used in this DEDICATED MAP N This DSO is already used in this DEDICATED MAP and conflicts with this connection Create Edit Maps NxT1 HSSI Connects Menu To From Config Write Security 3 Read Security 5 The following selection applies to the NXT1 HSSI Option Module when connected to a port on a T1 Module This is the only valid application for the NXT1 HSSI Option Module DSO Selection Defines DSOs for the T1 port Use this field to define the DSOs for this connection Any entry in the DSO selection field that is less than 24 DSOs is disrega
378. s as specified in ANSI T1 403 and AT amp T TR54016 for the T1 PRI port Except for CLR these fields are all read only Prt Displays the T1 number 1 28 Clr Clears performance information for the selected T1 ES Errored Second ES is a second with one or more error events OR one or more Out Of Frame events OR one or more Controlled Slips BES Bursty Errored Second BES is a second with more than one but less than 320 error events SES Severely Errored Second SES is a second with 320 or more error events OR one or more Out Of Frame events SEFS Severely Errored Frame Second is a second that contains four consecutive errored framing patterns 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 149 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 Option Module DS1 Performance 15Min LOFC Loss of Frame Count is a count of seconds in which a valid framing pattern could not be obtained CSS Controlled Slip Second UAS Unavailable Second PCV Path Code Violation DS1 Performance 15Min Write security 3 Read security 5 Stores the performance data for the previous 15 minute window Refer to DS Performance Current on page 141 for a detailed description of these fields DS1 Performance 24Hr Write security 3 Read security 5 Stores the performance data for the previous 24 hour window Refer to DS1 Performance Current on page 141 for a detailed description of these fields DS1 Configuration Write security 3 Read security 5 All of the fo
379. s for the Quad E1 PRA Option Module Dashes indicate TSOs where signaling is not being transferred by the ATLAS 800 Series 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 117 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad E1 PRA Option Module Performance Current Performance Current Write security 5 Read security 5 The performance fields either current 15 minute total or 24 hour total provide status on key performance measures as specified in G821 and RFC 1406 for the E1 PRA port Prt Displays the port number Clr Clears performance information for the selected port ES Errored Second ES is a second with one or more error events OR one or more Out Of Frame events OR one or more Controlled Slips BES Bursty Errored Second BES is a second with more than one but less than 320 error events SES Severely Errored Second SES is a second with 320 or more error events OR one or more Out Of Frame events UAS Unavailable Second CSS Controlled Slip Second SEFS Severely Errored Frame Second is a second that contains four consecutive errored framing patterns DM Degraded Minutes is the number of minutes with a bit error rate of 10 6 or greater LCV Line Code Violation PCV Path Code Violation LES Line Errored Second LOFC Loss of Frame Count is a count of seconds in which a valid framing pattern could not be obtained Performance 15Min Write security 5 Read security 5 Stores the performance data for the previous 15 minute w
380. s greater than 1 will restrict connections to endpoints supporting aggregation e g BONDING of the specified number of DSOs Set this to 1 for typical single call connections Setting this greater than 1 will accommodate connections to endpoints supporting aggregation e g BONDING of up to the specified number of DSOs This also sets the number of DSOs presented in the negotiation of outgoing aggregate calls USSI User Term lfce Config Write security 3 Read security 5 This menu allows the user to define option parameters for ports configured for USSI interface connections Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint Ports Available Number of Ports Number to Dial Call Type Dial Call As Indicates which ports of the selected Quad USSI Option Module have been defined in this switched endpoint indicated by in another switched endpoint indicated by s or in a DEDICATED MAP indicated by n This field is read only The following characters may display in this field Character Description 0 4 This port is available This port is requesting this port for this connection but the port is not yet activated This port is used by this endpoint S This port is used elsewhere in the switched dial plan S This port is in the switched dial plan and conflicts with this endpoint n This port is used in one or more dedicated maps N This port is in one or more dedicated maps and
381. s is usually set to NORMAL If the interface cable is long causing a phase shift in the data the clock can be set to INVERTED This switches the phase of the clock which compensates for a long cable Data Controls the inverting of the DTE data This inversion can be useful when operating with a high level data link control HDLC protocol often used as a means to ensure 1s density Select either NORMAL or INVERTED Data inversion configuration must match at both ends of the circuit CTS Determines the behavior of the Clear To Send CTS signal If set to Normal CTS will follow the value of Request To Send RTS If set to Forced On CTS will always be asserted DCD Determines the behavior of the Data Carrier Detect DCD signal also called RLSD on V 35 interfaces If set to Normal DCD will generally be asserted when the interface is capable of passing data If set to Forced On DCD will 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 124 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad Nx56 64 Option Module Configuration DSR DTR 0 Inh Inband Send Leads always be asserted If set to Remote RTS the value of DCD will track the value of the remote unit s RTS signal Note that this feature requires the Inband control channel to be Enabled Determines the behavior of the Data Set Ready DSR signal If set to NORMAL DSR will generally be asserted when the interface is capable of passing data If set to FORCED ON DSR will always be asserte
382. s menu provides detailed resource availability information for each there were no available resources of a particular type Menu Options Resource Rscr Status Modulation Rx Bit Rate Tx Bit Rate Error Correction Description Indicates the resource number of the analog call resource On the Modem 24 Option Module analog resources are numbered 1 24 Indicates the current status of the particular analog call resource and displays new activity as it occurs The possible status display values are listed below n a Card is not able to determine the status of the analog call resource Available Indicates this resource is available for use as an analog call In Use Indicates this resource is currently being used in an analog call Testing Indicates this resource is in a test mode and may be unavailable for use Disabled Indicates this resource has been disabled for use as an analog call resource This may be done automatically by the system if a given analog resource does not initialize properly Displays the modulation scheme being used by the analog resource for a currently active call If the analog resource is not in use this field will display N A Displays the receive bit rate of the analog resource for a currently active call If the analog resource is not in use this field will display N A Displays the transmit bit rate of the analog resource for a currently active call If the analog resource is not in use
383. s parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Read security 5 Displays the number of data bytes transmitted by the digital resource to the remote client modem during the current call This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Read security 5 Displays the number of data bytes received by the digital resource from the client modem curing the current call This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Read security 5 Displays the number of receiver overruns which occurred on the digital resource during the current call A receiver overrun occurs when the client modem transmits data too fast for the digital resource to keep up This causes data to be lost This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Read security 5 Displays the number of frames of data received by the digital resource with an invalid CRC This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Read security 5 Displays the number of aborted receive frames detected by the digital resource during the current call This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Write security 5 Read security 5 Resets the input and output statistics for the given analog resource This option resets the transmit and receive statistics for the analog resource 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 202 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modem 16 Resource Module Configuration Configuration Write security 5 Read security 5 Display
384. s the configuration parameters for individual sublinks or PVCs The Relay Usage following parameters are available Name User definable name for the DLCI DLCI Local address for each PVC as assigned by the carrier QOS Quality of service These values can be used to assign a guaranteed amount of bandwidth available for this connection The sum of all QOS values for the sublink should not exceed the Committed Information Rate CIR Burst Sets the burst rate used by this virtual circuit for data traffic A value of zero means that the burst rate is not limited The value is in kilobits second If voice traffic is flowing on ANY sublink on the port carrying THIS sublink you should enter a value for this setting Otherwise leave this field set to default zero If the service provider has supplied a Be value enter that value in this field The burst rate defines the amount that this virtual circuit is allowed to exceed the CIR If the service provider has not supplied an excess burst rate enter the wire speed in this field Config Allows configuration of parameters for each DLCI See also Table 8 on page 232 Read security 5 This field displays a 7 character summary of the references to this link Each position is populated with a dash or a character indicating the resource represented The characters are as follows Packet connection in the first dedicated map Packet connection in the second dedicated map Packet connec
385. s the configuration submenus available for both analog and digital resources available on the option module Analog Rsrc Write security 5 Read security 5 Displays the configuration parameters for the available analog resources Submenus Description RSRC Read security 5 Indicates the resource number of the analog call resource On the Modem 16 Option Module analog resources are numbered 1 16 and digital ISDN resources are numbered 17 32 Status Read security 5 Indicates the current status of the particular analog call resource and displays new activity as it occurs The possible status display values are listed below n a Card is not able to determine the status of the analog call resource Available Indicates this resource is available for use as an analog call In Use Indicates this resource is currently being used in an analog call Testing Indicates this resource is in a test mode and may be unavailable for use Disabled Indicates this resource has been disabled for use as an analog call resource This may be done automatically by the system if a given analog resource does not initialize properly 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 203 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modem 16 Resource Module Configuration Submenus Operation Digital Rsrc Submenus Rsrc Status Description Write security 3 Read security 5 Selects the mode of operation for the particular analog call resource The following sele
386. s the state of the ADMIN port signals RTS CTS DTR and DCD Tx Bytes Displays the number of bytes transmitted from the ADMIN port Rx Bytes Displays the number of bytes received by the ADMIN port Overrun Errs Displays the number of overrun errors received by the ADMIN port Framing Errs Displays the number of framing errors received by the ADMIN port Clear Counters Clears the ADMIN port statistics Press Y to activate this command 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 80 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Status Menu Descriptions Craft Port Craft Port Write security 2 Read security 5 Displays the status of the CRAFT port Tx Bytes Rx Bytes Overrun Errs Framing Errs Clear Counters Displays the number of bytes transmitted from the CRAFT port Displays the number of bytes received by the CRAFT port Displays the number of overrun errors received by the CRAFT port Displays the number of framing errors received by the CRAFT port Write security 5 Read security 5 Clears the CRAFT port statistics Press Y to activate this command System Alarms ATLAS 830 Read security 5 Power Temperature Contains alarm information about the ATLAS system including power and temperature alarms The following status symbols are used Symbol Description Normal condition Failure condition No information available Indicates that one or both of the power supplies are not functional Both the primary and
387. sabled for use as a digital call resource 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 204 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modem 16 Resource Module Configuration Submenus Description Operation Write security 3 Read security 5 Selects the mode of operation for the particular digital call resource The following selections are permissible Enabled Indicates the selected digital resource is available for use as an analog call resource in the system Disabled Indicates this resource is not available for use as a digital call resource in the system If a call is active on this resource when changing the operation to DISABLED it will be immediately terminated Auto DisabledIndicates this resource will not be available for use as a digital call resource once the current call has been completed 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 205 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modem 24 Resource Module Info MODEM 24 RESOURCE MODULE The ATLAS 800 Series system controller automatically detects the presence of the Modem 24 Option Module P N 1200782L1 when it is installed in the system listed as MODEM 24 To see the menus for the Modem 24 Option Module via the terminal menu use the arrow keys to scroll to the MODULES menu and press lt Enter gt to access the module choices The following menu tree shows the hierarchy of the menus discussed in this section Info Status Configuration Par
388. scriptions System Name 3 SYSTEM INFO MENU DESCRIPTIONS The SYSTEM INFO menu provides basic information about the unit as well as data fields for editing information Figure 3 displays the submenus and data fields available for this menu G vT100 Terminal j iol x Session Edit Port Options Capture Help A A ARTIFETTEETTUMS FEE ystem Name ATLAS 830 System Location Adtran ATLAS 830 ystem Status System Config System Contact Adtran ATLAS 830 System Utility Firmware Revision A 00 08 06 04 02 09 06 17 Modules System Uptime 0 days 3 hours 59 min 20 secs Packet Manager Startup Mode Power cycle Router Current Time Date 24h pednesday June 19 15 11 29 2002 Dedicated Maps Installed Memory Flash 8388608 bytes DRAM 16777216 byte Circuit Status Serial Number A6 Dial Plan Boot ROM Rev A 01 05 22 02 Br 3g i i ystem Information menu help Figure 3 System Info Menu System Name Write security 3 Read security 5 Provides a user configurable text string for the name of the ATLAS This name can help distinguish between different installations Enter up to 40 alphanumeric characters in this field including spaces and special characters such as an underbar System Location Write security 3 Read security 5 Provides a user configurable text string for the location of the ATLAS This field helps keep track of the physical location of the unit Enter up to 40 alphanumeric characters in this field includ
389. se Disabled This resource has been disable for use as an analog call resource Signal to Noise Ratio dB Signal to noise ratio in decibels on the modem s receive signal Rx Mean Square Error Mean square error of the received signal Round Trip Delay ms Delay between the near and far end modem devices Rx Level dBm Displays the level of the signal in dBm of the signal received by the resource Tx Level dBm Displays the level of the signal in dBm of the signal transmitted by the resource Near End Echo dBm Displays the echo level of the signal in dBm of the signal received by the resource Far End Echo dBm Displays the echo level of the signal in dBm of the signal transmitted by the resource Retrains Requested by Remote Number of Retrain Requests sent to the resource Retrains Granted to Remote Number of Retrain Requests granted by the resource Retrains Granted to Local Number of Retrains granted to the resource Renegotiations Requested by Number of Renegotiation Requests sent to the resource Remote Renegotiations Granted to Number of Renegotiation Requests granted by the modem card Remote Renegotiations Granted to Local Number of Renegotiation Requests granted to the modem card 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 197 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modem 16 Resource Module Status Analog Rscr Connections Stats Write security 5 Read security 5 This menu option displays the connection statistics f
390. se in updating any modules that contain Flash memory including the ATLAS 800 Series system controller The first transfer method uses the ATLAS 800 Series serial Admin port of the system controller and XMODEM protocol The second transfer method uses the ATLAS 800 Series built in Ethernet port of the system controller and Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP For more details on updating firmware please refer to DLP 6 Updating ATLAS Firmware using TFTP and DLP 7 Updating ATLAS Firmware using XMODEM Module Slot Displays the slot you selected for firmware updating When this option first appears NONE SELECTED displays When you move the cursor to this field and press Enter a dialog box opens allowing you to select various slots or ALL MODULES OF A TYPE Module Type Reflects the module type selected in MODULE SLOT The selections only include upgradable modules Transfer Method Lists the two transfer methods for updating firmware after selecting a module slot XMODEM and TFTP XMODEM transfers files by connecting to a communications program that supports XMODEM uploads to the terminal interface TFTP transfers files by specifying an appropriate server address and filename TFTP Server IP Address Available for TFTP transfers only Configures the IP address of the TFTP Server on which the update file resides The ATLAS 800 Series uses this field to locate the network server on which the update file resides 61200780L1 1D 2004 A
391. security 0 Read security 0 When forced the COLLISION RESPONSE will enable the ATLAS to perform AUTOMATIC retransmission of SETUP messages when faced with a collision situation Forcing this response is not advised Write security 1 Read security 5 Specifies the dialing digit tone encoding to be used throughout the entire system T he available options include DTMF dual tone multi frequency and MF multi frequency T3 and T3 D amp I Network Term Ifce Config PRI Write security 3 Read security 5 These menus allow the user to define option parameters for ports which terminate a PRI connection from the network Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint Switch Type First DSO Number of DSOs Defines the type of PRI switch to which the port is connected If connected to another ATLAS 800 Series both need to be set to the same switch type The following options are available LUCENT 5E NORTHERN DMS 100 NATIONAL ISDN and AT amp T 4ESS Defines the first DSO for this endpoint The ATLAS 800 Series uses DSOs starting with this selection to send and receive calls to and from the network The outgoing calls which are allowed or restricted over these DSOs are set by OUT ACCEPT see Out Accept on page 271 and OUTRREJECT see Submenus on page 277 Specifies the number of DSOs ATLAS 800 Series uses for this endpoint 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 280 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan T3
392. security 5 These options initiate different types of tests and display test results Prt Read security 5 Displays the port number 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 112 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad T1 PRI Option Module Test Loc LB Options Line Payld Remote LB Options AT amp T Inband line ANSI FDL Line ANSI FDL Pyld Inband NIU Pattern Options All Ones All Zeros QRSS RLB Results Status None Write security 4 Read security 5 Causes loopback on near end local port see Figure 3 on page 74 The following options are available Description Metallic loopback Payload loopback framing and clocking are regenerated Write security 4 Read security 5 Sends loopback code to remote CSU The following options are available Description ESF D4 Full 1 544 Mbps loopback of the signal received from the network metallic loopback ESF Full 1 544 Mbps loopback of the signal received from the network Initiated through loopback activation transmission over the facility data link FDL ESF 1 536 Mbps loopback of the payload data received from the network maintaining bit sequence integrity for the information bits by synchronizing regenerating the timing Initiated through loopback activation transmission over the facility datalink FDL ESF D4 Full 1 544 Mbps loopback of the signal received from the network after passing through the T1 framer of the remote
393. sed on public networks AMI may be selected for testing purposes TSO Spare TSO bits Sa4 through Sa8 in frames not containing the Frame Alignment Signal may be used in specific applications but should be set to 1s when crossing an international border Enter decimal number whose 5 LSB are to be used for all Sa4 Sa8 bits Refer to CCITT G 704 for more information TS16 Spare TS16 in CAS frame 0 contains 3 spare bits 0000XYXX where X marks a spare bit and Y marks an alarm indications to the remote end Enter a decimal number whose masked 4 LSB are inserted into TSO in CAS frame 0 Refer to CCITT G704 for more information Intl Bit Bit 0 in all non CRC4 frames are reserved for international use They may be used nationally if the path does not cross an international border If not specifically used the bits should be set to 1 on paths crossing a border Enter the international bit value of 0 or 1 Refer to CCITT G704 for more information 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 119 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad E1 PRA Option Module Test Test Write security 4 Read security 5 These options initiate different types of tests and display test results Prt Loc LB Options None Line Pattern Options All ones All zeros QRSS QRSS Results Clr Inj Displays the port number Causes loopback on near end local port see Figure 3 The following options are available Description No loopback active
394. sed usage time than other packet voice devices on the same ATLAS 800 Series that device may be faulty Write security 4 Read security 5 ATLAS Frames Counts every frame that the ATLAS 800 Series sends to or receives from the packet voice device This count indicates activity but does not indicate the actual amount of frame relay data exchanged The total number of frames handled by the packet voice device is given by the following equation FrameSaryastotal 7 Frames As Frames ary Aspropped 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 187 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual VCOM Option Module Statistics ATLAS Drop VCOM Frms VCOM Drop Clear See ATLAS Drop on page 171 for a description of the term Frames a spropped Write security 4 Read security 5 A counter that measures each frame that is dropped or discarded during communication between the ATLAS 800 Series and the packet voice device i e ATLAS Frames Dropped The exchange protocol is designed so that no frames should be discarded during this operation A consistent pattern of dropped frames by a given packet voice device may indicate a faulty packet voice device or an overloaded ATLAS 800 Series system The discarded frame indicated by this value does not reflect network level performance management but indicates an anomalous condition within the ATLAS 830 unit Persistently dropped frames may indicate a problem with the ATLAS 830 unit or the Voice Compression Res
395. single digit in this group Punctuation characters are ignored and a comma is interpreted as a 5 second pause in the dial string For example the ORIGINAL field contains and the SUBSTITUTED field contains 256 All calls routed out this connection will be delayed 5 seconds and contain a 256 prefix Wildcards used in the SUBSTITUTED field are only valid when used in the same position relative to the end of the digit string as the ORIGINAL field Write security 2 Read security 5 Sets ATLAS 800 Series options which apply to all switched operations both incoming and outgoing calls End of Number Timeout Country Code Area or City Code Nbr Complete Templates Write security 3 Read security 5 Sets the length of time ATLAS 800 Series waits before assuming the outgoing dialed number is complete The default value is six seconds This timeout will only be invoked if the dialed number does not match one of the patterns set in the NUMBER COMPLETE TEMPLATE menu see Nbr Complete Templates below Write security 3 Read security 5 The country code Enter your international country code using only digits For the United States enter 1 Write security 3 Read security 5 The local area code Use for sending caller ID to the network Write security 3 Read security 5 Sets completed number patterns for outgoing calls so that ATLAS 800 Series recognizes when the phone number is complete Fields include the
396. smitted but are not listened to on this virtual circuit Rx Only RIP advertisements are not transmitted on this virtual circuit but they are listened to Tx and Rx RIP advertisements are periodically transmitted and are listened to on this virtual circuit Sets the version of RIP being used on this interface The options are RIP V1 and RIP V2 If RIP V2 is used a new menu AUTHENTICATION opens Defines the method used to send RIP route advertisements as follows None All routes in the router table are advertised through this interface with no modification of the routing metric Split Horizon Only advertises routes not learned through this interface Poison Reverse All routes are advertised but the routes learned through this interface are poisoned with an infinite route metric Defines when RIP advertisements are transmitted Periodic RIP advertisements are periodically transmitted Triggered RIP advertisements are transmitted only when new routes are learned and learned routes do not age Defines the secret used to advertise routes when using RIP V2 Enables or disables the transmission of the Default Gateway to be sent with RIP on a per interface basis 1 If RIP MODE is off PROTOCOL METHOD and UPDATE will not be visible 2 If RIP V2 is used a user defined secret may have to be created 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 247 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Router IP Global Proxy ARP Enab
397. source from the remote client modem during the current call This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 210 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modem 24 Resource Module Configuration Analog Rsrc I O Description Continued Stats Submenus Rx Frme Read security 5 Displays the number of framing errors detected by the analog resource during the current call This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Rx CRC Bad Read security 5 Displays the number of received PPP frames by the analog resource from the remote client modem during the current call This is used only when the analog resource is performing Sync to Async PPP conversion This parameter is reset once the call is disconnected Reset Stats Write security 5 Read security 5 Resets the input and output statistics for the given analog resource This option resets the transmit and receive statistics for the analog resource Configuration Write security 5 Read security 5 Analog Rscr Displays the analog resource configuration submenus available for the option module Submenus Description RSRC Read security 5 Indicates the resource number of the analog call resource On the Modem 24 Option Module analog resources are numbered 1 24 Status Read security 5 Indicates the current status of the particular analog call resource and displays new activity as it occurs The possible status display values are listed below
398. st by port Options Description Local Lpbk None Local Line T1 Framer Local DTE Remote Lpbk HSSI None External DTE Remote Line Loopback Local Line Loopback Local DTE Loopback NxT1 HSSI T1 Interfaces IMUX DTE Figure 13 HSSI Interface Loopback Test Diagram 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 178 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Octal FXS Option Module Info OCTAL FXS OPTION MODULE The ATLAS 800 Series system controller automatically detects the presence of the Octal FXS Option Module P N 1200338L1 when it is installed in the system listed as FXS 8 To see the menus for the Octal FXS Option Module via the terminal menu use the arrow keys to scroll to the MODULES menu and press lt Enter gt to access the module choices The following menu tree shows the hierarchy of the menus discussed in this section Info Status Test Config Part Number Port Port Port Serial Number Status Test 2W Port Name Board Revision Rx ABCD 1kHz Tone Rx Gain ABCD jLooppck TxGain 2W Impedance Coding Scheme Info Read security 5 Provides information about the module part number serial number and assembly revision Part Number Displays the part number of the module Serial Number Displays the serial number of the module Board Revision Displays the assembly revision Status Read security 5 Displays the status of each of the FXS ports Port Indicates the port number Status Displa
399. static and discovered routes are displayed from this menu IP Address Read Security 2 Displays the IP address of the destination host or network Netmask Read Security 2 Displays the subnet mask applied to the destination address Gateway Read Security 2 Displays the IP address of the next hop router or host receiving the forwarded IP packet 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 244 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Router IP Routes Interface Submenu Local ENO IP Endpoint Name Used Cir Flags Character H TTL Read Security 2 Displays the next hop router or host interface through which IP packets are routed as defined here Description Forwards the packet directly to the ATLAS router Forwards the packet through the ATLAS Ethernet port Forwards the packet using the DLCI number Read Security 2 Displays the number of times the router has referenced this route Write Security 2 Read Security 2 Clears the USED menu and resets the value to zero Read Security 2 Indicates the properties of this routing table entry composed of the following letters Description route is a host route route is a gateway route route learned dynamically from RIP route learned from an ICMP redirect route learned from IARP route is private and is not advertised with RIP route is to a triggered port updated only when table changes Read Security 2 Displays the number of router hops required to
400. stem Config Menu Descriptions 2 0 cece eee eee 86 System Utility Menu Descriptions 0 00 eee eee 97 Modules Menu Descriptions 0000 cece eee eee eee 105 Quad T1 PRI Option Module ilssssssseee e Rs 108 Quad E1 PRA Option Module eieae naneta d a i AE rne 115 Quad Nx56 64 Option Module 0000 eee 121 USSI Option Module cet eg f RUPTA wees Fere zum ea Ch E 128 Octal BRI U Option Module issssssseesseese hh 137 Octal BRI S T Option Module ies vec 4 eee eae deena ele BANI ne wee RUE AE 140 TI Option Mod le say ainas ett ect eet etti act ance idus cu eee ayaa dr Cd 143 TS D amp l Option Module tx e354 nct coed eee rk pex ub vy e w Eee ag INFR En REY VE 153 Dual Video Option Module 0 000 rh 164 NXxTT HSSI Option Module 4 taan Risa NY EE RMRG4TDE eig ta es npicdMP Fab ane 170 Octal FXS Option Module ssssssseeselses hh 179 VGOM Option Module 22x ie eleg Boal qct exi tbe e RE NUR Da XE E 183 Nx 56 64 BONDing Resource Module isssssleeeele e 190 HDEG Resource Mod le sa 2 4 eee dee PERRRESES a eh aes oad PERI PW EAS age 193 Modem 16 Resource Module 0 0 0 cette 195 Modem 24 Resource Module liiis rn 206 Async 232 Option Module itia e a a a a a S ehh 213 Packet ManaGel i coronet ren rere eee Hees e eae ee eer UP ea ee wen EE 222 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 69 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual User Interface G
401. stem controller interface The system controllers provision the option cards in the shelf via the faceplate RJ 45 ADMIN connector of the active system controller and a VT100 terminal Additionally a 10 100BaseT Ethernet interface provides Telnet access Quad T1 PRI Option Module P N 1200185L3 The Quad T1 PRI Option Module provides four channelized T1 or PRI interfaces Each interface can operate independently in DS 1 DSX 1 or PRI mode and any port can deliver timing for the system Quad E1 PRA Option Module P N 1200264L1 The Quad E1 PRA Option Module provides four channelized E1 or PRA interfaces using the supplied 120 ohm DB 15 converter cable The Quad E1 PRA Option Module may also be purchased to include BNC converter cables P N 4200264L1 This interface operates in CCS or CAS signaling mode and can deliver timing for the system Quad Nx 56 64 Option Module P N 1200184L1 The Quad Nx 56 64 Module provides four synchronous V 35 DTE ports using the supplied DB 78 to V 35 converter cables that can operate from 56K to 2 048 Mbps in steps of 56 or 64 kbps Any port can deliver timing for the system Quad USSI Option Module P N 4200261Lx The Quad USSI Option Module provides four synchronous DTE ports that can operate from 56K to 2 048 Mbps in steps of 56 or 64 kbps Using adapter cables the DTE ports available include EIA 530 RS 449 RS 232 and CCITT X 21 Any port can deliver timing for the system Octal Basic Rate ISDN U
402. t 6 w Ctrl gt Shift gt Port Defines the IP port used in the remote login session Default for Telnet is 23 Connect Activator used to start a Telnet session to the remote unit configured in the ADDRESS field Client Status Write security 5 Read security 5 Displays status from current Telnet client sessions User Name In an active Telnet client session displays the username from access passwords list Session ID Displays the remote units IP address followed by the IP port of an active Telnet client session in the format IP IP IP IP PORT Control Switch Schedule ATLAS 890 Write security 5 Read security 5 Specifies when a controller switch from active to standby will occur Controller Switch A forced controller switch will occur immediately Immediate Controller Switch at Controller switch will occur at the specified date and time When this option is Time selected a new field called CTRL SWITCH DATE AND TIME will be displayed below the current field 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 103 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Utility Menu Descriptions Force Controller Switch ATLAS 890 Force Controller Switch ATLAS 890 Write security 0 Read security 0 Forces the switch from active to standby to occur immediately Reboot System Write security 0 Read security 0 Reboots the ATLAS 800 Series system When you select this command the following message displays WARNING This
403. t Endpoint The following INZACCEPT submenus define the parameters for the incoming calls that ATLAS 800 Series accepts from the network Description Identifies the call source ID from which this endpoint accepts calls This field simplifies the creation of a dial plan in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call SRc ID may be entered with the usual wild card entries except X Any digit 0 through 9 1 2 3 2 A single digit in this group 0 Default value The default ID for all source endpoints all accept numbers is 0 This results in all calls being routed based on the dialed number 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 275 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan User Term Submenus Description Continued Designates which numbers this endpoint will accept terminate from the Accept Number Search Data 64K Data 56K Audio Speech Treat Call As network The accept list may consist of multiple entries The numbers are defined using the following wildcards X Any single digit N Any single digit 2 through 9 Any number of digits of any value 9 This specific number 1 2 3 A single digit in this group For example 963 8000 would be a specific incoming number that would be accepted by this endpoint If this endpoint consisted of a T1 with multiple DSOs a hunt group for 963 8000 would be form
404. t Number Analog Resource Rscr Analog Resource Rscr Analog Rsrc I O Stats Analog Rscr SerialNumber Session Status Connections S tats Rsrc RSRC Board Revision Resource Rscr Rsrc Tx Bytes Status Firmware Revision Status Attempts RxByes Operation Modulation Completed Tx Frames Hardware Reset Rx Bit Rate Failures Rx Frames Tx Bit Rate Reset Stats Rx Ovms Error Correction Rate Stats Rx Prty Data Compression Rx Frme Last Disconnect Reason Rx CRC Bad Line Parameters Reset Stats Info Read security 5 Provides information about the module part number serial number and assembly revision Part Number Displays the part number of the module Serial Number Displays the serial number of the module Board Revision Displays the board revision of the installed module Firmware Revision Displays the firmware revision of the installed module Status Read security 5 Displays the status submenus for analog resources available on the Modem 24 Option Module Analog Resource Rscr Session Status This submenu displays the session status information for the analog resources available on the Modem 24 Option Module 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 206 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modem 24 Resource Module Status System resource usage for analog call resources can be viewed under the SYSTEM STATUS resource type including hourly average available minimum available and number of times tor menu of the ATLAS Thi
405. t for the T3 circuit Selections are M13 or C BIT 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 156 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 D amp I Option Module DS3 Test Tx Clock Formats Internal Recovered LBO Options Short Long DS3 Test Selects the source of the T3 transmit clock The following options are available Every T3 connection should have one RECOVERED and one INTERNAL transmit clock Failure to configure these clocks will result in T3 clock slips Description The ATLAS 800 Series will derive transmit T3 timing from the internal 20 PPM crystal source The ATLAS 800 Series will derive transmit T3 timing from the receive T3 Selects the line build out for the T3 transmitter The following options are available Description 0 to 100 feet of cable 100 to 450 feet of cable Write security 3 Read security 5 Executes loops and indicates test status Prt Loopback Options None Line Read security 5 Indicates the T3 port under test Write security 3 Read security 5 This field indicates the present loopback selected The following options will display Description No loopback in effect T3 line loopback active 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 157 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 D amp l Option Module DS1 Alarm Status Remote LB Write security 3 Read security 5 This field indicates if loopbacks initiated from remote sources are in effect and may be use
406. t is set to idle status 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 310 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Pkt Endpt User Term Ifce Config Pkt Endpt User Term Ifce Config Write security 3 Read security 5 This menu allows the user to define option parameters for ports configured as packet endpoints Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint Outdial Number Outgoing Call Type Redial Timer Randomize Timer Retry Count Outgoing Caller ID Source ID Defines the number dialed to originate a call Selects the terminating resource type either DIGITAL 64K or DiGITAL 56K Selects the time delay in seconds between redial attempts Enables disables random delay added to the redial timer to avoid glare Defines the number of redials to attempt Defines the presentation of the calling party number for this endpoint Simplifies the creation of a DIAL PLAN in applications where the criterion for switching calls to a certain endpoint is a function of which endpoint originated the call e DEFAULT VALUE 0 Zero is the default value for all endpoints and all accept numbers With default values all calls are routed based only on the dialed number e Multiple endpoints can have the same SOURCE ID e When creating the CALL ACCEPT list specify a SOURCE ID s as well as a dialed number or range of dialed numbers to accept For example an application requires that all calls that originate from Port 1 of t
407. t least one bit error T3 D amp I Module f 1 Payload Loopback SN T p Framer 1 T3 Line Loopback M Mi8 eL l p Mux E nd T1Framer 28 Ne oe Figure 12 Network Loopback Tests Clears error counters on test pattern results menu Injects errors into transmitted test pattern 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 163 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dual Video Option Module Info DUAL VIDEO OPTION MODULE The ATLAS 830 system controller automatically detects the presence of the Dual Video Option Module P N 4200773Lx when it is installed in the system To see the menus for this module via the terminal menu use the arrow keys to scroll to the MODULES menu and press lt Enter gt to access the module choices The following menu tree shows the hierarchy of the menus discussed in this section Info Alarm Status DTE Status Data Rate Part Number Prt Prt Port Serial Number Alarms DTE Status Rate Board Revision PLL FIFO Configuration Test DTE Interface Port Prt Prt Prt PLL FIFO ame Loopback DTE Interface Mode Clk Loopback Status Current DTE Type Data 511 CTS 511 Result DCD CLR DSR Inject DTR 0 Inh Info Write security 5 Read security 5 Provides information about the module part number serial number and
408. t to FORCED ON DSR will always be asserted Write security 3 Read security 5 Selects the response to DTR transitions Table 4 lists the configuration options for the DTR parameter with respect to the current configuration for the module in the Dial Plan Table 4 DTR Descriptions Dial Method Dial Plan DTR Setting Description Dial on DTR Recognize DTR Call is dialed when DTR is high and disconnects when DTR goes low Ignore DTR Call will never connect RS 366 Recognize DTR Call is dialed if DTR is already high and disconnected when DTR goes low Ignore DTR Call is dialed regardless of DTR state and must be disconnected manually Manual Recognize DTR Call is dialed if DTR is already high and disconnected when DTR goes low Ignore DTR Call is dialed regardless of DTR state and must be disconnected manually 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 167 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dual Video Option Module Test 0 Inh Test Write security 3 Read security 5 When the port detects an uninterrupted string of Os being transmitted for more than one second setting this parameter to On will cause the ATLAS 800 Series to send 1s toward the network Write security 5 Read security 5 These options initiate different types of tests and display test results Prt Loopback Options No Loopback Local Loopback Remote Loopback Loopback Status 511 Write security 5
409. ted as E1 PRA To see the menus for the Quad E1 PRA Option Module via the terminal menu use the arrow keys to scroll to the MODULES menu and press Enter to access the module choices The following menu tree shows the hierarchy of the menus discussed in this section Info Alarm Status TS0Alarms TSOStatus Sig Status Port 1 4 Part Number Prt Serial Number Alarms Board Revision Performance Current Configuration Test 15min 24 hr Prt Prt Prt Name Locb Cir FAS2 Pattern ES TS16 MF QRSS Results BES CRC 4 Cir SES Auto Alarm Inj UAS Code CSS TS0 Spare SEFS TS16 Spare DM Intl Bit LCV PCV LES LOFC Info Read security 5 Displays general information about the Quad E1 PRA Option Module Part Number Displays the part number of the Quad E1 PRA Option Module Serial Number Displays the module s serial number Board Revision Displays the board revision of the module 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 115 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad E1 PRA Option Module Alarm Status Alarm Status Read security 5 Displays any active alarms as follows Prt Alarms Alarm Types LOS Indicates the port number The Quad E1 PRA Option Module is a single port device Displays the alarm type as listed below Description Loss of Signal No signal detected on port interface LOF LOMF CRC4 AIS REM REMMF
410. tern results menu Write security 3 Read security 5 Injects errors into transmitted test pattern T3 Module f 1 Payload Loopback SE T Framer 1 T3 Line Loopback M M3 s L Mux ront hu m End T1 Framer 28 p 4 S P Figure 11 Network Loopback Tests 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 152 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual T3 D amp l Option Module T3 D amp l OPTION MODULE The ATLAS system controller automatically detects the presence of the T3 with Drop and Insert Option Module P N 1200225L 1 when it is installed in the system listed as DS3 D amp I To see the menus for the T3 with Drop and Insert Option Module via the terminal menu use the arrow keys to scroll to the MODULES menu and press Enter to access the module choices The following menu tree shows the hierarchy of the menus discussed in this section DS3 Performance DS3 Info Mux Configuration DS3 Alarm Status Current 15M 24H DS3 Configuration Part Number DS1 Disposition Prt Prt Prt Serial Number DS1s Dropped Alarms Clr Port Name Board Revision DS 1s Passed Thru FE Alarms ES L Frame DS1s Dropped DS1 Pair 1 2 through Rx Framing SES L Tx Clock DS1 Fra
411. the DTE for an incoming call to be answered If the port is part of a group assigned in the DIAL PLAN then the first idle port with DTR active will answer the call If the DTE drives DTR inactive the Async 232 Module port hangs up an active call Write security 5 Read security 5 Includes all options that affect dialing outgoing calls The record field indicates the values of the key dialout subfields AT MDM Indicates that AT dialing of a modem is selected DTR MDM Indicates that DTR dialing of a modem is selected AT ISDN Indicates that AT dialing of an ISDN resource is selected DTR ISDN Indicates that DTR dialing of an ISDN resource is selected Description Write security 3 Read security 5 Selects the method by which outgoing calls may be initiated by the DTE DTR Dial When DTR is enabled by the DTE and a number has been entered in the DTR DIAL NUMBER field an outgoing call attempt is made The call is hung up when DTR is dropped If the call does not connect the call will continue to be retried as long as DTR remains active AT Dial When enabled AT commands may be used to dial outgoing calls Port an allocated modem or ISDN resource configuration is also supported via AT commands The DTR signal must be active from the DTE to dial out The call is hung up when DTR is dropped or when the escape to command mode sequence and ATH are issued When the call is connected the Async 232 port enables DCD 61200780L1 1D
412. the CALL ACCEPT list specify a SOURCE ID s as well as a dialed number or range of dialed numbers to accept For example an application requires that all calls that originate from Port 1 of the ATLAS 800 Series in Slot 1 be switched to Port 2 of that same module Assign a unique SOURCE ID e g 7 to Port 1 of the module and then configure Port 2 to only accept calls from that unique SOURCE ID 7 Swaps the ANI and DNIS numbers received from the network ANI Automatic Number Identification is the billing number of the calling party and DNIS Dialed Number Identification Service is the called party number With this swap the ATLAS 800 Series switchboard uses ANI to route the call The accept number in the dial plan must use the ANI number not the DNIS number The following B CHANNEL SELECTION submenus determine how the ATLAS 800 Series switchboard uses B channels for call routing The Circular method can be used for call load balancing among the available B channels on this interface Descriptions Always start with the last channel configured i e for a full PRI channel 23 would be used if available Contiguous channels from last to first 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 291 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan T3 and T3 D amp l User Term Ifce Config RBS Busy Option Submenu Normal Pass Thru The following BUSY OPTION submenus define the response propagated to the CPE upon receipt of a DISC
413. the color of the background window BACKGROUND bold highlights BOLD and text TEXT Echoes each character that you enter Repeats characters you select from the keyboard if you hold down the key Provides options for capturing screen images File Submenu Start Cfg Capture Stop Cfg Capture Buffer Size Save Buffer As Screen Capture Sends screen options data to a file in the format options listed below Description Used with the ADTRAN product line to start sending the scrolling screen capture to a file storage location Used with the ADTRAN product line to stop sending the scrolling screen capture to a file storage location Disables terminal window scroll bars when set to zero This is the normal setting for ATLAS 800 Series This number represents the number of lines to capture in the memory buffer Save screen capture to a file Copies the text on the current Telnet screen to the clipboard You can open any word processor and paste the clipboard contents into the program This option is helpful when debugging 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 374 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Telnet Utility ADTRAN Utilities Help Menu Help Menu Provides on line help for using the ADTRAN Utilities Contents Opens the on line help IP Status Displays the local port address and the status of the connection About Displays version and owner information 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 375
414. the installed module 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 213 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Async 232 Option Module Signal Status Signal Status Read security 5 Shows the status of key DTE interface signals An asterisk indicates the presence of a signal and a hyphen indicates no signal present Port Operating port number DTE Signals The following signals are monitored these options are read only Submenu Description DTR Data terminal ready from DTE DSR Data set ready to DTE RTS Request to send from DTE DCD Data carrier detect to DTE RI Ring indicate to DTE O Status Write security 5 Read security 5 Displays the input output statistics for the Async 232 ports Port Displays the port number Tx Bytes Displays the number of bytes transmitted by the DTE Rx Bytes Displays the number of bytes sent to the DTE Overruns Displays the received overrun errors from the DTE A receiver overrun occurs when the DTE performs data transmission too fast for the Async 232 port to keep up therefore causing data to be lost An overrun may indicate the need to turn on hardware flow control PrtyErrs Displays the number of bytes received from the DTE that contained parity errors FrmErrs Displays the number of bytes received from the DTE that contained framing errors Rst Stats Clears the current stored I O statistics for each port 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 214 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Async 232
415. thereof as a result of issue of this publication About this Manual This manual provides a complete description of the ATLAS 800 Series System and system software The purpose of this manual is to provide the technician system administrator and manager with general and specific information related to the planning installation operation and maintenance of the ATLAS 800 Series This manual is arranged so that needed information can be quickly and easily found Viewing Menu information The ATLAS 800 Series System menus are hierarchical in nature and information about the menus is presented in the same succession Main menus are numbered with submenus following Also hyperlinked menu trees are provided for the first two menu levels ADRAN 901 Explorer Boulevard P O Box 140000 Huntsville AL 35814 4000 Phone 256 963 8000 2004 ADTRAN Inc All Rights Reserved Printed in U S A 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 2 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Revision History Revision History Document Date Description of Changes Revision A Aug 2002 Initial release B Jan 2004 Added Modem 24 Module Combined ATLAS 830 and ATLAS 890 into one manual Aug 2004 Corrections to menu selections oQimi m olo Conventions dort Notes provide additional useful information Y I dm Cautions signify information that could prevent service interruption Warnings provi
416. this field will display N A Displays the error correction mode being used by the analog resource for a currently active call If the analog resource is not in use this field will display N A 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 207 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modem 24 Resource Module Status Menu Options Data Compression Last Disconnect Reason Line Parameters Description Displays the data compression mode being used by the analog resource for a currently active call If the analog resource is not in use this field will display N A Displays the reason for the previous disconnect which occurred on this analog resource If no disconnect has occurred on this analog resource this field will display N A Displays technical details about the analog resource for the currently active call This information may be used when troubleshooting modem connection problems with the Modem 24 Option Module See Table 7 for a complete listing Table 7 Analog Resource Session Status Line Parameters Submenu Description Resource Status This field indicates the current status of the analog resource The following states are valid n a Module is not able to determine the status of the analog resource Available This resource is available for use as an analog call resource In Use This resource is currently being used in an analog call Testing This resource is in a test mode and may be unavailable for use
417. time in 24 hour format such as 23 00 00 for 11 00 pm and enter the date in mm dd yyyy format for example 09 23 1998 Auto Daylight Savings When enabled automatically updates the time and date when Daylight Savings Time starts and when Standard Time ends Access Passwords Write security 0 Read security 0 Provides a way to edit passwords and to add new users and passwords All menu items are protected by passwords of varying security levels By assigning different passwords to different security levels the ATLAS 800 Series system administrator can control which users can change various menu items You can assign multiple passwords at the same access level This way different users with the same access privileges can have different passwords Each of the six password security levels is described in Table 1 on page 68 Label Defines a username Password Allows you to change the password the default password is password The current password displays as a series of asterisks The password can contain up to a combination of 12 case sensitive alphanumeric characters spaces or special characters Access Rights Defines the password level for the corresponding label You can select from six different password levels see Table 1 on page 68 Active Displays the number of users currently logged into the system for each label Licenses Write security 0 Read security 0 Not currently used Provides menus to enable the
418. tion Module Each port of the Octal BRI ISDN U Interface Option Module P N 1200186L2 uses a single RJ 45 jack to connect to a standard BRI U interface circuit see Pinout 21 Pinout 21 Octal BRI U Interface Module RJ 45 Pin Name Description 1 2 3 6 7 8 Unused 4 Ring Ring to and from the Network Interface 5 Tip Tip to and from the Network Interface Octal BRI ISDN S T Interface Option Module Each port of the Octal BRI ISDN S T Interface Option Module uses a single RJ 45 jack to connect to a standard BRI S T interface circuit see Pinout 22 The Octal BRI ISDN S T Interface Option Module is only available for use in NT mode User Term applications Pinout 22 Octal BRI S T Interface Module RJ 45 Pin Name Description 1 2 7 8 Unused 3 6 Receive Receive for User Term NT Mode 4 5 Transmit Transmit for User Term NT Mode 52 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Option Module Pinouts Engineering Guidelines Async 232 Option Module Using the provided adapter cables each Async 232 Option Module P N 1200182L1 interface provides a DB 25 see Pinout 23 Pinout 23 Async 232 Option Module DB 25 Pin Name Description 1 Shield Shielded ground connection 2 TXD Transmit data from DTE 3 RXD Receive data to DTE 4 RTS Request to send from DTE 5 CTS Clear to send to DTE 6 DSR Data set ready to DTE 7 GND Ground 8 DCD Data carrie
419. tion in the third dedicated map Packet connection in the fourth dedicated map Packet connection in the fifth dedicated map Reserved and currently not is use Used as a Packet Endpoint in the switched dial plan u Used by one or more packet switch connections or packet voice entries nABWN Fe n Table 8 DLCI Configuration Parameters Submenu Description Fragmentation Max packet size allowed on this PVC A zero value disables fragmentation Threshold Fragmentation is used to improve the quality of voice transmission A good value is R 300 where R is the smallest of the ATLAS 830 link rates or the far end link rate in bits per second For example if a DLCI comes from an FSU 5622 running on a 56K DDS line and is delivered to the ATLAS 830 on a full T1 the lower rate is 56000 and the value is 186 or 187 Entered values between 1 and 127 are adjusted upward 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 232 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Packet Endpnts Table 8 DLCI Configuration Parameters Continued Submenu Description DLCI State Controls how the state of this DLCI is reported to any packet connections within ATLAS attempting to send or receive data on this DLCI Auto Passes the state as reported by the frame relay switch Set DLCI State to Auto for normal operation Force Active This DLCI disregards the status as reported from the switch and reports Active to all packet endpoi
420. tional calls to be connected at the end of negotiation before deciding that the BONDING call has failed The factory default setting is sufficient for most calls to connect although when dialing overseas it may be necessary to lengthen this timer to allow for slower call routing Specifies the length of time both endpoints attempt to equalize the network delay between the bearer channels before deciding the BONDING call has failed Specifies the length of time the answering endpoint attempts to detect the BONDING negotiation pattern from the originating endpoint before deciding the BONDING call has failed It may be necessary to shorten this timer if the DTE equipment using the BONDING module also has timer constraints for completing non BONDING parameter negotiation Specifies the length of time both endpoints attempt to negotiate an agreeable value for bearer channels and channel capacities before deciding the BONDING call has failed Specifies the amount of delay between placing calls for outgoing BONDING sessions The following call stagger values are available Description There is no delay between the call dialing of a BONDING session Wait approximately 1 2 second between the call dialing of a BONDING session Wait approximately 1 second between the call dialing of a BONDING session Wait approximately 2 seconds between the call dialing of a BONDING session 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 192 ATLAS 800 Series System
421. to Repeat File Start Cfg Capture Stop Cfg Capture Capture Buffer Size Save Buffer As Screen Capture Help Contents IP Status About Figure 1 Telnet Menu Tree 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 372 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Telnet Utility ADTRAN Utilities Session Menu Session Menu Click on SESSION to open the Telnet session Connec Opens dialng bus or setting HOST NAME and Host Name AMMAS BECHER dU v Edit Entry PORT parameters for a Telnet session Also lets 2 Port telnet x Add New you EDIT ENTRY ADD Delete NEW entry and DELETE stored entries When the parameters are set click CONNECT to make the connection Click CANCEL to end the session Submenu Description Host Name Accepts and stores host names You may either enter a descriptive name an IP address or a domain name directly from this field Click on the drop down arrow to display a complete list of previously stored host names Port Provides several port options You may enter port numbers directly into this field to connect to non standard ports or select the drop down combo box to display the following options Telnet establishes a Telnet session Echo provides a loopback for troubleshooting Discard bit bucket discards data Daytime returns the time Chargen displays as a unique character stream used for self tests Edit Entry Changes either the unit name or the IP address of each host Press either Tab Return
422. to be authenticated with one of the listed authentication protocols In this case the most secure method will be used first EAP then CHAP then PAP CHAP or EAP is selected when you will authenticate the peer only using one of the encrypted authentication protocols EAP is selected when you will authenticate the peer only using the EAP authentication protocol Rx Authentication Selects the different types of authentication used to authenticate the peer To use the local username and password for this port select LOCAL Rx Username The username ATLAS uses to authenticate the peer Rx Password The password ATLAS uses to authenticate the peer Tx Method This field displays a list of the methods that we will allow the peer to authenticate us with This is of use when a peer wants to do PAP just to get your password None is selected when you do not want to be authenticated by the peer PAP CHAP or EAP is selected when you will let the peer use one or all of the authentication protocols CHAP or EAP is selected when you will let the peer use only one of the encrypted authentication protocols EAP is selected when you will let the peer use only the EAP authentication protocol Tx Username The username that the peer will use to authenticate the ATLAS Tx Password The password that the peer will use to authenticate the ATLAS Reset Session Resets PPP negotiation with the peer 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 230 ATLAS
423. to the operating port since system startup The number of transmitted frames accepted by the far end The number of times the Inband Flow Budget buffer is exceeded The number of times the Inband Poll is skipped due to box congestion The number of times the Inband Rx buffer is overflowed The number of times the transmitter is reset The number of Link Verify frames received from the far end The number of communication failures with the far end The number of Link Verify Acknowledge frames received from the far end Clears inband statistic results 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 123 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Quad Nx56 64 Option Module PLL FIFO PLL FIFO Read security 5 Displays the Phase Lock Loop PLL and FIFO status Port Indicates the operating port PLL FIFO Displays the state of the PLL and FIFO systems State Description Lock PLL is locked This is required to transfer data RXE Receive data FIFO empty RXF Receive data FIFO full TXE Transmit data FIFO empty TXF Transmit data FIFO full Configuration Write security 3 Read security 5 All of the following configurable parameters apply to the individual V 35 ports Port Read security 5 Displays the port number Name Accepts any alpha numeric name up to 17 characters long to uniquely identify each port on the Quad V 35 Option Module Clk Controls the clock used by the ATLAS 800 Series to accept the transmit TX data from the DTE Thi
424. tusIndicates the status of the current update Previous Update Indicates the status of the previous update Status Previous Update Status If MODULE SLOT is set to ALL MODULES OF A TYPE this information appears under CURRENT UPDATE STATUS otherwise this field simply indicates the status of the previous update Begin Firmware Update This field begins or cancels an update of the specified module s Update Status Read security 5 Displays the status of the current firmware update These fields are identical to those previously defined in Current Update Status 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 98 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Utility Menu Descriptions Config Transfer Config Transfer Write security 3 Read security 5 Available with TFTP transfers only Sends a file containing the ATLAS 800 Series configuration to a file on a TFTP server using the TFTP protocol through the 10 100BaseT Ethernet port CONFIG TRANSFER also lets you save the ATLAS 800 Series configuration as a backup file so you can use the same configuration with multiple ATLAS 800 Series units In addition CONFIG TRANSFER can retrieve a configuration file from a TFTP server To support these transfers ADTRAN delivers a TFTP program with the ATLAS 800 Series called TFTP Server You can configure any PC running Microsoft Windows with this software and store a configuration file Only one configuration transfer session upload or download can be a
425. ty 5 DSO usage tracking for Dial Plan connections Indicates trunk use NET TERM PRI NET TERM RBS USER TERM PRI and USER TERM RBS Data Tables Submenus Trunk Type Current Average Min 0 Zero Avail Slot Port Data Reset Stats Config Submenus Display Format Reset Mode Read security 5 Displays collected trunk resource usage data Description Displays types of trunks in the system including the following Net RBS T1 Robbed Bit Signaling trunks configured in the DIAL PLAN as NETWORK TERM Net PRI Primary Rate ISDN circuits configured in the DIAL PLAN as NETWORK TERM User RBS T1 Robbed Bit Signaling trunks configured in the DIAL PLAN as USER TERM User PRI Primary Rate ISDN circuits configured in the DIAL PLAN as USER TERM Shows the number of resources available not in use and the total number of resources If a resource is taken offline it is not included in the total Shows the average number of resources available since the statistics were last reset Shows the fewest number of resources available since the last reset Provides a count of the number of times the quantity of available resources reached 0 Displays the usage data CURRENT AVERAGE MIN 0 AVAIL and HR DATA broken down by slots and ports Write security 4 Read security 5 Activates the reset of all accumulated availability statistics Write security 5 Read security 5 Configures the statistics displayed un
426. uide Router IP i usos e qe eC Pie Sei us a utatur Tu enero See heed 243 Dedicated Maps owe eue Es eaa Ne wa Vals irc Ed a eee oU lE a 256 Cireult Status ck d o o ey dock eee sach whee R E EA a AC n 267 Dial Plan 635 fetavesgaweere tee Sas eeaks at etesiseeeaGecsean aeeeaees 270 List of Figures Figure 1 Top Level Terminal Menu Window naaa cect eee 71 Figure 2 Alternate Menu View 00 cee tenets 72 Figure 3 System Info Menu 0 00 0 77 Figure 4 System Status Menu lslssssessesee err 79 Figure 5 System Config Menu 0 000 e cette tenes 86 Figure 6 System Utility Menu 2 0 0 cette eee 97 Figure 7 View Self test Log 0 ccc ttt eens 100 Figure 8 Modules Menu 00 eee 105 Figure 9 Loopback Test Diagram 0 0 eee mh 114 Figure 10 E1 PRA Network Loopback Test Diagram 0 0c eee eee 120 Figure 11 Network Loopback Tests 0 cece eee n 152 Figure 12 Network Loopback Tests 0 cette 163 Figure 13 HSSI Interface Loopback Test Diagram 0 0 cee eee 178 Figure 14 Packet Manager Menu lsssseeeseeee eR eee 222 Figure 15 Router Menu IP Selected 0 0000 ccc teeta 243 Figure 16 Dedicated Maps Menu 0 00 cette n 256 Figure 17 Circuit Status Menu 2 2 2 0 tte eee 267 Figure 18 Dial Plan Menu 0 0 0 0c m me mh hs 270 Figure 19 Hyperlinked Dial Plan Menu Tree Pa
427. uration for output and input gain for the VCOM Resource Module Description Write security 3 Read security 5 Output gain is applied in the receive direction Choices range from 12 dB loudest to 12 dB softest in 3 dB increments This setting takes affect immediately Write security 3 Read security Input gain is applied in the transmit direction Choices range from 12 dB softest to 12 dB loudest in 3 dB increments This setting does not affect currently active calls Write security 5 Read security 5 Enables or disables fax over packet capability using the voice compression module Returns the module to its default settings only available on the ATLAS 890 Write security 4 Read security 5 These options initiate different types of tests and display test results Device Usage Time ATLAS Frms Read security 5 Indicates the resource number of the packet voice device listed On the ATLAS 800 Series packet voice devices are numbered 1 32 Write security 4 Read security 5 Measures the total elapsed time that a packet voice device has the status BUSY The time is expressed with millisecond precision Available packet voice devices are assigned new connections using a round robin technique where all other available packet voice devices must be used before a given device is assigned a new connection This scheme tends to use all packet voice devices evenly If a given device shows significantly less elap
428. urement SNMP support RFC 1315 PPP Connection support 35 PPP connections to the internal router not exceeding 3200 packets per second 100 PPP connections to the internal router requires HDLC Module and cannot exceed 3200 packets per second Authentication support PAP CHAP EAP Keepalive support On Off Interface support Numbered interfaces Unnumbered interfaces 34 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual ATLAS 890 Description Engineering Guidelines Table 3 ATLAS 830 Specifications Continued Application Feature Specification IP Routing Route discovery RIP V1 RIP V2 ICMP ARP IARP UDP Relay SNMP support RFCs 1315 1213 1406 Adtran Enterprise MIB Voice Compression Algorithm Voice Compression Module G 723 1 or Netcoder proprietary Number of channels supported Up to 64 compression channels PCM coding u Law Fax support 9600 bps DTMF generation and TIA 464A detection 5 ATLAS 890 DESCRIPTION Equipment Dimensions The ATLAS 890 base unit is 17 08 W 11 67 D and 10 5 H and can be mounted in a 19 inch or 23 inch rack mounting brackets are included in the shipment All other equipment option modules fit inside the base unit Power Requirements AC System Regardless of the option modules configuration installed in the base unit the ATLAS 890 AC system has a maximum
429. use If the module is manually taken offline this LED is turned off Test Indicates that one or more ports within a module are in test ACO Clears the Alarm Relay connection located on the rear panel of the ATLAS 830 CRAFT Allows the ATLAS 830 to connect to a computer using a VT100 terminal or terminal emulator 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 27 ATLAS 830 Front Panel ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines Table 2 ATLAS 830 LED Descriptions For these LEDs This color light Indicates that System Power Red solid Power supply error condition or temperature alarm Green The unit is on and connected to a power source Off The unit is off System Green solid No diagnosed system faults were found Green fast blink System Controller is offline Yellow fast blink Flash download is in progress Yellow solid Self test in progress Red solid Internal error condition Red fast blink Flash download or flash error condition Off Power is not currently supplied to the system or the power switch is in the off position Ethernet Green Link has been established Off Link has not been established Remote Yellow A user is logged into the unit via Telnet or VT100 Off No users are logged into the unit ACO Yellow ACO switch is depressed Off ACO switch is not depressed Network OK Green solid The network
430. utilities along with the ATLAS 800 Series These utilities are located on the CD ROM that came with your shipment They also include MIB files located in the MIB directory Win Review the readme file Readme txt for the latest information about the utilities The utilities make it easier to interface with the terminal menu and transfer configuration files to and from TFTP servers The utilities all run on Microsoft Windows 3 1 or higher The following sections describe the Syslog Telnet VT100 and TFTP Server utilities Table of Contents Telnet Utility 2 2 Snes xe remo I ec xe res pecca Rura eae een dira oes 372 SeSSIOmM6ntu i a ce ees anie re e C D b e ERA DR SER e o Reed ga 373 Edit Menu E eee eed Bee Ed CA Ee ede ede bed S VET 374 Options Men korei ete eth eee Dh one a EIRE IR e te Agta TB UA RENS e A Daa blake ARR tin LAGE 374 Gapture Men xx Ent Ie eme a aaa ha EE eese Doe d ense eds ees 374 Help Men s ense ILE REFER GE ed T ead ee Pa a Se ee Sere a 375 VT100 Utility RUE ee Sea ERR ee eee eee ee EI 376 Session Mert snp whee ad aie ad Badri nats wa E NCE tbt a Beg A aad 376 Edit Vel oos Case oem bee bete Audet sheet a teo ata iat pagel Gree Gane ie ese ann 377 Pot Mend cic facade ded perta M Das Sie a ake DEN Gea ae ee aera Sed Savant 377 Options Mehl masane iem nere Re ME ree ur vette ts ee Decade inet iu 377 Capture Menu lt a died see pp ead orate iurc qeu ubppeciqedbewxtbebsru 377 Help Mer iet Rb Dee
431. utility common to many local area networks that allows remote access to another computer or piece of equipment Refer to the computer system documentation if you are unsure how to establish a Telnet session Most computers running a networked version of Microsoft Windows or UNIX establish a Telnet session by simply typing Telnet IP Address at a command line prompt 1 From the same computer used in the previous step Telnet to the ATLAS and verify that the Telnet session is properly opened If necessary refer to DLP 2 System Login and Menu Access on page 323 and DLP 3 Setting IP Parameters for the ATLAS 800 Series System on page 326 for instructions on logging in to the system and setting IP parameters 2 Once the Telnet session is established press lt Ctrl L gt to logout and close the session Follow up Procedures Once this procedure is complete return to the procedure which referred you to this DLP and continue with the tasks indicated there 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 330 DLP 5 User Access and Password Security Levels Introduction This procedure details the steps for adding and removing user profiles and for assigning password security levels in the ATLAS All menus in the ATLAS are protected by passwords of varying security levels The ATLAS System Administrator controls which users can access to view or change menus In addition the System Administrator can assign multiple passwords for t
432. utomatic Number Identification is the billing number of the calling party and DNIS Dialed Number Identification Service is the called party number With this swap the ATLAS 800 Series switchboard uses ANI to route the call The accept number in the dial plan must use the ANI number not the DNIS number 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 298 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan E1 PRA User Term Ifce Config PRA B Channel Selection Submenu Normal Circular Determines how the ATLAS 800 Series switchboard uses B channels for call routing The Circular method can be used for call load balancing among the available B channels on this interface Descriptions Always start with the last channel configured i e for a full PRI channel 23 would be used if available Contiguous channels from last to first E1 PRA User Term Ifce Config PRA Write security 3 Read security 5 This menu allows the user to define option parameters for ports which emulate a PRA connection Specifies the configuration parameters for the endpoint Switch Type First DSO Number of DSOs Strip MSD Defines the type of PRA switch that the ATLAS 800 Series emulates If connected to another ATLAS 800 Series both need to be set to the same switch type The following option is available ETSI DSS1 Defines the first DSO for this endpoint The ATLAS 800 Series uses DSOs starting with this selection to send and receive c
433. ve controller is installed Test N A N A Link Green solid Ethernet link detected 38 2004 ADTRAN Inc 61200780L1 1D ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Engineering Guidelines ATLAS 890 Front Panel Table 5 ATLAS 890 LED Description Continued For These Leds This Color Light Indicates That Active controller Status Green Card is not ready slow blink Green Card is not supported fast blink Green solid Active controller present Online Amber solid Controller is in test mode Amber Card is upgrading firmware fast blink Red fast blink Flash parameters are not compatible Green fast blink Card is unresponsive or not supported Red fast blink Card is not ready Test Amber solid Controller is in test mode Link Green solid Ethernet link detected Module Status Green solid Module is present Green fast blink Module has been manually taken offline by the user Red solid Module failed self test Red fast blink Module has no response has been removed or is not supported Red slow blink Module is not ready None No module occupies the slot Module Online Green solid Module has an active connection Green fast blink Module has invalid flash memory or is downloading firmware Module Test Yellow solid Module is in a test mode 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 39 ATLAS 890
434. w the System Event Z help 9 18 Trunk Usage dec Rec Ea Rec Ba Rc Rem Ra Rem Rec Bc Ram Bu Rem Bac Bec Re En N32 N52 NA ND ND ND ND NS ND ND ND ND NS ND ND ND DONO PS Connected 0 08 04 vT100 9600 amp N 31 SCROLL CAPS NUM Capture Print echo The EVENT LOG messages are stored in a first in first out table Therefore the most recent Win log entry is found at the top of the log re EVENT LOG messages may be sent to an external Syslog server for storage Refer to DLP 10 Using the Event Log Syslog for more details 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 362 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual System Event Log System Events 3 SYSTEM EVENTS Table 1 through Table 8 provide listings of ATLAS system events including tables of events for each category according to the order they appear in the EVENT LOG setup screen Table 1 System Coniroller Events Console Log String Category Event AC Power Supply has Recovered CRITICAL AC power supply is functioning normal again AC Power Supply has Failed CRITICAL AC power supply is not operating properly AC Power Supply has Exceeded Internal system temperature has exceeded ah CRITICAL ed as Temperature Limit safe operating limit AC Power Supply is Under Temperature Internal temperature has cooled to safe ae CRITICAL SCC TEE Limit operating limit DC Power Supply has Recovere
435. will reboot the entire system and service will be interrupted Press Y to reboot the system or N to cancel the command Factory Default System Write security 0 Read security 0 Resets the entire system to the factory default settings To reset the system press Y To cancel this command press N When you select this command the following message displays This will delete all configuration settings ADTRAN recommends making a backup NM al W ARNING copy of the configuration before defaulting the system Alarm Relay Test ATLAS 890 Write security 5 Read security 5 TOGGLE TEST MODE TOGGLE set the amount of time for which the alarm relay test mode is active Change the amount of time by placing the cursor over the TOGGLE field and pressing the key to increases the ee 99 amount of test time and the key to decreases the amount of test time The displayed time is in seconds 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 104 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Modules Menu Descriptions Slt 7 MODULES MENU DESCRIPTIONS Write security 3 Read security 5 The MODULES menu provides status information and menu options that allow you to configure and control the installed option modules as well as the network ports see Figure 1 amp vT100 Terminal E nml xl Session Edit Port Options Capture Help A Y JURIU d ystem Info t vpe enu arm est tate tatus eu System Status O Sys Ctrl TOFFI ONLINE Onli
436. wise select No Backup Delay in Seconds The amount of time within which any of the enabled switch criteria must be met before service is switched to the backup circuit Restore Delay in Seconds The amount of time within which the criteria for switching to backup are reached before service is returned to the primary circuit The following fields display if PRIMARY with BACKUP SUPPORT or BACKUP is enabled Backup Mode Switch on Sublink Down Switch on LMI Inactive Switch on Backup Active Backup Delay in Seconds Restore Delay in Seconds Test Write security 3 Read security 5 Provides menus for controlling options and setting for packet endpoints 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 234 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Packet Manager Packet Endpnts Submenus Endpnt Name Protocol Sublink Frame Relay Description Displays the name of the packet endpoint Displays the protocol running on the packet endpoint Displays test menus for the packet endpoint sublinks The menus vary depending on the protocol Testing is not supported on TBOP or PPP Name DLCI Test Duration Displays the user defined name for the DLCI Displays the local address for each PVC as assigned by the carrier Displays the test mode for the PVC Start The fixed duration that Test is not running and the DLCI is not configured for continuous in band delay measurement To change this option set DIAGNOSTIC MODE to IN BAND DELAY
437. xpected by the user s terminal adapter TA Descriptions The phone number s assigned to this BRI phone line Defines the SPID number s used for this BRI line Although the value of the SPID is not significant a SPID must be entered for each phone number For convenience the SPID can be set to be identical to the phone number The ATLAS 800 Series does not support autoSPID detection software which some terminal adapters offer For user termination the number of calls which can be received or sent on this number SPID is fixed at 2 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 305 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Dial Plan Octal BRI U User Term Ifce Config Submenu D64 D56 Audio Speech Strip MSD Source ID Swap ANI DNIS Outgoing Caller ID Descriptions Continued These options reflect the network provisions for this SPID If the BRI was purchased with different services provisioned for the SPIDs then the call must match the services supported Strips a selected quantity choose from NONE 1 2 and 3 of the most significant digits MSD of a dialed number prior to being forwarded out of the port Example A network port could be set to accept all calls beginning with 9 9 and then with Strip MSD set to 1 all digits would be sent toward the network except the leading 9 SrRIP MSD does not affect CALL ACCEPT criteria All of the digits including the MSDs that are subsequently stripped are used
438. y other commercially available software packages will also allow your PC or laptop to emulate a VT100 terminal However certain configuration items must be set on a PC or laptop to act as a VT100 terminal for the ATLAS 1 Set the VT100 terminal parameters as follows e 9600 baud rate e 8 data bits e No parity e stop bit e No flow control 2 Setthe PC for direct connect on the appropriate COM port instead of dial up connection 3 Plug the DB 9 or RJ 45 male end of the data cable into the ATLAS 4 Make connection to the PC or laptop as appropriate for your equipment You are now ready to login to ATLAS as described in DLP 2 System Login and Menu Access on page 323 Follow up Procedures Once this procedure is complete return to the procedure which referred you to this DLP and continue with the tasks indicated there 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 322 DLP 2 System Login and Menu Access Introduction After connecting to the ATLAS via either a VT100 terminal or a PC configured as a VT100 terminal you must login to the system to gain access to the management and provisioning functions menus This DLP provides specific steps for system logon and menu access on page 326 you can also login to the unit using Telnet re If the IP has been provisioned see DLP 3 Setting IP Parameters for the ATLAS 800 Series System Prerequisite Procedures Complete DLP 1 Connecting the Terminal or PC to the ADMIN or
439. ys the call status of each voice port This field may display the following Status Options Description Inactive The port is preconfigured but the FXS module is not present Disabled The FXS module is present but the port is not mapped Idle The FXS port is in an idle state for LS configurations Tip Open The FXS port tip conductor is high impedance Off Hook The FXS port has detected an off hook condition loop current flowing 61200780L1 1D 2004 ADTRAN Inc 179 ATLAS 800 Series System Manual Octal FXS Option Module Test Status Options Reverse Battery Test Rx ABCD Tx ABCD Test Description The FXS port has reversed T R polarity This generic FXS port test indicator is used when multiple tests are being run or the test is not a 2W test Active Active test is currently running Off Hook Active Reverse Battery test is running but an off hook condition is detected Rev Bat Reverse Battery test is currently running Ringing Ringing test is currently running Tip Open Tip Open test is currently running Ring GND Tip Open test is currently running but ring ground is detected R Trip Ringing test is currently running but an off hook condition is detected Receive Signaling bits have local significance only and represent signaling between the ATLAS 800 Series Controller and the voice port if the port is configured in the DIAL PLAN The bit pattern is formatted ESF RBS Transmit Signaling bits have loc
440. ystem Manual Dedicated Maps Create Edit Maps Connects Menu Pkt Endpt Create Edit Maps Connects Menu Pkt Endpt Write security 3 Read security 5 To assign a packet endpoint to a physical port select the port in the FROM SLOT PoRT field and configure the To SLOT PoRT as follows To Slot Service To Port PEP To From Config Submenu Transmit Idle Code Receive Idle Code Select PKT ENDPNT to activate a list of available packet endpoints in the To Port field Press lt Enter gt and select the appropriate packet endpoint to assign the endpoint to a physical port Specifies the configuration for the To FROM connection The following selections apply to the packet endpoint Description Configures the ATLAS 800 Series to send idle code on the packet endpoint with marks or flags Defines the idle code either marks or flags the ATLAS 800 Series should expect on the selected packet endpoint Create Edit Menus Connects Menu Pkt Voice Write security 3 Read security 5 To Slot Service To Port PEP To From Config Submenu DLCI Voice Port Conflict Report Select Pkt Voice to activate a list of available packet endpoints in the To PORT field Press Enter and select the appropriate packet endpoint from the drop down list Specifies the configuration for the To FROM connection The following selections apply to the PKT VOICE connections Description Press Enter and select the appr

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

PRECAUCIONES DE SEGURIDAD SC-922  Catalog Page(s)  AIN ROMAIN!  - Termovisor Brasil  GPS Portable Navigation Device  Notice de montage (version pdf > 500 Ko)    Lorex LDC6080B surveillance camera  Rapport de certification ANSSI-CC-2013/17 Suite  Gold's Gym GGTL07809.0 User's Manual  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file